Start learning this lesson now

History, Easter Island - Where Giants Walked .

Easter Island - Where Giants Walked .

In the early 18th century, a Dutch explorer named Admiral Jacob Roggeveen

was sailing across the vast blue expanse of the South Pacific Ocean. He had been

on the sea for 17 days, searching the southern ocean for a mythical continent

known as Terra Australis. And when he saw a small island on the horizon, his heart

must have skipped a beat, as Roggeveen recounts in his diary.

There was a great rejoicing among the people and everyone hoped that this low

land might prove to be a foretoken of the unknown southern continent. But as

their ships approached, it became clear that this was no vast continent, only a

small island, a dot of land in the middle of the ocean. Nevertheless, Roggeveen

was curious and he ordered his three ships to prepare for landing. It was

Easter Day, 1722. As the Dutch got closer, it became clear that the island ahead of

them was inhabited. They saw smoke rising from the villages along the coast,

but it was a seemingly barren land. We originally, from a further distance,

considered Easter Island to be sandy. The reasons for that is that we counted as

sand the withered grass, hay or other scorched and burnt vegetation, because

its wasted appearance could give no other impression than of a singular

As they sailed closer, the island's inhabitants came out on canoes to meet

them, greeting them with friendly astonishment. This was much like other

islands that Roggeveen had visited before, but when he got ashore, what he found on

this island amazed him. Along the beaches, lined up in rows with their backs to the

sea, was a line of stone statues. They were carved from black volcanic stone,

some of them standing 10 meters high, wearing crowns of red sandstone. But

Roggeveen and his men couldn't understand how these statues had got

there. The stone images at first caused us to be struck with astonishment, because

we couldn't comprehend how it was possible that these people, who were

devoid of heavy thick timber for making any machines, as well as strong ropes,

nevertheless had been able to erect such images which were fully 30 feet high and

thick in proportion. Roggeveen and his men didn't stay long. They soon set sail

away from the island and on across the Pacific. But the remarkable image stayed

with them and they must have asked themselves how did those people

construct so many vast stone statues when so little building material seemed

available to them? Why had they built so many? And if such an advanced civilization

had once lived on this island, where on earth had it vanished to?

My name is Paul Cooper and you're listening to the Fall of Civilizations

podcast. Each episode I look at a civilization of the past that rose to

glory and then collapsed into the ashes of history. I want to ask what did they

have in common? What led to their fall and what did it feel like to be a person

alive at the time who witnessed the end of their world? In this episode, I want to

tell the story of one of archaeology's most enduring puzzles, the mystery of

Easter Island. I want to explore why it's not actually much of a mystery at all. I

want to examine how this unique community grew up in complete isolation,

how it survived the test of centuries against overwhelming odds, and I want to

take you through the evidence about what happened to finally bring this society

and its enormous statues crashing down.

The Pacific Ocean is the largest and deepest of Earth's oceans. At over 165

million square kilometers, it covers one-third of the Earth's total surface.

It's so vast that if you were to look at Earth from outer space, it's just about

possible to position yourself so that only the Pacific Ocean is visible and

you could imagine that you were looking at a planet completely composed of water.

But the Pacific is not an unbroken sea. Across its blue expanse, there are over

25,000 islands of varying size, many of them thrown up by volcanic eruptions

that burst from the lively tectonics of the Pacific Plate. Easter Island is at

the eastern corner of an area we call the Polynesian Triangle, a vast region of

the Pacific Ocean broken by over a thousand volcanic islands. Easter

Island itself is a loosely triangular shape too, made up of three extinct

volcanoes at each of its points. The largest of these volcanoes is called

Terevaka. It's a young volcano bursting out of the sea less than 400,000 years

ago, its lava gushing out and raising a peak that looms half a kilometer above

the ocean. When it first erupted, Terevaka's lava pooled so that it joined

up two older volcanoes on either side of it and the landmass that today we call

Easter Island was born. The people who have lived on Easter Island for centuries

call it by the name Te Pito o Te Henua, which translates literally to the center

of the world. Other names for it are translated as the land's end or fragment

of the earth, and today's Polynesians call the island Rapa Nui. Rapa Nui is a

small island, only about 24 kilometers end-to-end and 12 kilometers wide, and

it's one of the most remote and isolated places on earth. From the coast of Easter

Island, it would take 3,200 kilometers to reach the nearest continent of South

America, about the distance from Paris to Damascus, and even the nearest inhabited

island is over 2,000 kilometers away.

The Polynesians who first settled the island arrived from the West. Sometime

before the year 3000 BC, they had left the mainland of the Asian continent, and

since that time, these hardy sailors had perfected their craft until they were

the most successful ocean-going settlers in history. They built large

sturdy canoes with two hulls, in fact, effectively two canoes joined by a deck

and with two masts with sails. The catamaran design of these ships was

incredibly sophisticated, and in fact, they look like a modern sailing boat

used for racing. They were both stable and fast, and they allowed the Polynesians

to gradually settle the entire Pacific Ocean. These early settlers navigated the

oceans without any physical navigation devices. They knew the stars well enough

that they could make astonishing calculations about latitude and

longitude using only the night sky, and they didn't write this detailed

knowledge down, but used only songs and stories to memorize the properties and

positions of the stars, islands, and known sea routes. The Polynesians also used the

natural world as an aid to their navigation. They followed the flight

paths of seabirds like the black tern, and this ancient Polynesian sailors' song

shows the significance of these birds. The black tern, the black tern is my bird,

bird in whom my eyes are gifted with unbounded vision. These epic voyages were

all the more impressive because the winds in the South Pacific blow westwards

against the direction of the Polynesians' expansion. To travel these vast distances

against the winds, the explorers developed a sailing technique known as

tacking, where the craft zigzags against a prevailing wind in order to catch some

forward motion. And storms in the Pacific could be deadly to these early

explorers. It's been recorded that when a severe typhoon struck, these sailors had

a method of surviving that seems unthinkable to a modern sailor. They

would actually purposefully flood the hulls of their canoes, and because the

wooden hulls provided enough flotation, the ship would stay afloat. But with most

of its body submerged, it would survive being bufted about in the gale-force

winds. While the storm went on, the sailors would climb inside their

flooded hulls, keeping their heads above water, and wait for the winds to pass.

There has long been a debate about when exactly these intrepid Polynesian

adventurers arrived on Easter Island. It was long assumed that they had arrived

sometime in the fourth or fifth centuries, but studies of the islanders

language and radiocarbon dating recently revised that estimate to somewhere

around the 8th century, and even more modern analysis has pushed that date

forward even further. Many scientists today believe that Rapa Nui wasn't

settled until sometime around the year 1200 AD. At this time around the world,

the Mongol armies of Genghis Khan were finalizing their conquests of northern

China. The notorious Fourth Crusade, headed for Jerusalem, instead sacked and

burned the Christian capital of Constantinople. An exotic import from

Arabia called sugar was mentioned for the first time in an English text. On

the other side of the world, in the middle of the vast expanse of the

Pacific, a small band of Polynesian sailors landed their boats on the shores

of a new land.

An ancient piece of Rapa Nui folklore credits the settlement of the island to

a Polynesian king called Hotu Matua.

In Heva, Haumaka had a dream in which his spirit traveled to a far country,

looking for a new home for his king Hotu. His spirit arrived at three small

islands, and another with a larger one with a crater on the southwest corner.

The island was the eighth or last island in the dim twilight of the rising sun.

The spirit traveled counterclockwise around the island, naming 28 places,

including Anakena, a landing place on the north coast of the island and future

residence of the king. When Haumaka awoke, he told his brother Huatava about the

dream. After hearing about the dream, Hotu Matua ordered Haumaka to send some

young men to explore the island. Hotu Matua told his two sons to build a canoe

and search for the island of Haumaka's dream. So the seven men left in a canoe,

stocked with yams, sweet potatoes, bananas and other foods. They left on the

25th day of April and arrived on the first day of June, a voyage of five weeks.

These settlers brought everything that was required for the traditional

Polynesian lifestyle. They brought their most crucial foods, bananas, a root

vegetable called taro with broad elephant ear leaves, as well as sweet

potatoes and sugar cane. They also brought saplings of the paper mulberry

tree, the fibers of which they used to weave clothes. They brought animals

with them too, although only those small enough to be transported. They brought

chickens and also the Polynesian rat, which was an everyday food for common

people. This was an entire ecological system in waiting, packed up in the

hulls of their canoes, optimized for transport and ready to be transplanted

to a new land. Hotu Matua may not have realized it, but his arrival on Easter

Island was of profound significance, not just for him and his people, but for all

of mankind. That's because Easter Island was the final stop on a journey of

60,000 years that had taken mankind out of Africa, through Asia and onto the

Americas. The final chapter of this journey was the gradual colonization of

the Polynesian islands, and Easter Island was the furthest and final piece of

uninhabited land. Mankind's journey out of Africa ended on the shores of Easter

Island, and with that step, a new phase of humanity's history began. I think it's

worth noting at this point that apart from the evidence we can find in the

archaeological record, we have essentially two sources of information

about the history of Easter Island, and each of them has their problems. Firstly,

there are the accounts of European visitors to the island, like the Dutchman

Roggeveen. These accounts come down to us either in the form of ships' logs or in

the form of memoirs written down when these explorers returned to their

homelands. The biggest problem for researchers of Rapa Nui's history is

that these early visitors to the island left behind accounts that are extremely

limited in their content and their reliability, and that sometimes directly

contradict each other. Most of them stayed for only a few days, they rarely

wandered far from their landing spot, and they commented little on the culture,

language, or society of the islanders. In the debate that has raged over what

happened on Easter Island, many writers have tried to use a selective reading of

these accounts in order to support their own favoured argument, and that's

something we should be very careful about as we go forward and assess the

evidence. But these written records do provide us with some useful information.

At times, as you'll see, they give us fixed points in time around which we can

build our story. The second source of information is the oral folklore of the

islanders themselves. This was passed down by word of mouth through the

generations, often in the form of songs and stories, and this can give us a

wonderful sense of how the islanders view their own history and their own

sense of identity. But this source of information can also be very difficult

to rely on when trying to sort historical fact from fiction. The

different strands of the island's folklore is also often extremely

contradictory, and the reason for that isn't hard to imagine. Detailed

observations of these songs and stories weren't written down until the 1880s, and

by that time, the culture of Rapa Nui had already undergone drastic change. By this

point, they had been in contact with the outside world for more than a hundred

and fifty years, and their population was reduced to a tiny fraction of what it

had once been. Now, only a few survivors pass down the stories they remembered,

and to add another level of confusion, these stories were written down by early

European explorers who may have mistranslated as well as added and

embellished elements that didn't exist in the original. One example of this is

the question of the name of the island's first king, who we've already mentioned,

Hotu Matua. But his name is so similar to the folk hero of another nearby island,

Mangareva, that some researchers have questioned whether this name isn't a

foreign import to Easter Island. If we can't trust this important detail to

have been faithfully transmitted, perhaps we can't be too sure about the rest. These

stories, refracted through these various mirrors, are now connected to the true

facts of the distant past by only the most fragile of threads. This is all to

make it very clear to you that the history of Easter Island is not even

close to being a settled matter, and it often relies on fragmentary and

contradictory evidence. Today, new research has begun to challenge the

familiar narrative we've all grown up with, and we will have to deal with a lot

of uncertainty as we forge ahead through the tragic story of this most remarkable

island. According to tradition, the first Polynesian settlers arrived on Easter

Island at a point called Anakena, a white coral sand beach on the north of the

island that forms a natural harbour. It's worth mentioning that the

landscape these first settlers would have seen was very different to the one

we see today on Rapa Nui. The bare grassy slopes first spied by Roggeveen in the

18th century and which we know from images today, would have been nowhere to

be seen. In fact, they would have been covered by a thick forest of tropical

palm trees. If you dig down into the earth of Easter Island today, you can

still see the hollow molds left by the roots of these trees. Studies of these

root molds as well as pollen analysis shows that when humans arrived on Rapa

Nui, the island was home to over 21 species of trees. Some of these were

large, including at least three which grew up to 15 meters or more. One species

of palm tree, the Easter Island or Rapa Nui palm, may even have been among the

largest species of palm tree in the world. This now extinct tree, known as

Pascalococcus, seems to have once been the most numerous species on the island

and its closest relative today, Jubaea chilensis or the Chilean wine palm, can

reach heights of over 25 meters, its bulbous trunk the thickest in the world,

reaching a diameter of more than a meter. The soil of Easter Island has never been

rich but the forest would have provided a small amount of food for the new

settlers, palm nuts and fruits too, along with the birds in the trees that could

be trapped. Luckily for archaeologists, the sand of Anakena Beach, the site of

that first settlement, is particularly good at preserving bone and human

remains. Because of this, skeletons examined here have given scientists

insight into the lives of the ancient Rapa Nui. Studies have shown that as well

as these plant crops, people supplemented their diet with a mix of marine animals,

including dolphins they trapped in the Bay of Anakena, seals, sea turtles, and

fish that they caught with hooks carved from bone. In fact, bone chemistry

analysis has shown that the people here got about half of their diet from the

sea. They cooked all of these foods in earth ovens known as umu, cavities dug

into the ground which then had burning grass and leaves placed on top of them

so the heat radiated downwards. These people were ingenious and inherited

knowledge from their ancestors. They made textiles from the fibers of the paper

mulberry tree and spun rope from a tree known as the how tree. With this

healthy and diverse mix of foodstuffs and resources, their settlement became

incredibly successful. From there, using slash-and-burn agricultural methods, the

original settlers spread quickly across the small landmass of the island and

they soon began to clear the forest in order to plant their crops, until the

whole of Rapa Nui was fully populated with around 3,000 people. Slowly, that

primeval palm forest began to disappear from Easter Island.

I think at this point, it's worth running you through that traditional story of

what happened on Easter Island. It has been the dominant narrative about this

island for decades, perhaps even centuries. It was begun by early European

explorers, propagated by Victorian and 20th century anthropologists, and finally

popularized by authors like the popular science writer Jared Diamond. You

might find it familiar. In this narrative, the inhabitants of Easter Island were

the architects of their own demise. The story goes that their population boomed

until the island could no longer support it. They cut down their trees to use as

firewood for construction material and to use as rollers to transport their

enormous statues. The loss of trees on the island resulted in an ecological

collapse that destroyed the fertility of the soil and the productive potential of

the island fell apart. Along with the collapse of the island's ecology, the

complex and centralized society that had built the hundreds of stone statues on

the coast began to collapse too. Resources became scarce, starvation ran

rampant and this led to a period of violent civil war. Shortly before the

arrival of the Europeans in 1722, the whole of Rapa Nui society had come apart

and only a few thousand survivors were left. Jared Diamond, perhaps the greatest

champion of this theory today, puts it bluntly. In just a few centuries, the

people of Easter Island wiped out their forests, drove their plants and animals

to extinction and saw their complex society spiral into chaos.

This story has a widespread appeal for a number of reasons. In the latter half of

the 20th century, as we became increasingly concerned about our own

society's destructive impact on our environment, the story of Easter Island

became irresistible as an example of the fate that might befall us if we fail to

respect the environment around us. The stone statues too have proved

irresistible as emblems of human folly, our desire to always build bigger and

better than our neighbors. In his book, Jared Diamond even makes the comparison

to his neighbors in Hollywood building ever bigger and better mansions in an

effort to prove their status. The islanders were so obsessed with these

statues, the narrative goes, that they cut down all their trees to transport them.

This single-minded obsession drove them to starvation, then cannibalism and

finally to the edge of extinction. But there are a number of problems with this

narrative, a number of seriously questionable assumptions and over the

course of this episode, I'm going to try to unpick three of the most glaring of

these assumptions so that you can assess the evidence for yourself. Firstly,

there's the assumption that the Easter Islanders deforested their island due to

greed, overpopulation, or even a maniacal obsession with statue building. Secondly,

there's the assumption that the loss of the forest led to a societal collapse.

Thirdly, there's the assumption that Easter Island society collapsed at all,

at least before contact with the outside world. As we'll see, each of these

assumptions has significant problems and once we've dealt with them, we can get

down to what actually happened to decimate the islanders of Rapa Nui, to

strip the island of its plant life and to leave those famous stone statues

moldering on the lone grassy hills of Easter Island.

Virtually as soon as they arrived on the island, probably around the year 1200, the

islanders began carving the monuments that would one day make them famous

around the world. Stone statues are common on islands across the Polynesian

world but no other island can compete with the size of the Easter Island

statues or with the incredible number carved. These statues are called moai. The

moai are known for their large, broad noses and strong chins, along with

rectangle-shaped ears and deep eye slits. For the Easter Islanders, these statues

were what they called a ringa ora ata te puna, that is, the living faces of the

holy ancestors. These are stone representations of the islanders that

have gone before. Of the moai that were successfully moved into place, the vast

majority stand on the coast of the island on monolithic stone platforms

called ahu. While most people's eyes are drawn by the statues, these ahu are

themselves impressive undertakings. They are built of enormous stones cut so

precisely that they fit together in a perfect jigsaw, with not even enough room

to fit a razor blade between the stones. The largest of them, ahu Tongariki, holds

15 moai lined up in perfect order. Nearly all moai stand with their backs to the

sea, staring inland over the fields and hills of Rapa Nui with their deep,

expressive eyes. Almost all of the statues are carved from a volcanic stone

known as tuff. Tuff is formed when ash from a volcanic eruption falls thickly

on the ground and is then slowly compacted into solid rock. Tuff is

relatively soft and easy to carve, so it has been used for construction since

ancient times. It commonly occurs in Italy, for instance, and the Romans often

used it in their buildings. Most of the moai statues were carved in a quarry on

the outer cliff edge of the Rano Raraku crater. This quarry is an eerie sight

today. Here and there, the faces of half-finished giants still peer out of

the stone. The Rano Raraku crater is 700 meters across, formed of ash and

volcanic tuff thrown up in an ancient explosion and rings by cliffs 160 meters

high. The wide volcanic bowl is one of the three places on Easter Island where

fresh water pools to form a lake. Here, a kind of bulrushes called totora grow on

the water's edge, nodding in the breeze, and the Rapa Nui people once collected

them to weave thatched roofs for their houses. But it's on the outer slopes of

the crater's cliffs that the truly important activity took place. Here, the

islanders chipped their statues directly from the bedrock, using a kind of stone

chisel known as a toki that was made of dense basalt, perfectly suited for

carving the softer volcanic tuff. This would have been incredibly slow work.

Work that might take a modern craftsman with a steel chisel one hour might take

an Easter Islander with a stone toki a whole day or two days to complete. And

although estimates vary, it's thought that an entire statue could take over a

year for a team of 12 people to carve.

One fascinating aspect of this quarry is that there are a huge number of

incomplete Moai abandoned here, 397 in total. That's nearly half of the island's

total population of 887, and this shows just how difficult the carving of these

statues was. These abandoned Moai have been discarded for different reasons,

some more obvious than others. On some statues, it's clear that the workmen

discovered a seam of hard rock somewhere on the Moai's body, which would have been

virtually impossible to carve with their stone tools. Others have obvious flaws or

cracks in them, while some Moai have fallen over while raising them. Other

Moai simply seem to have been too ambitious in size. The largest of these,

nicknamed El Gigante, is nearly 22 meters in height. That's twice the height of a

telephone pole or the size of a six-story building. El Gigante, still

lying on his back in the cliff face, is almost twice the size of any Moai ever

completed. This enormous statue would have weighed an estimated 270 tons and

it's hard to imagine how the islanders ever intended to move it. We might

imagine an ambitious ancient craftsman overseeing the carving of this vast

statue, determined to create the largest Moai that the island has ever seen. Or

perhaps, as we'll find out later, the islanders believed they had to summon a

truly enormous protective spirit to defend their island against a threat. To

get a sense for how these people must have felt about these statues, let's

imagine ourselves into the role of a team of Moai carvers during the golden

age of Rapa Nui statue carving. The work would have been slow and painstaking, but

it would also have carried a great deal of responsibility. While you were carving

a Moai, you weren't working in the fields and so your community was

investing in your work. There must have been a lot of pride tied up in the

creation of these statues too. Before the carving could even begin, there would

likely have been ceremonies and rites that had to take place, chants and

incantations designed to summon the protective spirit of the ancestor to

inhabit the stone. There's an apocryphal quote often attributed to the sculptor

Michelangelo. Every block of stone has a statue inside it and it is the task of

the sculptor to discover it. Whether or not he actually said this, this must have

been something like what the people of Rapa Nui felt as the months passed and

the great statue, its head and arms and body, slowly materialized from the cliff

face in front of them.

The days would have been hard. Many traditional Rapa Nui working songs

survive today and we can imagine the workers singing while they chipped away

at the cliff. One surviving folk song even derives its rhythm from the

striking together of two stones, emulating the sounds of the toki tools

napping away at the statue. Here it is, recorded especially for this podcast by

children from the Toki School of Music on Easter Island. The workers' hands must

have been covered in the blackish dust of the stone and they would take breaks

to eat meals of sweet potato and taro, along with the chicken baked white in

earth ovens nearby. After much arduous work, the whole outline of the Moai would

be carved out. They would then deepen the cuts and hollow out the cliff behind the

statue too, clambering into the narrow space and lying on their bellies as they

carved. But even with the back carved out, the statue would still be attached to

the bedrock below with a narrow keel that ran the length of its spine. And so,

the final and most painstaking stage of the process would begin. They would

gather up stones and earth in order to support the Moai so that it didn't fall

and then this spine of stone would slowly be chipped away. It must have been

an incredible moment when that last stone umbilical cord was cut. It was the

culmination of so much time and sweat of course, but it must have sent shivers

down their spines too, as the great statue of their ancestor broke free of

its stony slumber and was finally filled with a living spirit. It's likely that

more ceremonies surrounded this moment, the chanting of holy men who wore white

plugs in their ears and the beating of drums. Over what must have been days, the

Moai was edged clear of its quarry resting place, with huge teams of workers

pulling ropes spun from the how tree. When the statue was clear, they slid it

down the grassy slope of the volcano so that it could be stood upright at the

bottom of the slope. This was one of the most dangerous parts of the Moai's

journey, as the great number of cracked and abandoned statues on the slope below

the quarry shows us. They look like an army of stony wanderers marching down

from the volcano. Somewhat ironically, these abandoned statues, buried up to

their necks in the refuse from the quarry, form some of the most iconic

images of Easter Island today, more familiar to the layman than the

completed ones that stand on the Ahu platforms on the coast. This is why

people talk about the stone heads of Easter Island, ignoring the fact that

most of the Moai have bodies. At the bottom of the hill, the workmen would

raise the Moai up to a standing position so they could finish carving the details

on its back, using soft pumice to wear it smooth, and then they would prepare to

transport the statue into its final resting place on its Ahu. The carvers

could wipe the sweat from their foreheads and share congratulations, but

this was just the beginning of another long and arduous chapter in the Moai's

journey. At this point, I think it's worth noting that we don't actually know for

sure how the ancient islanders moved these vast statues. This question was

something that obsessed early visitors to the island. They looked around at the

seemingly barren landscape of Rapa Nui, at its grassy slopes seemingly devoid of

large trees, and asked how a people without metal tools, pulleys, or wheels

could transport nearly 500 of these vast statues. The largest successfully

transported Moai, nicknamed Paro, was 10 meters tall which is longer than a

London bus. It's estimated that this statue weighed about 82 tons, heavier

than a Boeing 737 aircraft when fully loaded with passengers and fuel. The

ancient islanders would sometimes transport these statues for distances of

20 kilometers across the island's rough, undulating terrain. It's a question that

has been asked of the islanders since Europeans first arrived. How did your

ancestors move these statues? And for a long time, the islanders would always

give the same reply. They would simply say they walked. Foreign visitors would

always roll their eyes at this answer. They assumed this must be a piece of

local folklore, a kind of magical thinking that imagined the statues to be

the living spirits of the ancestors. Some may even have thought that the Rapa Nui

were making fun of them, but researchers today have discovered that there may be

more truth to this legend than it seems. Early archaeologists believed that the

Rapa Nui moved the great stone statues into place using logs as rollers. In 1998,

archaeologist Joanne van Tilburg successfully tested this theory using a

large number of hardwood rollers to transport a statue for a short distance.

But recent research has cast doubt on this theory and proposed an incredible

alternate possibility, and the key to discovering how the statues were

actually moved lies in the ones that never made it to their intended

locations.

Littered across Easter Island are the sad shapes of statues that broke during

their transportation. Only about a fifth of the Moai ever carved would reach

their destination on the Ahu platforms, and these total about 200. The rest, some

700 more, were either abandoned in the quarry or along the roads. Stone heads

are cracked from bodies, decapitated statues lie moldering and moss-covered

in the long grass. For the ancient islanders, this must have been a

heart-rending sight. A whole team had worked for a year or more, then

successfully slid this statue down the slope of the volcano. Then, somewhere

its journey, it had cracked and the broken statue would have to be abandoned

by the side of the road. These so-called road Moai have a number of interesting

features. For instance, we know that the islanders waited to carve the eyes of

the Moai until the statues were in place on their platforms. This may have had a

ceremonial purpose which has parallels around the world. For instance, in Sri

Lanka, when new statues of the Buddha are built, the eyes are always the last part

to be painted and only the painter is allowed in the shrine room while doing

their work. But a team of archaeologists led by Terry Hunt and Carl Lipo also

found something else interesting about these abandoned statues. They noticed

that when abandoned road Moai were found on uphill paths, they usually lay on

their backs and when the cracked statues were abandoned on downhill

paths, they usually lay on their fronts. On flat ground, it was more like 50-50.

And so, a theory began to emerge. Is it possible that the statues were

transported upright? Once this detail had been noticed, other details about the

road Moai seemed to fall into place. For instance, the road Moai had bulkier, lower

halves and rounder bellies. This had puzzled archaeologists for a long time

but Hunt and Lipo's theory seemed to make sense of this. The islanders were

designing the Moai in two phases. In the first, the transportation phase, the Moai

were bottom-heavy like a bowling pin and once it had been rocked into place on

its platform, it was then carved into its more slender and elegant final shape.

And so, Lipo and Hunt proposed that the statues were rocked back and forth by

teams of islanders with ropes, so that the statues actually seemed to walk over

the ground. Their team caused an international sensation when they were

able to successfully walk a scale model of a Moai cast in concrete, rocking it

back and forth along the road with three teams holding ropes. In this way,

the statue could literally walk down the path, just as the ancient folklore

recounted. The team managed to move the statue at a rate of about a hundred

meters in an hour, meaning it could have walked around a kilometer in a day.

If this is indeed how the statues were moved, it must have been an incredible sight to see.

The tallest Moai weighed over 80 tons and each one of the statues'

footsteps would have thundered on the earth, so that it really seemed like a

giant was stamping its way towards the platform. There would have likely been a

huge amount of ceremonial activity around the walking of these statues too,

people coming from all over the island to watch, singing and dancing and all

kinds of activity. For the days and weeks it took to transport one of these

statues, it would have really felt like a god had come down to earth. I love the

romance and imagination behind Lipo and Hunt's theory and I think they build a

convincing case that this was indeed how the statues were moved. But you might ask,

well, why does it matter how the statues were moved? Isn't this a minor detail of

the story of this society's collapse? Well, actually, this question has come to

take on an enormous significance for the mystery of what happened on Easter

Island. The traditional narrative, if you remember, was that the Rapa Nui Islanders

became so obsessed with building their statues that they destroyed their

environment to do so. The islanders cut down all their trees, the theory says, in

order to use as scaffolds and rollers to transport them. If this was the case, then

each statue must have taken hundreds, if not thousands, of trees to transport and

this seemed the obvious answer to why the island was so deforested, why its

ecology collapsed and its society followed. But if Lipo and Hunt were

correct and the statues were walked into place, then very little wood was

needed and the whole narrative of the Moai causing the collapse of the

island's ecology comes into question. So, the whole mystery of Easter Island

seems to hinge on this question of whether the statues rolled or whether

they walked. So, what do we know about the loss of trees on Easter Island? One thing

we can say for sure, the subtropical palm forest that the first settlers found on

the island wouldn't long survive the arrival of humans. One of the earliest

casualties of this deforestation was the largest of the island's trees, the Rapa

Nui palm. If we want to guess at how this enormous tree grew, we can look at

its closest surviving relative, the Chilean wine palm. This tree takes 50

years to reach its full height and until then it doesn't produce a single fruit.

This slow-growing and slow-reproducing tree would have been one of the most

affected by the arrival of humans. Some theorists, Jared Diamond included, have

argued that the Easter Island palm would have been in high demand for use

as rollers to transport the giant Moai across the island, but experiments have

found that the palm would have been exceptionally badly suited for this job.

The hard outer shell of the palm trunk conceals a soft center that would have

been instantly crushed beneath the heavy stone statues. Diamond has even argued

that the palm may have been cut down in order to build large canoes, but nowhere

else in Polynesia are canoes built from palm trunks and they would be very

unsuitable for this purpose. So, what did happen to Easter Island's trees? Well,

undoubtedly, much of the forest was cut down by humans, but they didn't do this

unconsciously or foolishly. They did it for the same reason that people in

Iceland or England cut down their forests, because they were farmers. The

Rapa Nui, like all Polynesians, farmed energy-rich foods like sweet potatoes,

taro, and sugar cane. These abundant foods were vastly more productive than whatever

food they could have gathered from the forest. So, much of this deforestation was

controlled and conscious and actually improved the quality of these people's

lives. But that isn't to say there wasn't an ecological collapse on Easter Island.

Pollen analysis shows that virtually all large trees were lost from the island

within a matter of centuries, and by far the largest factor appears to have been

something very small. That's one of the animal companions that the original

settlers brought with them, the Polynesian rat. Wherever these Pacific

explorers went, they brought animals with them. Each Polynesian island got

some combination of these four animals, pigs, dogs, chickens, and rats. On Rapa Nui,

only rats and chickens were introduced. Some argued that these rats may have

stowed away on the canoes, just as they do on larger vessels, but rat has

actually been a foodstuff that Polynesians have relied on throughout

history. It was never a delicacy and seems to have been considered a food of

the common people, as rat bones are rarely found in the rubbish dumps of

high-status houses. However, they were a good and reliable source of protein on

long voyages. I can't speak to personal experience, but accounts I've read say

that rat tastes oily and gamey, a little like rabbit. Another advantage to

this source of food is that rats reproduce incredibly quickly. Once the

Polynesian rat was introduced to Easter Island, its spread would have been

unstoppable. The millions of giant palm trees covering the island would have

provided them with an almost unlimited supply of their favorite food, palm nuts.

Recent lab studies have shown that the reproductive potential of rats under

these ideal conditions can be enormous. In fact, the rat population could have

doubled every 47 days until they reached a population of up to 3 million and the

island was completely overrun. The rats would have quickly eaten the seeds and

palm nuts from the trees, preventing the forest from regenerating. In Anakena

Beach and certain caves, archaeologists have found the earliest remnants of

palm nut shells, showing the tooth marks of rats. As well as damaging the forests,

rats would also have eaten the eggs of seabirds, finishing off those the

islanders hadn't trapped and eaten. And since the seabirds fertilized the soil

with their droppings, this would have spelled disaster for the biodiversity of

Easter Island. But the question is, did this loss of trees cause a societal

collapse on Rapa Nui? The answer to that question is almost certainly not.

This isn't to say that the loss of palm forests on Rapa Nui didn't present a

number of challenges to the islanders. By around the year 1650, pollen studies

show that the deforestation of Easter Island was complete. Without tree cover,

the ocean winds could now blow right across the island. The wind and storms

threatened to blow away the topsoil and salt spray from the sea effectively

salted the earth in coastal regions, damaging the soil further. But in all

cases, the Rapa Nui islanders reacted to these challenges with ingenuity and

creativity. They transformed their island not into a desolate wasteland, but into

an astonishingly effective system of gardens, orchards and farmland. In fact,

archaeologists have found evidence of areas of the island where the islanders

planted groves of palm trees and cultivated them. Around this time, they

also began farming using a technique known as rock mulching. This involved

laying rock beds around the island which prevented the soil from washing or

blowing away. It also reduced the amount of water evaporated by the Sun and

increased the amount of nutrients available to growing plants as the

rainwater flowed over the rocks and carried minerals to their roots. Rock

mulching has been used by cultures around the world who live in harsh,

water-poor environments. It's been observed in the Negev Desert in Israel,

the pebbled fields of Lanzhou in China, the ash fields of the Canary Islands and

the fields of the Anasazi culture in New Mexico. The Rapa Nui set about the

task of rock mulching with the same great energy that they used to carve and

transport the Moai. They would ultimately cover half the landmass of their island

in rock gardens of this kind. It was an enormous task. It's been calculated that

over the 400 years that the practice was engaged in, it would have taken over 150

men working daily to construct these vast assemblages made up of billions of

stones. There's strong evidence that the Rapa Nui people also took advantage

of the deep underground caverns of the island.

The caves of Easter Island were formed by lava tubes which developed during the volcanic eruptions that

raised the islands out of the sea. When lava flows out of the mouth of a volcano,

it forms vast underground rivers as the lava on the surface cools and hardens

into rock. When the eruption ends and the lava stops flowing, the tubes drain their

lava, leaving enormous caverns that look as though a monstrous worm has eaten its

way through the rock. These tubes are as wide as a subway tunnel and Easter Island

has one of the largest systems of volcanic caves in the world. The

islanders' relationship with these caves goes back to the first known moment of

their history, as this piece of Rapa Nui folklore about King Hotu Matua shows.

The explorers went to the west side of the island and discovered a surfing spot.

They rode a wave to the right and called the place where they landed Hanga Roa.

They rode a wave to the left and landed at Apina Iti. They caught more waves, then

went ashore and rested in a cave at Pupaka Kina. Some of these caves can

stretch for three or four kilometers into the island's rock. As the forests

of Rapa Nui retreated, its people increasingly turned to these caves to

provide cover for their crops. They cultivated vast underground gardens

where they could grow sweet potatoes and yams to supplement their diet. They also

constructed circular rock walls called manavai that could be as much as six

feet tall and where they could grow a variety of crops. These kept plants safe

from the destructive elements of the weather, reduced the amount of water

runoff and concentrated nutrients. Archaeologists have identified over 2,500

of these rock gardens around the island, but this is likely only a fraction of

the original number. Studies have shown that even today, with no active

maintenance being done on them, these rings of rock are still operating as

minerals for plants, are much higher inside the manavai than outside, with the

concentrations being sometimes two or three times as high. Simply put, with

their rock gardening techniques, the Rapa Nui were able to make the land much

more productive after the forest was cleared than it was before. Some of this

great agricultural potential is hinted at in the accounts of the first Dutch

sailors to land on the island, although I will once again caution about trusting

too much in these accounts. Although Roggeveen believed Rapa Nui to be a

treeless, sandy wasteland from a distance, when he actually landed on the island, he

was surprised to find it a productive landscape. We found it not only not sandy,

on the contrary, exceedingly fruitful, producing bananas, potatoes, sugarcane of

remarkable thickness, many other kinds of the fruits of the earth. This place, as

far as its rich soil and good climate are concerned, is such that it might be made

into an earthly paradise. Another of Roggeveen's officers, a man named Carl

Friedrich Behrens, seems also to contradict this account of a treeless

island, and reported on a wide variety of uses the islanders had for palm leaves.

They gave us palm branches as peace offerings. Their houses were set up on

wooden stakes, daubed over with luting and covered with palm leaves. In fact,

Behrens paints a remarkably positive impression of the island overall. This

island is a suitable and convenient place at which to obtain refreshment, as

all the country is under cultivation and we saw in the distance whole tracts of

woodland. And Roggeveen himself also witnessed cultivated groves of fruit

trees on the island. It was now deemed advisable to go to the other side of the

island, the principal place of their plantations and fruit trees, for all the

things they brought to us of that kind were fetched from that quarter.

So here, a relatively clear picture is beginning to emerge. We can say for sure

that the arrival of humans on Rapa Nui resulted in the disappearance of most of

its forest. But this is true of virtually every forested island on earth after the

arrival of people, and no one has yet been able to draw a clear causative link

between the loss of the forest on Rapa Nui and the collapse of so-called

complex society. In fact, studies done on the skeletons of islanders from around

this time showed that they suffered from less malnutrition than the average

European. This all seems to be backed up by Roggeveen's account of his first

visit to the island. It's clear from his account that when he arrived, the Rapa

Nui islanders weren't starving. They didn't make any attempt to beg for food

from the newcomers. In fact, they were much more interested in the Europeans'

hats, and one brave islander even climbed through a porthole on Roggeveen's ship to

steal a tablecloth. But there's no account of them stealing the Europeans'

food. In fact, it was the Dutch, malnutritioned on a diet of salt meat

and hard tack after weeks at sea, who begged the islanders for food, giving

them cloth and linen in exchange for 60 chickens and 30 bunches of bananas. None

of this sounds like the behavior of a people living on the edge of starvation.

With multiple abundant sources of food, alongside the efficient use of the land

around them, archaeological and written evidence begins to make that popular

scenario of starvation and even cannibalism look patently absurd.

Part and parcel of the starvation narrative is the assumption that the

society of the island descended into a period of brutal conflict once resources

ran scarce. But if resources were abundant, can we also question this

assumption? The folklore of the islanders does record a period of warfare, after

which the Moai building culture faded into obscurity. But as we've seen, this

folklore can be unreliable at the best of times. Much more reliable is the

archaeological record. When a period of conflict occurs in such an environment,

the evidence is usually hard to miss.

One great example of this is the island of Fiji, another Pacific island 7,000

kilometers away. In Fiji, archaeologists have found the remains of strong hilltop

forts and fortified towns, all pointing to a period of warfare. In Hawaii, it's

well documented that chiefs fought each other in large battles featuring

hundreds of warriors armed with clubs. The signs of war in the archaeological

record aren't difficult to spot. Increased number of weapons, increased

building of defensive structures, and skeletal remains that bear the marks of

violence. First, let's look at the evidence of weapons on Rapa Nui. The

islanders did make blades from the black volcanic glass obsidian. Obsidian forms

in the vents of volcanic eruptions when lava reaches the surface and cools

quickly, forming a glassy material that is brittle but has exceptionally sharp

edges. In fact, obsidian blades have been measured to be up to a thousand times

sharper than a steel scalpel. The Rapa Nui gave their blades names depending on

their shape. Fishtail, rat spine, banana leaf are some examples. Some writers have

argued that the large amount of these blades found points to a mass production

of weaponry and a period of conflict. But studies of these blades have found that

their edges were mostly covered in vegetable matter, that's sweet potato and

taro, and they were found in the highest concentrations in the area of the

islanders' rock gardens, where they were most likely used for everyday tasks like

the preparation of food. Studies of skeletons have also seemed to undermine

this picture of conflict. In a historical zone of conflict, we would expect to see

skeletons missing their heads, for instance, or skulls with arrowheads

inside, broken bones and bones bearing scratches from blades glancing off them.

But studies of skeletal remains on Easter Island have shown that the

islanders were in fact remarkable for their mostly peaceful existence. Only

around 2% of the skeletons studied have been found to have suffered trauma from

blunt and cutting weapons, and this isn't a large proportion of the population. I

do think here it's also worth remembering Behrens' observation that

the islanders were unarmed when they first came to meet the Dutch explorers.

In the search for defensive structures, archaeologists have also found

themselves frustrated. The small Pacific island of Rapaiti, for instance, is five

times smaller than Easter Island and yet it has no fewer than 14 hilltop

fortresses. On Rapaiti, life on the island actually did descend into a

nightmare of violence and civil war and the signs of this are hard to miss.

Fortifications on Rapaiti involve watchtowers and walls, ditches and wooden

palisade fences. We find weapons here and human remains bearing the marks of

violence, but on Easter Island no such fortifications exist. One feature known

as the Poika ditch was long assumed to be a defensive structure, but recent

investigations have shown that it's actually a natural feature caused by the

collision of two lava flows. Some walls built at the entrances to caves have

also been used as evidence of the islanders fortifying themselves, but

there's little other evidence of the caves being used as military strongholds

and in fact they seem to be more commonly used as hiding places. So

another one of our assumptions about Easter Island has been taken away. Now

we're left having to explain how Rapa Nui's culture could actually have been

less violent than many other comparable societies and certainly less violent

than any city of Europe at the time. We may never know what decides whether a

small community will descend into a violent hell like Rapaiti or whether

they will work together to maintain the peace like on Rapa Nui. Some have

suggested that the Rapa Nui islanders, all descended from that first

colonization attempt, would have had many family relations between tribes and so

it may have been unthinkable to escalate conflict beyond the occasional

feud or skirmish. When a rival chief is also the husband of your wife's sister's

aunt, for instance, you might try to avoid excessive conflict and reach for

peaceful compromises, that is, if you want to avoid a frosty atmosphere at your

dinner table. On a small island, word travels fast and it doesn't pay to be

viewed as overly aggressive. Some historians have even argued that the

construction of the Moai themselves may have helped prevent conflict by allowing

the island's different communities to compete for dominance in a non-violent

way. Another way this may have occurred is through an incredible ritual known

as the Birdman Competition.

The later history of the island is dominated by the cult of a mysterious

figure known as the Tangata Manu or the Birdman. Cave paintings on Easter Island

show this ceremonial figure with the body of a man but the head and wings of

a bird. Each year the men of Rapa Nui took part in a ceremony that allowed

them to become the human embodiment of this figure for the next year. It was a

test of strength and daring that is astonishing to even contemplate today.

The contestants who competed to become the Birdman had a simple enough task.

Off the southwest coast of Rapa Nui, there is a small cluster of islands and

one of these is a rocky outcrop known as Motonui, which is home to several

species of nesting birds. Among these is the black tern, which we've already seen

held a mystical significance for Polynesian sailors. These birds seem to

be gifted with a magical ability to lead sailors home and it's not hard to see

how they would have assumed a powerful religious significance. The Birdman

contest took place in the spring during the laying season of the black terns.

Young men who wanted to become that year's Birdman would have to swim out to

the rocky island of Motonui, a distance of about a kilometer through choppy seas

and powerful currents. Once they reached the island, they had to climb up through

the flocks of cackling seabirds and search through their nests, looking for

the first egg of the season. Sometimes they would have to wait there for days.

But when they found their precious prize, they had to swim all the way back

to Rapa Nui. Then, dripping with cold salt water, they had to climb the sheer

300-meter cliff. The first man to complete this incredible triathlon event

would be crowned the Birdman. It's unclear how much power this figure actually had,

but in terms of status, there was no higher honor. And allowing men to battle

it out in this test of strength every year may have played a role in reducing

the violence of the island. So on Easter Island, the evidence seems to suggest

that there was no starvation. There was no widespread warfare. And so you might

be left asking, did their society even collapse at all? And the answer to that

is yes, but not when you think it did.

For early European explorers, there was no greater mystery than what they called

the riddle of Easter Island. The French seafarer and artist Pierre Lotti wrote

about it in the 19th century. There exists in the midst of the great ocean

in a region where nobody goes, a mysterious and isolated island. The

island is planted with monstrous great statues, the work of I don't know what

race, today degenerate or vanished. Its great remains an enigma. We've actually

encountered this kind of thinking a number of times over the course of this

series. When European explorers discovered the ruins of past

civilizations, they often found it hard to believe that so-called primitive

people had a hand in their construction. Whether it's assuming that the ruins of

Angkor were built by the Romans, or that the Mayan ruins of Tikal were built by

the citizens of Atlantis, European writers have often struggled to believe

that the indigenous people of other lands were capable of great

constructions. This kind of thinking follows a circular logic. Only a so-called

advanced civilization could have built these things, but the people I see living

here don't look like an advanced civilization, therefore these people

can't have built these monuments. The problems with this kind of thinking are

obvious. It deceives us into thinking that an advanced civilization can only

look like a European civilization, highly centralized and organized, and the very

notion of a society being advanced suggests that human progress follows a

fixed and inevitable path, and that our way of organizing our societies and

economies is the only one. It's this kind of thinking that made early explorers of

Easter Island look at the advanced rock mulching techniques of the Rapa Nui

people and see only a wasteland scattered with rocks. This belief system

found its logical conclusion in the Norwegian adventurer and archaeologist

Thor Heyerdahl. Heyerdahl believed that the Polynesian islands had been populated

not by Polynesians hopping the islands from the West, but from people from South

America traveling by raft from the East. He also believed, curiously, that these

people must have been white-skinned and European in origin. He simply couldn't

comprehend the idea that other peoples around the world could have developed

such artistic and architectural skills. So what appeared to be a puzzle to early

European visitors wasn't actually a puzzle at all. The stone statues of Easter

Island hadn't been built by some vanished ancient culture, but by the

people who lived there already and seemed to those Europeans to be so

simple. This idea of a societal collapse happening on Easter Island before

contact with the Europeans has survived into our day, even though it has very

little basis in fact. But this doesn't mean that a collapse didn't occur on

Rapa Nui. In fact, the island would soon undergo one of the most dramatic

examples of societal and cultural destruction that can be found in history.

But it wasn't because they cut down the trees. There is one event in Easter

Island's history that I think encapsulates the complete destruction

that would soon rain down on it and its poor unsuspecting inhabitants. That's the

toppling in only a few years of every one of the island's statues. For centuries

the islanders had loved and revered the Moai that their ancestors had spent

generations carving and transporting. And in 1722 the Dutch sailor Behrens

recounts what he saw of the islanders devotion to these statues. They kindle

fire in front of certain remarkably tall stone figures they set up, and

thereafter, squatting on their heels with heads bowed down, they bring the palms of

their hands together and alternately raise and lower them. But with every

subsequent European visitor to the island, this situation seemed to change.

On the 15th of November 1770, 48 years after the first European visit, a second

arrived. Two Spanish ships landed there and spent five days on the island,

performing a very thorough survey of its coast. They renamed the island Isla de

San Carlos and claimed it on behalf of King Charles III of Spain. They also

ceremoniously erected three wooden crosses and a Spanish flag on a hill.

When they explored the island, it seems that all of the 200 erected statues were

still standing. But four years later, the famous British explorer Captain Cook

sailed past the island and found a much different situation. Cook's diary of

Thursday the 17th of March 1774 gives his account of the impoverished state of

the island. This is undoubtedly the same island as was seen by Roggeveen in April

1722, although the description given of it by the author of that voyage does by

no means correspond with it now. No nation will ever contend for the honor

of the discovery of Easter Island, as there is hardly an island in this sea

which affords less refreshments and conveniences for shipping than it does.

Nature has hardly provided it with anything fit for man to eat or drink, and

the natives are but few and plant no more than sufficient for themselves. If

Cook's account is to be believed, the population size of Easter Island also

seems to have taken a serious hit. The inhabitants of this isle, from what we

have been able to see of them, do not exceed six or seven hundred souls. And

there's another significant detail too. Cook noted that the islanders now

carried weapons when approaching foreign visitors. Their arms are wooden

patapataus and clubs, very much like those of New Zealand, and spears about

six or eight feet long which are pointed at one end with pieces of black flint.

But the final tragic detail is that in the four years since the Spanish

expedition, virtually all of the standing Moai on the island had been toppled over.

On the east side, near the sea, they met with three platforms of stonework, or

rather, the ruins of them. On each had stood four of those large statues, but

they were all fallen down, all except one were broken by the fall or in some

measure defaced. The practice of statue toppling is called Huri Moau in the

Rapa Nui language and it continued into the 1830s. By 1838, every single coastal

Moai had been taken down. Now, the only standing statues were those abandoned on

the slopes below the quarry at Ranuraku. So, what happened to make the islanders

start to carry weapons? What caused their population to reduce so heavily?

And what made them turn so dramatically against their gods? Well, the answer to

that may lie in the very event that opened this episode and which we've

returned to a number of times. That's the arrival of three Dutch sails on the

horizon on Easter Day 1722.

At the sight of the enormous ships dropping anchor some way off the coast,

the Easter Islanders gathered on the shore in astonishment. They must have

felt how we would feel if a vast alien spaceship were to one day materialize

over one of our cities. It must have been a mix of fear and wonder, a sense

that the world would never quite be the same again. They selected one of their

number who must have been the bravest of them all. It's not unlikely, I think, that

he would have been the winner of the most recent Birdman competition, the

island's champion and protector. This man got in his canoe and rode out to meet

the strange vessels whose white sails must have looked brilliant and dazzling

in the sunlight. Perhaps he wouldn't have immediately realized how large they were

until he got up close and their prows began to loom over his small canoe. When

he approached, he saw that there were men on board and he waved to them. The Dutch

officer, Carl Friedrich Behrens, wrote about this incredible encounter.

But this light-hearted encounter conceals a dark truth about

Roggeveen's visit. In fact, when Roggeveen and his men went ashore, their visit

would turn to tragedy. It's clear from both accounts that the Europeans were

nervous when they stepped ashore. They had heard stories of violent encounters

with indigenous people and it's worth noting that the novel Robinson Crusoe

had been published only three years before, full of garish stories of

cannibalism and murder. Despite their guns and cannons, it's clear that the

islanders frightened them and the natural curiosity and boldness of the

Rapa Nui people seemed to make matters worse. When the Dutchmen got ashore, the

islanders pressed around them, grabbing at their hats and clothes and even

touching the guns they carried. It's not clear which Dutchman shot first, but the

situation quickly spiraled out of control. The Europeans fired into the

unarmed crowd of islanders. Their guns were flintlock pistols and rifles that

would have sent up puffs of smoke and the cries of people shot would have rang

out, with the smell of gunpowder filling the air. Behrens recounts what happened

next, as he recognized a familiar face among the murdered islanders.

Many of them were shot at this juncture and among the slain lay the man who had

been with us before, of which we were much grieved. In order to obtain

possession of the bodies, they congregated in great numbers, bringing

with them presents of various kinds of fruits and vegetables, in order that we

might the more readily surrender to them their slain. The consternation of these

people was by no means abated. Even with their children's children in that place

will, in times to come, be able to recount the story of it. We can assume that what

Behrens said is true. The story of this violent encounter must have reverberated

through the history of the Rapa Nui people. It would have destabilized their

ancient beliefs and rocked their very sense of the world around them. Remember

that Behrens mentions that the islanders didn't have any weapons at this point,

that they only prayed to their gods for protection. Now imagine what would happen

to this belief system when visitors arrived from the sea, killed multiple

islanders with what must have appeared to be magic weapons, and then when these

visitors walked around the island, even approaching the statues, and then sailed

away unharmed. When you think about this encounter through that lens, it becomes a

lot clearer why the Rapa Nui might have lost faith in their ancestors. But the

sad truth is that the European bullets were not the deadliest legacy they left

behind. The true killer of the Rapa Nui would have been something much smaller,

invisible microbes, viruses and bacteria to which the islanders' immune systems

had never been exposed.

Europe has always been a crossroads between many different peoples, sometimes

separated by hundreds or even thousands of miles. Europe's constant wars and

exchange of trade spread localized diseases across the continent. Each

year the Silk Road brought fresh shipments of disease from China and

India, along with silks and spices. This all resulted in Europeans becoming

immune to a large variety of diseases. But although the diseases didn't affect

them, they could still carry them, and for populations that had not suffered the

same exposure, these germs could be devastating. In pathology, this phenomenon

is known as the virgin soil effect. It's not recorded what diseases may have been

transmitted. In other parts of the uncontacted world, cholera, measles,

diphtheria and even the bubonic plague swept through populations. By even the

lowest estimates, indigenous populations were reduced by 80% right across the

Americas. Four out of every five people died and it's likely that in the even

more isolated environment of Easter Island, the effects could have been even

more devastating. On other better observed Polynesian islands, the

reduction in population after first contact was as much as 90%.

And so, in the decades after the Dutch visit, we can imagine disease ravaging

the helpless population of Rapa Nui. It's possible that the population of the

island may have crashed from a height of around 3,000 to only a few hundred.

The population may have only just recovered by the time 48 years later that

the Spanish arrived and delivered a whole new dose of invisible death to the

islanders. The Rapa Nui people wouldn't have been able to understand why this

was happening to them. In fact, if you'd asked the Europeans of the time what

caused these diseases, they wouldn't know either. They may have told you that

they were caused by miasmas or bad night air, this being the prevailing theory at

the time. As whole families of islanders died, the Rapa Nui must have believed

that the ancestors they had so laboriously carved to protect the island

had failed them. By the time the Spanish brought the second wave of disease and

it began ravaging the population all over again, those looming monoliths on

the coast may have begun to represent not protective spirits but the very

specters of death themselves. The islanders, one by one, began to bring

them down. Soon, these fallen giants would litter the landscape. Now, only those

abandoned Moai, half buried in the runoff from the quarry, would remain upright and

the age of Easter Island statues would come to an end.

The loss of Easter Island's culture was an incalculable tragedy for our

understanding of humanity. One of the reasons this is true is that Easter

Island may have been one of the few places on earth where writing was

independently invented. A kind of script called rongo-rongo has been found on

just a few dozen wooden objects and tablets that have survived from Rapa

Nui. Many of them are heavily weathered, burned or otherwise damaged and they

were all plundered by private collectors in the 19th century, now scattered in

museums and private collections around the world. Every modern attempt to

decipher rongo-rongo has failed and the script stands as one of the true

mysteries of Easter Island. Many of the glyphs that make up the script are

representations of things the islanders saw around them. We can see the familiar

shapes of sea turtles and birds, for instance. The legends of the islanders

say that the original founder, the man they called Hotumatua, had brought the

wooden tablets with him when he landed on Easter Island. But this seems

unlikely. There is no known tradition of writing anywhere else in Polynesia and

so it's thought that rongo-rongo must have been an invention of the islanders

themselves. It doesn't seem like literacy was ever widespread. In fact, early

visitors to the island were told that reading and writing was a privilege of

the ruling families and priests. Some have argued that rongo-rongo must be a

more modern invention, that the islanders may have seen Europeans reading and

writing, thus inspiring them to create their own script. If this were the case,

then the written language of rongo-rongo would have emerged, flourished and then

fallen into oblivion, all within a space of less than a hundred years. But I think

one detail of the script makes me doubt this. That's the character that shows

clearly and unambiguously the distinctive wine bottle shape of a

jubaea palm tree, a species that went extinct on the island before the year

1650, more than 70 years before first European contact. To my mind, this alone

shows that rongo-rongo was developed on the island during a time when giant palms

still towered over its shores. In 1864, a French churchman, Eugène Ayrault, arrived on

the island and described seeing a vast number of these writing tablets, although

it seemed to him that the islanders no longer valued them as repositories of

knowledge. In every hut, one finds wooden tablets or sticks covered in several

sorts of hieroglyphic characters. They are depictions of animals unknown on the

island which the natives draw with sharp stones. Each figure has its own name, but

the scant attention they pay to these tablets leads me to think that these

characters, remnants of some primitive writing, are now for them a habitual

practice which they keep without seeking its meaning. European visitors in the

following decades reported seeing the islanders using these writing tablets as

reels for their fishing lines and as tools for fire-starting. By this time,

none of the islanders could agree on how to read the tablets. Whatever knowledge

was held in the rongo-rongo script, the destruction of the island society had

caused it to be lost. If attempts at deciphering it continue to be

unsuccessful, we may never know what the Rapa Nui people wrote down. This

Easter Island - Where Giants Walked . 이스터|섬|어디|거인들|걸었던 Pâques|île|où|géants|ont marché Isla|de Pascua|donde|gigantes|caminaron Isola di Pasqua - Dove camminavano i giganti . Ilha de Páscoa - Onde os Gigantes Caminharam . Остров Пасхи - где ходили великаны . Paskalya Adası - Devlerin Yürüdüğü Yer . 이스터 섬 - 거인들이 걸었던 곳. Isla de Pascua - Donde caminaron los gigantes. Île de Pâques - Où les géants ont marché.

In the early 18th century, a Dutch explorer named Admiral Jacob Roggeveen 18세기 초|그|초기|18세기|세기|한|네덜란드의|탐험가|이름이|제독|야곱|로게빈 dans|le|début|18e|siècle|un|néerlandais|explorateur|nommé|amiral|Jacob|Roggeveen en|el|temprano|siglo 18|siglo|un|holandés|explorador|llamado|almirante|Jacob|Roggeveen 18세기 초, 네덜란드 탐험가인 제이콥 로게벤 제독이 A principios del siglo XVIII, un explorador holandés llamado el Almirante Jacob Roggeveen Au début du XVIIIe siècle, un explorateur néerlandais nommé l'Amiral Jacob Roggeveen

was sailing across the vast blue expanse of the South Pacific Ocean. He had been ~였다|항해하고|가로질러|그|광활한|푸른|수면|의|그|남쪽|태평양|바다|그는|~했었다|~해왔다 était|en train de naviguer|à travers|l'|vaste|bleu|étendue|de|l'|Sud|Pacifique|Océan||| estaba|navegando|a través de|la|vasta|azul|extensión|del|el|Sur|Pacífico|Océano||| 광활한 남태평양의 푸른 바다를 항해하고 있었다. 그는 navegaba a través de la vasta y azul extensión del Océano Pacífico Sur. Había estado naviguait à travers la vaste étendue bleue de l'océan Pacifique Sud. Il était en mer depuis

on the sea for 17 days, searching the southern ocean for a mythical continent ~에|그|바다|동안|일|탐색하며|그|남쪽의|바다|~을 위해|하나의|신화적인|대륙 en|la|mer|pendant|jours|en train de chercher|l'|austral|océan|pour|un|mythique|continent en|el|mar|por|días|buscando|el|austral|océano|por|un|mítico|continente 17일 동안 바다에 있었고, 신화적인 대륙인 en el mar durante 17 días, buscando en el océano del sur un continente mítico. 17 jours, cherchant dans l'océan austral un continent mythique.

known as Terra Australis. And when he saw a small island on the horizon, his heart 알려진|~로|테라|아우스트랄리스|그리고|~할 때|그는|보았다|하나의|작은|섬|~에|그|수평선|그의|마음 connu|sous le nom de|Terre|Australe|Et|quand|il|vit|une|petite|île|à|l'|horizon|son|cœur |||||||||||en|||| 테라 아우스트랄리스를 찾고 있었다. 그리고 수평선에서 작은 섬을 보았을 때, 그의 심장은 conocida como Terra Australis. Y cuando vio una pequeña isla en el horizonte, su corazón connu sous le nom de Terra Australis. Et quand il a vu une petite île à l'horizon, son cœur

There was a great rejoicing among the people and everyone hoped that this low 그곳에|있었다|하나의|큰|기쁨|사이에|그|사람들|그리고|모든 사람|희망했다|~라는 것을|이|낮은 Il y a|avait|un|grand|réjouissement|parmi|les|gens|et|tout le monde|espérait|que|cette|basse allí|hubo|una|gran|alegría|entre|los|pueblos|y|todos|esperaban|que|esta|baja 사람들 사이에는 큰 기쁨이 있었고, 모두가 이 낮은 땅이 미지의 남쪽 대륙의 전조가 되기를 희망했다. Hubo una gran alegría entre la gente y todos esperaban que esta baja Il y avait une grande réjouissance parmi le peuple et tout le monde espérait que cette terre basse

land might prove to be a foretoken of the unknown southern continent. But as 땅|~일지도 모른다|증명하다|~에|존재하다|하나의|전조|~의|그|알려지지 않은|남쪽의|대륙|그러나|~처럼 ||||||||||||Mais|alors que ||||||||||||pero|como 하지만 그들의 배가 가까워지자, 이것이 거대한 대륙이 아니라 단지 작은 섬, 바다 한가운데의 점에 불과하다는 것이 분명해졌다. tierra pudiera ser un presagio del desconocido continente del sur. Pero a medida que pourrait s'avérer être un présage du continent austral inconnu. Mais alors que

small island, a dot of land in the middle of the ocean. Nevertheless, Roggeveen 작은|섬|하나의|점|의|땅|안에|그|중간|의|그|바다|그럼에도 불구하고|로게빈 petite|île|un|point|de|terre|au|l'||||océan|| pequeña|isla|un|punto|de|tierra|en|el|medio|de|el|océano|sin embargo|Roggeveen pequeña isla, un punto de tierra en medio del océano. Sin embargo, Roggeveen petit îlot, un point de terre au milieu de l'océan. Néanmoins, Roggeveen

was curious and he ordered his three ships to prepare for landing. It was ~였다|호기심이 많은|그리고|그는|명령했다|그의|세|배들|~하기 위해|준비하라고|~을 위한|착륙|그것|~였다 était|curieux|et|il|ordonna|ses|trois|navires|de|préparer|pour|atterrissage|| estaba|curioso|y|él|ordenó|sus|tres|barcos|a|prepararse|para|aterrizaje|eso|fue 그는 호기심이 생겨 세 척의 배를 착륙 준비하라고 명령했다. 그것은 tenía curiosidad y ordenó a sus tres barcos que se prepararan para aterrizar. Era était curieux et il ordonna à ses trois navires de se préparer à accoster. C'était

Easter Day, 1722. As the Dutch got closer, it became clear that the island ahead of 부활절|일|~로서|그|네덜란드|가|가까워지자|그것|되었다|분명해졌다|~라는 것|그|섬|앞에|~의 Pâques|jour|alors que|les|Néerlandais|arrivèrent|plus près|cela|devint|clair|que|l'|île|devant|de Pascua|Día|a medida que|los|holandeses|se acercaron|más cerca|eso|se volvió|claro|que|la|isla|adelante|de 1722년 부활절 날이었다. 네덜란드 사람들이 가까워지자, 그들 앞의 섬이 el Día de Pascua, 1722. A medida que los holandeses se acercaban, quedó claro que la isla delante de le jour de Pâques, 1722. Alors que les Hollandais s'approchaient, il devint clair que l'île devant

them was inhabited. They saw smoke rising from the villages along the coast, 그들|있었다|거주했다|그들|보았다|연기|피어오르는|~에서|그|마을들|따라|그|해안 eux|était|habité|Ils|virent|fumée|s'élevant|de|les|villages|le long de|la|côte ellos|estaba|habitado|ellos|vieron|humo|subiendo|de|las|aldeas|a lo largo|la|costa 거주지가 있다는 것이 분명해졌다. 그들은 해안의 마을에서 연기가 피어오르는 것을 보았다, estaba habitado. Vieron humo levantándose de las aldeas a lo largo de la costa, ils étaient habités. Ils ont vu de la fumée s'élever des villages le long de la côte,

but it was a seemingly barren land. We originally, from a further distance, 하지만|그것|이었다|하나의|겉보기에는|황량한|땅|우리는|원래|부터|하나의|더 먼|거리 mais|c'était|était|une|apparemment|stérile|terre|Nous|à l'origine|de|une|plus|distance pero|eso|estaba|una|aparentemente|árida|tierra|nosotros|originalmente|de|una|mayor|distancia 하지만 그것은 겉보기에는 황량한 땅이었다. 우리는 원래, 더 먼 거리에서, pero era una tierra aparentemente estéril. Originalmente, desde una mayor distancia, mais c'était une terre apparemment stérile. Nous, à une distance plus éloignée,

considered Easter Island to be sandy. The reasons for that is that we counted as 여겼다|부활절|섬|~로|되다|모래가 많은|그|이유들|~에 대한|그것|이다|우리가|우리|계산했다|~로 considérions|Pâques|Île|à|être|sablonneuse|Les|raisons|pour|cela|est|que|nous|comptions|comme consideramos|Pascua|Isla|a|ser|arenosa|las|razones|para|eso|es|que|nosotros|contamos|como 부활절 섬이 모래로 덮인 곳이라고 생각했다. 그 이유는 우리가 그것을 고려했기 때문이다. consideramos que la Isla de Pascua era arenosa. Las razones para eso son que contamos como considérions l'île de Pâques comme sablonneuse. Les raisons en sont que nous comptions comme

sand the withered grass, hay or other scorched and burnt vegetation, because 모래|그|시든|풀|건초|또는|다른|그을린|그리고|타버린|식물|왜냐하면 sable|l'|desséché|herbe|foin|ou|autre|brûlé|et|brûlé|végétation|parce que arena|la|marchita|hierba|heno|o|otra|quemada|y|quemada|vegetación|porque 마른 풀, 건초 또는 다른 타버린 식물들을 샌딩하라, 왜냐하면 arena la hierba marchita, heno u otra vegetación quemada y carbonizada, porque sable l'herbe fanée, le foin ou d'autres végétations brûlées et carbonisées, parce que

its wasted appearance could give no other impression than of a singular 그것의|황폐한|외모|~할 수 있었다|주다|없는|다른|인상|보다|의|하나의|독특한 son|gâché|apparence|pouvait|donner|aucune|autre|impression|que|de|une|singulière su|desperdiciada|apariencia|podría|dar|ninguna|otra|impresión|que|de|una|singular 그것의 황폐한 모습은 독특한 인상 외에는 다른 인상을 줄 수 없기 때문이다. su apariencia desperdiciada no podría dar otra impresión que la de un singular son apparence négligée ne pouvait donner d'autre impression que celle d'un singulier

them, greeting them with friendly astonishment. This was much like other 그들|인사하며||~와 함께|친근한|놀라움|이것|~였다|훨씬|같은|다른 eux|les saluant|eux|avec|amical|étonnement||||| ||||||esto|fue|mucho|como|otras 그들을 친근한 놀라움으로 맞이했다. 이것은 로게빈이 이전에 방문했던 다른 섬들과 매우 비슷했다. con ellos, saludándolos con asombro amistoso. Esto era muy parecido a otras les accueillant avec une étonnante amitié. C'était très semblable à d'autres

this island amazed him. Along the beaches, lined up in rows with their backs to the 이|섬|놀라게 했다|그|따라|그|해변들|줄지어|위로|안|줄|함께|그들의|등|향해|그 cette|île|a émerveillé|lui|||||||||||| esta|isla|asombró|él|a lo largo|las|playas|alineadas|arriba|en|filas|con|sus|espaldas|hacia|el 이 섬은 그를 놀라게 했다. 해변을 따라, 바다를 등지고 줄지어 서 있는 esta isla lo asombró. A lo largo de las playas, alineadas en filas con sus espaldas hacia el cette île l'a émerveillé. Le long des plages, alignées en rangs, le dos tourné à la

sea, was a line of stone statues. They were carved from black volcanic stone, 바다|있었다|하나의|줄|의|돌|조각상들|그들|있었다|조각되었다|로부터|검은|화산의|돌 mer|était|une|ligne|de|pierre|statues||||||| ||||de||||||||| 돌 조각상들이 있었다. 그들은 검은 화산암으로 조각되었고, mar, había una fila de estatuas de piedra. Estaban talladas en piedra volcánica negra, mer, se trouvait une ligne de statues en pierre. Elles étaient sculptées dans de la pierre volcanique noire,

some of them standing 10 meters high, wearing crowns of red sandstone. But 일부|의|그들|서 있는|미터|높이|쓰고 있는|왕관|의|붉은|사암|그러나 certaines|de|elles|mesurant|mètres|de haut|portant|couronnes|en|rouge|grès| |||||||||||pero 그 중 일부는 10미터 높이로, 붉은 사암 왕관을 쓰고 있었다. 그러나 algunas de ellas de 10 metros de altura, con coronas de arenisca roja. Pero certaines mesurant 10 mètres de haut, portant des couronnes en grès rouge. Mais

there. The stone images at first caused us to be struck with astonishment, because 거기|그|돌|이미지|에|처음에|원인|우리|~하게|되다|치다|~으로|놀라움|왜냐하면 là|les|pierre|images|à|d'abord|ont causé|nous|à|être|frappés|par|étonnement|parce que allí|las|imágenes|de piedra|en|primero|nos|a|a|estar|sorprendidos|con|asombro|porque 돌로 된 이미지는 처음에 우리를 놀라게 했다, 왜냐하면 allí. Las imágenes de piedra al principio nos dejaron asombrados, porque là. Les images en pierre nous ont d'abord frappés d'étonnement, car

we couldn't comprehend how it was possible that these people, who were 우리|할 수 없었다|이해하다|어떻게|그것|이었다|가능했는지|그|이|사람들|누구|있었다 nous|ne pouvions pas|comprendre|comment|cela|était|possible|que|ces|gens|qui|étaient nosotros|no pudimos|comprender|cómo|eso|fue|posible|que|estas|personas|que|estaban 우리는 이 사람들이 어떻게 가능한지 이해할 수 없었다. no podíamos comprender cómo era posible que estas personas, que estaban nous ne pouvions pas comprendre comment il était possible que ces personnes, qui étaient

thick in proportion. Roggeveen and his men didn't stay long. They soon set sail 두꺼운|비례|비율|로게빈|그리고|그의|부하들|하지 않았다|머물다|오래|그들|곧|설정했다|항해 épais|en|proportion|Roggeveen|et|ses|hommes|ne pas|rester|longtemps|Ils|bientôt|mirent|voile grueso|en|proporción|Roggeveen|y|sus|hombres|no|quedaron|mucho|ellos|pronto|pusieron|vela 로게빈과 그의 남자들은 오래 머물지 않았다. 그들은 곧 섬을 떠나 grueso en proporción. Roggeveen y sus hombres no se quedaron mucho tiempo. Pronto zarparon épais en proportion. Roggeveen et ses hommes ne restèrent pas longtemps. Ils prirent bientôt la mer

away from the island and on across the Pacific. But the remarkable image stayed 멀리|부터|그|섬|그리고|계속|가로질러|그|태평양|그러나|그|놀라운|이미지|남아있었다 loin|de|l'|île|et|à travers|l'|l'||||remarquable|image|resta lejos|de|la|isla|y|en|a través|el|Pacífico|pero|la|notable|imagen|quedó 태평양을 가로질러 항해를 시작했다. 그러나 그 놀라운 이미지는 남아 있었다. de la isla y cruzaron el Pacífico. Pero la imagen notable permaneció loin de l'île et traversèrent le Pacifique. Mais l'image remarquable resta

with them and they must have asked themselves how did those people 함께|그들|그리고|그들|반드시|했을|물었|스스로|어떻게|했는지|그|사람들 avec|eux|et|ils|doivent|avoir|demandé|à eux-mêmes|comment|ils ont|ces|gens 그들과 함께하며 그들은 아마도 그 사람들이 어떻게 그렇게 많은 거대한 돌 조각상을 만들었는지 궁금했을 것이다. con ellos y debieron haberse preguntado cómo hicieron esas personas avec eux et ils ont dû se demander comment ces gens

available to them? Why had they built so many? And if such an advanced civilization 이용 가능한|에|그들|왜|했던|그들|지었는가|그렇게|많은|그리고|만약|그런|하나의|고급의|문명 disponible|à|eux|pourquoi|avaient|ils|construit|tant|de|et|si|une telle|une|avancée|civilisation |a||||||||||||| 왜 그렇게 많은 조각상을 만들었을까? 그리고 만약 그렇게 발전된 문명이 ¿disponible para ellos? ¿Por qué habían construido tantos? Y si una civilización tan avanzada disponible pour eux ? Pourquoi en avaient-ils construit tant ? Et si une civilisation si avancée

had once lived on this island, where on earth had it vanished to? 했다|한때|살았다|에|이|섬|어디에|에|지구|했다|그것|사라졌|에 ||||||||||||à había|||||||||||| 한때 이 섬에 살았다면, 도대체 어디로 사라졌을까? había vivido alguna vez en esta isla, ¿a dónde había desaparecido? avait autrefois vécu sur cette île, où diable avait-elle disparu ?

My name is Paul Cooper and you're listening to the Fall of Civilizations 내 이름은 폴 쿠퍼이고, 당신은 문명의 몰락을 듣고 있습니다. Mi nombre es Paul Cooper y estás escuchando el podcast La Caída de las Civilizaciones Je m'appelle Paul Cooper et vous écoutez le podcast La Chute des Civilisations.

podcast. Each episode I look at a civilization of the past that rose to 팟캐스트. 각 에피소드마다 나는 과거의 문명 중 하나를 살펴보며 그 문명이 어떻게 En cada episodio, analizo una civilización del pasado que se elevó a Dans chaque épisode, j'examine une civilisation du passé qui a prospéré.

glory and then collapsed into the ashes of history. I want to ask what did they 영광|그리고|그 후|무너졌다|속으로|그|재|의|역사|나는|원한다|~할|묻다|무엇|~했는지|그들 gloire|et|puis|s'est effondré|dans|les|cendres|de|l'histoire|je|veux|à|demander|ce que|ai|ils gloria|y|luego|colapsó|en|las|cenizas|de|historia||||||| 영광에 올랐다가 역사 속의 재로 무너졌는지를 이야기합니다. 나는 그들이 gloria y luego colapsaron en las cenizas de la historia. Quiero preguntar qué tenían gloire et puis s'est effondrée dans les cendres de l'histoire. Je veux demander ce qu'ils

have in common? What led to their fall and what did it feel like to be a person 무엇을 공유했는지, 그들의 몰락을 초래한 원인은 무엇인지, 그리고 그 시기에 en común? ¿Qué llevó a su caída y cómo se sintió ser una persona avaient en commun ? Qu'est-ce qui a conduit à leur chute et qu'est-ce que cela faisait d'être une personne

alive at the time who witnessed the end of their world? In this episode, I want to 살았던 사람이 그들의 세계의 끝을 목격했을 때 어떤 기분이었는지를 묻고 싶습니다. viva en ese momento que fue testigo del fin de su mundo? En este episodio, quiero vivante à l'époque qui a été témoin de la fin de leur monde ? Dans cet épisode, je veux

tell the story of one of archaeology's most enduring puzzles, the mystery of 이번 에피소드에서는 고고학에서 가장 오랫동안 남아 있는 수수께끼 중 하나인, 그 미스터리의 이야기를 하고 싶습니다. contar la historia de uno de los rompecabezas más perdurables de la arqueología, el misterio de raconter l'histoire de l'un des mystères les plus durables de l'archéologie, le mystère de

Easter Island. I want to explore why it's not actually much of a mystery at all. I 이스터|섬|나|원해|(동사 원형을 나타내는 조사)|탐험하다|왜|그것은|아니다|실제로|많이|의|하나의|미스터리|전혀|전부|나 Pâques|île|je|veux|à|explorer|pourquoi|c'est|pas|en fait|beaucoup|de|un|mystère|à|tout|je Pascua|Isla|yo|quiero|a|explorar|por qué|es|no|en realidad|mucho|de|un|misterio|a|todo|yo 이스터 섬. 나는 왜 이곳이 사실 그리 신비로운 곳이 아닌지를 탐구하고 싶다. Isla de Pascua. Quiero explorar por qué en realidad no es un misterio en absoluto. Yo L'île de Pâques. Je veux explorer pourquoi ce n'est en réalité pas un mystère du tout. Je

how it survived the test of centuries against overwhelming odds, and I want to 어떻게|그것이|살아남았는지|그|시험|의|세기들|에 맞서|압도적인|역경|그리고|나는|원한다|~할 comment|elle|a survécu|l'|épreuve|des|siècles|contre|écrasants|obstacles|et|je|veux|à cómo|eso|sobrevivió|la|prueba|de|siglos|contra|abrumadoras|probabilidades|y|yo|quiero|a 어떻게 압도적인 역경 속에서도 수세기 동안 생존했는지를 살펴보고 싶다. cómo sobrevivió la prueba de los siglos contra probabilidades abrumadoras, y quiero comment elle a survécu à l'épreuve des siècles contre des obstacles écrasants, et je veux

take you through the evidence about what happened to finally bring this society 그리고 나는 이 사회와 그 거대한 동상들이 결국 어떻게 무너졌는지에 대한 증거를 여러분에게 보여주고 싶다. llevarte a través de la evidencia sobre lo que sucedió para finalmente llevar a esta sociedad vous faire découvrir les preuves sur ce qui est finalement arrivé pour amener cette société

The Pacific Ocean is the largest and deepest of Earth's oceans. At over 165 태평양|태평양|바다|이다|가장|크다|그리고|깊다|의|지구의|바다들|에|넘는 l'|Pacifique|Océan|est|le|plus grand|et|le plus profond|des|de la Terre|océans|| el|Pacífico|Océano|es|el|más grande|y|profundo|de|la Tierra|océanos|| 태평양은 지구의 바다 중 가장 크고 깊습니다. 165가 넘는 El Océano Pacífico es el más grande y profundo de los océanos de la Tierra. Con más de 165 L'océan Pacifique est le plus grand et le plus profond des océans de la Terre. À plus de 165

million square kilometers, it covers one-third of the Earth's total surface. 백만|제곱|킬로미터|그것|덮는다|||의|지구의|지구의|전체|표면 millions|carrés|kilomètres|il|couvre|||de|la|de la Terre|totale|surface millones|cuadrados|kilómetros|él|cubre|||de|la|la Tierra|total|superficie 백만 평방 킬로미터에 달하며, 지구 전체 표면의 3분의 1을 차지합니다. millones de kilómetros cuadrados, cubre un tercio de la superficie total de la Tierra. millions de kilomètres carrés, il couvre un tiers de la surface totale de la Terre.

It's so vast that if you were to look at Earth from outer space, it's just about 그것은|너무|광대하여|그래서|만약|당신이|~였다|~할|바라보면|~을|지구|~로부터|외부의|우주|그것은|단지|약 il est|si|vaste|que|si|tu|étais|à|regarder|à|Terre|depuis|l'espace|extérieur|il est|juste|environ es|tan|vasto|que|si|tú|estuvieras|a|mirar|a|la Tierra|desde|el exterior|espacio|es|justo|aproximadamente 너무 광대해서 우주에서 지구를 바라본다면, 태평양만 보이도록 Es tan vasto que si miraras la Tierra desde el espacio exterior, es casi Il est si vaste que si vous regardiez la Terre depuis l'espace, c'est à peu près

possible to position yourself so that only the Pacific Ocean is visible and 가능|에|위치|당신을|그래서|그것이|오직|그|태평양|바다|이|보이는|그리고 possible|à|positionner|vous-même|si|que|seulement|l'|Pacifique|Océan|est|visible|et posible|a|posicionar|te|de manera que|que|solo|el|Pacífico|Océano|está|visible|y 자신을 위치시킬 수 있을 정도입니다. posible posicionarse de manera que solo el Océano Pacífico sea visible y possible de se positionner de manière à ce que seul l'océan Pacifique soit visible et

you could imagine that you were looking at a planet completely composed of water. 너|~할 수 있었을 것이다|상상하다|~을|너|~였던|바라보는|~을|하나의|행성|완전히|구성된|~로|물 vous|pourriez|imaginer|que|vous|étiez|regardant|à|une|planète|complètement|composée|d'|eau tú|podrías|imaginar|que|tú|estabas|mirando|a|un|planeta|completamente|compuesto|de|agua 그렇게 되면 물로만 이루어진 행성을 바라보고 있다고 상상할 수 있습니다. podrías imaginar que estás mirando un planeta completamente compuesto de agua. vous pourriez imaginer que vous regardiez une planète entièrement composée d'eau.

But the Pacific is not an unbroken sea. Across its blue expanse, there are over 그러나|그|태평양|이다|아니다|하나의|끊임없는|바다|가로질러|그것의|푸른|광활한|있다|있다|넘는 mais|le|Pacifique|est|pas|une|ininterrompue|mer|À travers|son|bleu|étendue|il y a|a|plus de pero|el|Pacífico|es|no|un|ininterrumpido|mar|a través de|su|azul|extensión|hay|hay|más de 하지만 태평양은 끊임없는 바다가 아닙니다. 푸른 광활함을 가로질러 Pero el Pacífico no es un mar ininterrumpido. A través de su vasta extensión azul, hay más de Mais le Pacifique n'est pas une mer ininterrompue. À travers son étendue bleue, il y a plus de

25,000 islands of varying size, many of them thrown up by volcanic eruptions 섬들|의|다양한|크기|많은|의|그것들|형성된|위로|의해|화산의|분출 îles|de|taille|taille|beaucoup|d'|elles|projetées|vers le haut|par|volcaniques|éruptions islas|de|tamaño|tamaño|muchos|de|ellos|arrojadas|arriba|por|volcánicas|erupciones 25,000개의 크기가 다양한 섬들이 있으며, 그 중 많은 섬들이 화산 폭발에 의해 생겨났습니다. 25,000 islas de diferentes tamaños, muchas de ellas formadas por erupciones volcánicas. 25 000 îles de tailles variées, dont beaucoup ont été formées par des éruptions volcaniques.

that burst from the lively tectonics of the Pacific Plate. Easter Island is at 그것이|터져나온|부터|그|활발한|지각판|의|그|태평양|판|이스터|섬|이|에 qui|a jailli|de|les|vives|tectoniques|de|la|Pacifique|Plaque|Pâques|Île|est|à que|estalló|de|la|viva|tectónica|de|la|Pacífico|Placa|||| 이 화산 폭발은 태평양 판의 활발한 지각 운동에서 발생했습니다. 이스터 섬은 que estalló de la dinámica viva de la Placa del Pacífico. La Isla de Pascua está en qui jaillit des tectoniques vives de la plaque pacifique. L'île de Pâques est à

the eastern corner of an area we call the Polynesian Triangle, a vast region of 그|동쪽의|모서리|의|하나의|지역|우리가|부르는|그|폴리네시아의|삼각형|하나의|광대한|지역|의 le|oriental|coin|de|une|zone|nous|appelons|le|polynésien|Triangle|une|vaste|région|de la|oriental|esquina|de|un|área|nosotros|llamamos|el|polinesio|triángulo|||| 우리가 폴리네시아 삼각지대라고 부르는 지역의 동쪽 모서리에 위치해 있으며, 이는 la esquina oriental de un área que llamamos el Triángulo Polinesio, una vasta región de le coin est d'une zone que nous appelons le triangle polynésien, une vaste région de

the Pacific Ocean broken by over a thousand volcanic islands. Easter 그|태평양|바다|가로막힌|의해|넘는|하나의|천|화산의|섬들|이스터 ||||||une|||| el|Pacífico|Océano|roto|por|más de|mil|mil|volcánicas|islas| 천 개가 넘는 화산 섬들로 나뉘어진 태평양의 광대한 지역입니다. 이스터 el Océano Pacífico rota por más de mil islas volcánicas. La Isla de Pascua l'océan Pacifique parsemée de plus d'un millier d'îles volcaniques. L'île de

Island itself is a loosely triangular shape too, made up of three extinct 섬 자체는 세 개의 사화산으로 이루어진 느슨한 삼각형 모양이다. en sí tiene una forma triangular suelta también, compuesta por tres volcanes extintos. Pâques elle-même a également une forme vaguement triangulaire, composée de trois volcans éteints.

volcanoes at each of its points. The largest of these volcanoes is called 화산들|각|각|의|그것의|지점들|그|가장 큰|의|이|화산들|이|불립니다 volcans|à|chacun|de|ses|points|Le|plus grand|de|ces|volcans|est|appelé volcanes|en|cada|de|sus|puntos|el|más grande|de|estos|volcanes|es|llamado 이 화산 중 가장 큰 것은 테레바카라고 불린다. volcanes en cada uno de sus puntos. El más grande de estos volcanes se llama des volcans à chacun de ses points. Le plus grand de ces volcans s'appelle

Terevaka. It's a young volcano bursting out of the sea less than 400,000 years 테레바카|그것은|하나의|젊은|화산|분출하는|밖으로|의|그|바다|덜|보다|년 Terevaka|C'est|un|jeune|volcan|jaillissant|hors|de|la|mer|moins|de|ans Terevaka|es|un|joven|volcán|brotando|fuera|de|el|mar|menos|que|años 테레바카는 40만 년도 안에 바다에서 솟아오른 젊은 화산으로, Terevaka. Es un volcán joven que brota del mar hace menos de 400,000 años Terevaka. C'est un jeune volcan jaillissant de la mer il y a moins de 400 000 ans,

ago, its lava gushing out and raising a peak that looms half a kilometer above 이전에|그것의|용암|분출하는|밖으로|그리고|높이는|하나의|봉우리|그것이|우뚝 솟아 있다|반|하나의|킬로미터|위에 il y a|sa|lave|jaillissant|hors|et|élevant|un|sommet|qui|se dresse|à moitié|un|kilomètre|au-dessus de atrás|su|lava|fluyendo|afuera|y|elevando|un|pico|que|se eleva|medio|un|kilómetro|sobre 용암이 쏟아져 나와 바다 위로 500미터가 넘는 봉우리를 형성했다. su lava brotando y formando un pico que se eleva medio kilómetro sobre sa lave jaillissant et élevant un sommet qui s'élève à un demi-kilomètre au-dessus

the ocean. When it first erupted, Terevaka's lava pooled so that it joined 그|바다|언제|그것|처음|분출했을 때|테레바카의|용암|고인|그래서|그것이|그것|합쳐졌다 ||Quand|il|d'abord|a érupté|de Terevaka|lave|s'est accumulée|si|que|elle|a rejoint el|océano|cuando|él|primero|erupcionó|de Terevaka|lava|se acumuló|así|que|se|unió 처음 분출했을 때, 테레바카의 용암은 고여서 서로 연결되었다. el océano. Cuando erupcionó por primera vez, la lava de Terevaka se acumuló de tal manera que se unió de l'océan. Lors de sa première éruption, la lave de Terevaka s'est accumulée de sorte qu'elle a rejoint

up two older volcanoes on either side of it and the landmass that today we call 위에|두|더 오래된|화산들|위에|각각의|측면|의|그것|그리고|그|육지덩어리|그|오늘|우리가|부르는 vers le haut|deux|plus anciens|volcans|sur|soit|côté|de|cela|et|la|masse terrestre|que|aujourd'hui|nous|appelons arriba|dos|más antiguos|volcanes|en|cualquiera|lado|de|eso|y|la|masa de tierra|que|hoy|nosotros|llamamos 그 양쪽에 두 개의 오래된 화산이 있고 오늘날 우리가 부르는 육지가 dos volcanes más antiguos a cada lado de él y la masa de tierra que hoy llamamos deux anciens volcans de chaque côté et la masse terrestre que nous appelons aujourd'hui

Easter Island was born. The people who have lived on Easter Island for centuries 이스터|섬|이었다|태어났다|그|사람들|who|have|살았다|에|이스터|섬|동안|세기 Pâques|Île|était|née|les|gens|qui|ont|vécu|sur|||pendant|siècles Pascua|Isla|fue|nacida|la|gente|que|han|vivido|en|Pascua|Isla|por|siglos 이스터 섬에서 태어났습니다. 수세기 동안 이스터 섬에 살았던 사람들은 Isla de Pascua nació. Las personas que han vivido en la Isla de Pascua durante siglos l'île de Pâques est née. Les personnes qui vivent sur l'île de Pâques depuis des siècles

call it by the name Te Pito o Te Henua, which translates literally to the center 부르다|그것을|~로|그|이름|테|피토|의|테|헤누아|그것은|번역된다|문자 그대로|~로|그|중심 appellent|cela|par|le|nom|Te|Pito|o|Te|Henua|ce qui|se traduit|littéralement|par|le|centre llaman|eso|por|el|nombre|Te|Pito|o|Te|Henua|que|traduce|literalmente|a|el|centro 그곳을 테 피토 오 테 헤누아(Te Pito o Te Henua)라는 이름으로 부르며, 이는 문자 그대로 la llaman por el nombre Te Pito o Te Henua, que se traduce literalmente como el centro l'appellent par le nom Te Pito o Te Henua, qui se traduit littéralement par le centre

of the world. Other names for it are translated as the land's end or fragment 의|그|세계|다른|이름들|위한|그것|이다|번역된|로|그|땅의|끝|또는|조각 du|monde||d'autres|noms|pour|cela|sont|traduits|comme|la|terre|fin|ou|fragment del|mundo||otros|nombres|para|eso|son|traducidos|como|el|tierra|fin|o|fragmento 세상의 중심을 의미합니다. 다른 이름들은 땅의 끝 또는 지구의 조각으로 번역되며, del mundo. Otros nombres para ella se traducen como el fin de la tierra o fragmento du monde. D'autres noms pour cela se traduisent par la fin de la terre ou fragment

of the earth, and today's Polynesians call the island Rapa Nui. Rapa Nui is a 의|그|지구|그리고|오늘날의|폴리네시아인들|부른다|그|섬|라파|누이|라파|누이|이|하나의 de|la|terre|et|d'aujourd'hui|Polynésiens|appellent|l'|île|Rapa|Nui|Rapa|Nui|est|une de|la|tierra|y|de hoy|polinesios|llaman|la|isla|Rapa|Nui|||| 오늘날 폴리네시아 사람들은 이 섬을 라파 누이(Rapa Nui)라고 부릅니다. 라파 누이는 de la tierra, y los polinesios de hoy llaman a la isla Rapa Nui. Rapa Nui es una de la terre, et les Polynésiens d'aujourd'hui appellent l'île Rapa Nui. Rapa Nui est un

small island, only about 24 kilometers end-to-end and 12 kilometers wide, and 작은|섬|단지|약|킬로미터||||그리고|킬로미터|넓이| petite|île|seulement|environ|kilomètres||||et|kilomètres|large|et pequeña|isla|solo|alrededor|kilómetros||||y|kilómetros|de ancho|y 작은 섬으로, 길이가 약 24킬로미터, 너비가 12킬로미터에 불과하며 isla pequeña, de solo unos 24 kilómetros de extremo a extremo y 12 kilómetros de ancho, y petit île, seulement environ 24 kilomètres d'un bout à l'autre et 12 kilomètres de large, et

it's one of the most remote and isolated places on earth. From the coast of Easter 그것은|하나|의|가장|가장|외딴|그리고|고립된|장소들|위에|지구|부터|그|해안|의|이스터 c'est|un|des|plus|plus|éloignés|et|isolés|endroits|sur|terre||||| es|uno|de|los|más|remotos|y|aislados|lugares|en|||la|costa|de|Pascua 지구에서 가장 외딴 곳 중 하나입니다. 이스터 섬의 해안에서 es uno de los lugares más remotos y aislados de la tierra. Desde la costa de la Isla de Pascua, c'est l'un des endroits les plus éloignés et isolés de la terre. Depuis la côte de l'île de Pâques,

America, about the distance from Paris to Damascus, and even the nearest inhabited 미국|약|그|거리|부터|파리|까지|다마스쿠스|그리고|심지어|그|가장 가까운|사람이 사는 Amérique|à propos de|la|distance|de|Paris|à|Damas|et|même|la|plus proche|habitée América|acerca|la|distancia|de|París|a|Damasco|y|incluso|la|más cercana|habitada América, sobre la distancia de París a Damasco, y incluso la isla habitada más cercana L'Amérique, à propos de la distance entre Paris et Damas, et même la plus proche

The Polynesians who first settled the island arrived from the West. Sometime 그|폴리네시아인들|관계대명사|처음으로|정착한|그|섬|도착했다|부터|그|서쪽|언젠가 les|Polynésiens|qui|d'abord|se sont installés|l'|île|sont arrivés|de|l'|Ouest|quelque temps los|polinesios|que|primero|se asentaron|la|isla|llegaron|de|el|Oeste|alguna vez 섬에 처음 정착한 폴리네시아인들은 서쪽에서 도착했습니다. 어느 시점 Los polinesios que primero se asentaron en la isla llegaron desde el oeste. En algún momento Les Polynésiens qui ont d'abord colonisé l'île sont arrivés de l'Ouest. Quelque part

before the year 3000 BC, they had left the mainland of the Asian continent, and 기원전 3000년 이전에 그들은 아시아 대륙의 본토를 떠났고, antes del año 3000 a.C., habían dejado el continente asiático, y avant l'an 3000 avant J.-C., ils avaient quitté le continent asiatique, et

since that time, these hardy sailors had perfected their craft until they were 그때부터|그|시간|이|강인한|선원들|했다|완벽하게 했다|그들의|기술|~까지|그들|있었다 depuis|ce|temps|ces|robustes|marins|avaient|perfectionné|leur|métier|jusqu'à ce que|ils|étaient desde|ese|tiempo|estos|resistentes|marineros|habían|perfeccionado|su|oficio|hasta que|ellos|fueron 그 이후로 이 강인한 항해자들은 그들의 기술을 완벽하게 다듬어 desde entonces, estos intrépidos marineros habían perfeccionado su oficio hasta que eran depuis ce temps, ces marins robustes avaient perfectionné leur art jusqu'à ce qu'ils soient

the most successful ocean-going settlers in history. They built large 그|가장|성공적인|||정착민들|에|역사|그들은|지었다|큰 les|plus|réussis|||colons|dans|l'histoire||| los|más|exitosos|||colonos|en|la historia|ellos|construyeron|grandes 역사상 가장 성공적인 해양 정착민이 되었습니다. 그들은 두 개의 선체로 이루어진 큰 los colonos oceánicos más exitosos de la historia. Construyeron grandes les colons océaniques les plus réussis de l'histoire. Ils construisaient de grandes

sturdy canoes with two hulls, in fact, effectively two canoes joined by a deck 튼튼한|카누|가진|두|선체|사실|사실상|효과적으로|두|카누|연결된|의해|하나의|갑판 solides|canoës|avec|deux|coques|en|fait|effectivement|deux|canoës|reliés|par|un|pont robustas|canoas|con|dos|cascos|en|hecho|efectivamente|dos|canoas|unidas|por|una|cubierta 튼튼한 카누를 만들었으며, 사실상 갑판으로 연결된 두 개의 카누였습니다. canoas robustas con dos cascos, de hecho, efectivamente dos canoas unidas por una cubierta canoës robustes avec deux coques, en fait, effectivement deux canoës reliés par un pont

and with two masts with sails. The catamaran design of these ships was 그리고|가진|두|돛대|가진|돛|그|쌍동선|설계|의|이|배들|이었다 et|avec|deux|mâts|avec|voiles|le|catamaran|design|de|ces|navires|était y|con|dos|mástiles|con|velas|el|catamarán|diseño|de|estos|barcos|fue 그리고 두 개의 돛대와 돛이 있는 배입니다. 이 배들의 쌍동선 디자인은 y con dos mástiles con velas. El diseño de catamarán de estos barcos era et avec deux mâts avec des voiles. Le design catamaran de ces navires était

incredibly sophisticated, and in fact, they look like a modern sailing boat 믿을 수 없을 만큼|정교한|그리고|실제로|사실|그들|보인다|처럼|하나의|현대적인|항해용|배 incroyablement|sophistiquées|et|en|fait|elles|semblent|comme|un|moderne|à voile|bateau increíblemente|sofisticados|y|en|hecho|ellos|lucen|como|un|moderno|de vela|barco 믿을 수 없을 만큼 정교하며, 사실 현대의 경주용 세일링 보트처럼 보입니다. increíblemente sofisticados, y de hecho, parecen un barco de vela moderno incroyablement sophistiqués, et en fait, ils ressemblent à un bateau à voile moderne

used for racing. They were both stable and fast, and they allowed the Polynesians 사용된|위한|경주|그들|있었다|둘 다|안정적|그리고|빠른|그리고|그들|허락했다|그|폴리네시아인들 utilisées|pour|la course|elles|étaient|à la fois|stables|et|rapides|et|elles|ont permis|aux|Polynésiens usados|para|carreras|ellos|fueron|ambos|estables|y|rápidos|y|ellos|permitieron|los|polinesios 그들은 모두 안정적이고 빠르며, 폴리네시아인들이 utilizados para carreras. Eran tanto estables como rápidos, y permitieron a los polinesios utilisés pour la course. Ils étaient à la fois stables et rapides, et ils ont permis aux Polynésiens

to gradually settle the entire Pacific Ocean. These early settlers navigated the 점차적으로|점차적으로|정착시키다|전체|전체|태평양|바다|이|초기의|정착민들|항해했다|그 de|progressivement|s'installer|l'|entier|Pacifique|Océan||||| a|gradualmente|asentarse|el|entero|Pacífico|Océano||||| 점차 태평양 전체에 정착할 수 있게 해주었습니다. 이 초기 정착자들은 asentar gradualmente todo el océano Pacífico. Estos primeros colonos navegaron por los de s'installer progressivement dans tout l'océan Pacifique. Ces premiers colons ont navigué sur les

oceans without any physical navigation devices. They knew the stars well enough 바다|없이|어떤|물리적|항해|장치들|그들|알았다|그|별들|잘|충분히 océans|sans|aucun|physique|navigation|dispositifs|ils|savaient|les|étoiles|bien|assez océanos|sin|ningún|físico|navegación|dispositivos|ellos|conocían|las|estrellas|bien|suficiente 물리적인 항해 장치 없이도 바다를 항해했습니다. 그들은 별을 충분히 잘 알고 있었습니다. océanos sin ningún dispositivo de navegación físico. Conocían las estrellas lo suficiente océans sans aucun dispositif de navigation physique. Ils connaissaient les étoiles suffisamment bien

longitude using only the night sky, and they didn't write this detailed 경도|사용하는|오직|그|밤|하늘|그리고|그들|하지 않았다|쓰다|이것을|자세한 longitude|utilisant|seulement|le|nuit|ciel|et|ils|nepas|écrivirent|cette|détaillée ||solo|las|||y||||| 경도를 놀라운 계산으로 할 수 있었다는 것, 그리고 그들은 이 상세한 la longitud usando solo el cielo nocturno, y no escribieron este conocimiento detallado, la longitude en utilisant uniquement le ciel nocturne, et ils n'ont pas écrit cette connaissance détaillée,

knowledge down, but used only songs and stories to memorize the properties and 지식|낮추다|그러나|사용했다|오직|노래들|그리고|이야기들|~하기 위해|암기하다|그|속성들|그리고 ||mais|utilisèrent|seulement|chansons|et|histoires|pour|mémoriser|les|propriétés|et |||usaron|||||||la|| 지식을 기록하지 않고 오직 노래와 이야기만으로 별, 섬, 그리고 알려진 항로의 특성과 sino que usaron solo canciones e historias para memorizar las propiedades y mais ont utilisé uniquement des chansons et des histoires pour mémoriser les propriétés et

positions of the stars, islands, and known sea routes. The Polynesians also used the ||les|||||||les|||| 위치를 암기했다는 것. 폴리네시아인들은 또한 자연 세계를 그들의 항해에 도움으로 사용했다. posiciones de las estrellas, islas y rutas marítimas conocidas. Los polinesios también usaron el les positions des étoiles, des îles et des routes maritimes connues. Les Polynésiens ont également utilisé le

natural world as an aid to their navigation. They followed the flight 자연의|세계|~로서|하나의|도움|~에|그들의|항해|그들은|따랐다|그|비행 naturel|monde|comme|une|aide|à|leur|navigation|ils|ont suivi|le|vol natural|mundo|como|un|ayuda|a|su|navegación|ellos|siguieron|el|vuelo 그들은 새의 비행을 따랐다. el mundo natural como una ayuda para su navegación. Siguieron el vuelo le monde naturel comme aide à leur navigation. Ils suivaient le vol

shows the significance of these birds. The black tern, the black tern is my bird, 보여준다|그|중요성|의|이|새들|그|검은|제비갈매기|그|검은|제비갈매기|이다|나의|새 montre|la|signification|de|ces|oiseaux|le|noir|sterne|le|noir|sterne|est|mon|oiseau muestra|la|importancia|de|estas|aves|el|negro|charrán|el|negro|charrán|es|mi|ave 이 새들의 중요성을 보여줍니다. 검은 제비갈매기, 검은 제비갈매기는 나의 새입니다, muestra la importancia de estas aves. La golondrina negra, la golondrina negra es mi ave, montre l'importance de ces oiseaux. La guifette noire, la guifette noire est mon oiseau,

bird in whom my eyes are gifted with unbounded vision. These epic voyages were 새|안에|whom|나의|눈|는|주어진|와|무한한|시야|이|서사적인|항해들|였다 oiseau|dans|qui|mes|yeux|sont|dotés|de|illimité|vision|ces|épiques|voyages|étaient |en|quien|mis|ojos|son|dotados|con|ilimitada|visión|estos|épicos|viajes|fueron 내 눈이 무한한 시야로 선물받은 새입니다. 이러한 서사적 항해는 ave en la que mis ojos están dotados de una visión ilimitada. Estos viajes épicos fueron oiseau en qui mes yeux sont dotés d'une vision illimitée. Ces épopées étaient

all the more impressive because the winds in the South Pacific blow westwards 모두|그|더|인상적인|왜냐하면|그|바람|안|그|남쪽|태평양|불어온다|서쪽으로 tout|le|plus|impressionnant|parce que|les|vents|dans|le|Sud|Pacifique|soufflent|vers l'ouest todo|lo|más|impresionante|porque|los|vientos|en|el|Sur|Pacífico|soplan|hacia el oeste 남태평양의 바람이 폴리네시아의 확장 방향과 반대인 서쪽으로 불기 때문에 더욱 인상적이었습니다. todo lo más impresionante porque los vientos en el Pacífico Sur soplan hacia el oeste d'autant plus impressionnant que les vents dans le Pacifique Sud soufflent vers l'ouest

against the direction of the Polynesians' expansion. To travel these vast distances 반대하여|그|방향|의|그|폴리네시아인들의|확장|여행하기 위해|여행하다|이|광대한|거리들 contre|la|direction|de|l'||||||| contra|la|dirección|de|la|los polinesios|expansión|para|viajar|estas|vastas|distancias 이 광대한 거리를 여행하기 위해 en contra de la dirección de la expansión de los polinesios. Para viajar estas vastas distancias contre la direction de l'expansion des Polynésiens. Pour parcourir ces vastes distances

against the winds, the explorers developed a sailing technique known as 맞서|그|바람|그|탐험가들|개발했다|하나의|항해|기술|알려진|로 contra|los|vientos|los|exploradores|desarrollaron|una|navegación|técnica|conocida|como 바람에 맞서 탐험가들은 다음과 같은 항해 기술을 개발했습니다. en contra de los vientos, los exploradores desarrollaron una técnica de navegación conocida como contre les vents, les explorateurs ont développé une technique de navigation connue sous le nom de

tacking, where the craft zigzags against a prevailing wind in order to catch some 태킹|어디서|그|배|지그재그로 나아간다|맞서|하나의|우세한|바람|안에서|목적|~하기 위해|잡다|약간의 le virement de bord|où|les|embarcations|zigzaguent|contre|un|dominant|vent|afin de|ordre|de|attraper|un peu de ceñir|donde|la|embarcación|zigzaguea|contra|un|predominante|viento|en|orden|para|atrapar|algo 조타를 사용하여, 배는 지배적인 바람에 맞서 지그재그로 항해하여 일부 navegación en ceñida, donde la embarcación zigzaguea contra un viento predominante para aprovechar algo virement de bord, où l'embarcation zigzague contre un vent dominant afin de capter un peu de

forward motion. And storms in the Pacific could be deadly to these early 전진|운동|그리고|폭풍|안|그|태평양|~할 수 있다|이다|치명적|에|이들|초기 en avant|mouvement|et|tempêtes|dans|le|Pacifique|pourraient|être|mortelles|pour|ces|premiers hacia adelante|movimiento|y|tormentas|en|el|Pacífico|podrían|ser|mortales|para|estos|primeros 전진 운동을 포착합니다. 그리고 태평양의 폭풍은 이 초기 movimiento hacia adelante. Y las tormentas en el Pacífico podrían ser mortales para estos primeros mouvement en avant. Et les tempêtes dans le Pacifique pourraient être mortelles pour ces premiers

explorers. It's been recorded that when a severe typhoon struck, these sailors had 탐험가들|그것이|되어왔다|기록되었다|~라는 것|~할 때|하나의|심각한|태풍|강타했을 때|이|선원들|가졌다 |cela a|été|enregistré|que|quand|un|sévère|typhon|frappa|ces|marins|avaient |ha|sido|registrado|que|cuando|un|severo|tifón|golpeó|estos|marineros|tenían 탐험가들에게 치명적일 수 있었습니다. 기록에 따르면, 심각한 태풍이 닥쳤을 때 이 선원들은 exploradores. Se ha registrado que cuando un tifón severo golpeó, estos marineros tenían explorateurs. Il a été enregistré que lorsqu'un typhon sévère frappait, ces marins avaient

a method of surviving that seems unthinkable to a modern sailor. They 하나의|방법|의|생존|그것이|보이는|생각할 수 없는|에게|하나의|현대의|선원|그들 une|méthode|de|survie|que|semble|impensable|à|un|moderne|marin| un|método|de|sobrevivir|que|parece|impensable|a|un|moderno|marinero|ellos 현대의 선원에게는 상상할 수 없는 생존 방법을 가지고 있었습니다. 그들은 un método de supervivencia que parece impensable para un marinero moderno. Ellos une méthode de survie qui semble impensable pour un marin moderne. Ils

would actually purposefully flood the hulls of their canoes, and because the (과거형 조동사) ~할 것이다|실제로|의도적으로|침수시키다|(정관사)|선체|~의|그들의|카누|그리고|~때문에|(정관사) conditionnel|en fait|délibérément|inonder|les|coques|de|leurs|canoës|et|parce que| verbo auxiliar condicional|en realidad|intencionadamente|inundar|los|cascos|de|sus|canoas|y|porque|el 실제로 그들은 의도적으로 카누의 선체에 물을 채웠고, 그 이유는 realmente inundarían intencionadamente los cascos de sus canoas, y debido a que el faisaient en fait intentionnellement inonder les coques de leurs pirogues, et parce que le

wooden hulls provided enough flotation, the ship would stay afloat. But with most 나무로 된|선체|제공했다|충분한|부력|그|배|~할 것이다|유지하다|떠 있는|그러나|~와 함께|대부분 en bois|coques|fournissaient|assez|flottaison|le|navire|verbe auxiliaire de conditionnel|rester|à flot|mais|avec|la plupart de madera|cascos|proporcionaban|suficiente|flotación|el|barco|verbo auxiliar condicional|permanecería|a flote||| 나무 선체가 충분한 부력을 제공했기 때문에 배는 떠 있을 수 있었습니다. 그러나 대부분의 los cascos de madera proporcionaban suficiente flotación, el barco se mantendría a flote. Pero con la mayor parte les coques en bois fournissaient suffisamment de flottaison, le navire resterait à flot. Mais avec la plupart

of its body submerged, it would survive being bufted about in the gale-force 의|그것의|몸|잠긴|그것|~할 것이다|살아남다|~하는 것|휘말린|주위로|~안에|그|| |||||verbe auxiliaire de conditionnel||||||les|| de|su|cuerpo|sumergido|este|verbo auxiliar condicional|sobreviviría|siendo||alrededor|en|los|| 몸체가 잠겨 있었기 때문에, 강풍 속에서 휘청거림을 견딜 수 있었습니다. de su cuerpo sumergido, sobreviviría siendo sacudido en los vientos de fuerza de tormenta. de son corps submergé, il survivrait à être secoué dans les vents de tempête.

winds. While the storm went on, the sailors would climb inside their 폭풍이 계속되는 동안, 선원들은 물에 잠긴 선체 안으로 기어 들어가 Mientras la tormenta continuaba, los marineros se subirían dentro de sus Tandis que la tempête continuait, les marins grimpaient à l'intérieur de leurs

flooded hulls, keeping their heads above water, and wait for the winds to pass. 머리를 물 위에 유지하며 바람이 지나가기를 기다렸습니다. cascos inundados, manteniendo sus cabezas por encima del agua, y esperarían a que los vientos pasaran. coques inondées, gardant la tête hors de l'eau, et attendaient que les vents passent.

There has long been a debate about when exactly these intrepid Polynesian 그곳에|있다|오랫동안|존재해왔다|하나의|논쟁|에 대한|언제|정확히|이|용감한|폴리네시아인들 il|a|longtemps|été|un|débat|sur|quand|exactement|ces|intrépides|polynésiens allí|ha|largo|habido|un|debate|sobre|cuándo|exactamente|estos|intrépidos|polinesios 이 용감한 폴리네시아 모험가들이 정확히 언제 이스터 섬에 도착했는지에 대한 논쟁이 오랫동안 있어왔다. Durante mucho tiempo ha habido un debate sobre cuándo exactamente estos intrépidos polinesios Il y a longtemps eu un débat sur le moment exact où ces intrépides Polynésiens

adventurers arrived on Easter Island. It was long assumed that they had arrived 모험가들|도착했다|에|이스터|섬|그것|이었다|오랫동안|가정되었다|그들이|그들|했던|도착했다 |arrivés||||||||||| |llegado||||||||||| 그들은 4세기 또는 5세기 중에 도착했을 것이라고 오랫동안 추정되었지만, aventureros llegaron a la Isla de Pascua. Se asumió durante mucho tiempo que habían llegado aventuriers sont arrivés sur l'île de Pâques. On a longtemps supposé qu'ils étaient arrivés

sometime in the fourth or fifth centuries, but studies of the islanders 어느 때|에|그|네 번째|또는|다섯 번째|세기들|그러나|연구들|의|그|섬 주민들 ||les|||||||||insulaires en algún momento|en|el|cuarto|o|quinto|siglos|pero|estudios|de|los|isleños 섬 주민들의 언어와 방사성 탄소 연대 측정에 대한 연구가 최근 그 추정치를 8세기 경으로 수정했다. en algún momento de los siglos IV o V, pero estudios del idioma de los isleños quelque part au quatrième ou cinquième siècle, mais des études sur la langue des insulaires

language and radiocarbon dating recently revised that estimate to somewhere 그리고 더 현대적인 분석은 그 날짜를 더 밀어냈다. y dataciones por radiocarbono han revisado recientemente esa estimación a algún lugar et des datations au radiocarbone ont récemment révisé cette estimation à quelque part

around the 8th century, and even more modern analysis has pushed that date 약|그|8세기|세기|그리고|더욱|더|현대의|분석|해왔다|밀어붙였다|그|날짜 vers|le|8ème|siècle|et|même|plus|moderne|analyse|a|poussé|cette|date alrededor|el|octavo|siglo|y|incluso|más|moderno|análisis|ha|empujado|esa|fecha alrededor del siglo VIII, y un análisis aún más moderno ha adelantado esa fecha vers le 8ème siècle, et même des analyses plus modernes ont repoussé cette date

forward even further. Many scientists today believe that Rapa Nui wasn't 앞으로|더욱|더 멀리|많은|과학자들|오늘|믿는다|~라는 것을|라파|누이|~이 아니었다 en avant|même|encore plus loin|||||||| adelante|incluso|más lejos|muchos|científicos|hoy|creen|que|Rapa|Nui|no fue 더 나아가. 오늘날 많은 과학자들은 라파 누이가 incluso más. Muchos científicos hoy en día creen que Rapa Nui no fue encore plus loin. De nombreux scientifiques aujourd'hui croient que Rapa Nui n'a pas été

settled until sometime around the year 1200 AD. At this time around the world, peuplée|jusqu'à|quelque temps|vers|l'|an|ap J-C|||||| 서기 1200년경까지 정착되지 않았다고 믿고 있다. 이 시점에서 전 세계에서, poblada hasta algún momento alrededor del año 1200 d.C. En este momento alrededor del mundo, colonisée avant environ l'an 1200 après J.-C. À cette époque dans le monde,

China. The notorious Fourth Crusade, headed for Jerusalem, instead sacked and 중국|그|악명 높은|네 번째|십자군|향하던|을 위해|예루살렘|대신|약탈했다| Chine|||||||||| China|la|notoria|Cuarta|Cruzada|dirigida|hacia|Jerusalén|en su lugar|saqueó|y 예루살렘을 향한 악명 높은 제4차 십자군은 대신 기독교 수도인 콘스탄티노플을 약탈하고 China. La notoria Cuarta Cruzada, que se dirigía a Jerusalén, en su lugar saqueó y Chine. La célèbre Quatrième Croisade, qui se dirigeait vers Jérusalem, a plutôt pillé et

burned the Christian capital of Constantinople. An exotic import from 불태웠다|그|기독교|수도|의|콘스탄티노플|하나의|이국적인|수입품|~에서 brûlée|la|chrétienne|capitale|de|Constantinople|||| |la|||||un||| 불태웠다. 이국적인 수입품이 quemó la capital cristiana de Constantinopla. Se mencionó por primera vez en un texto en inglés un exótico importado de brûlé la capitale chrétienne de Constantinople. Un import exotique d'

Arabia called sugar was mentioned for the first time in an English text. On 아라비아|불리는|설탕|이었다|언급된|에|그|첫 번째|시간|에|하나의|영어|텍스트|~에 Arabie|appelée|sucre|était|mentionnée|pour|la|première|fois|dans|un|anglais|texte| ||||||el|||en|||| 아라비아에서 설탕이 처음으로 영어 텍스트에 언급되었습니다. Arabia llamado azúcar. Al Arabie appelé sucre a été mentionné pour la première fois dans un texte anglais. Sur

the other side of the world, in the middle of the vast expanse of the le|autre|côté|du|milieu|||l'||de||||| 세계의 반대편, 광활한 태평양 한가운데에서, 소수의 폴리네시아 선원들이 새로운 땅의 해안에 그들의 배를 내렸습니다. otro lado del mundo, en medio de la vasta extensión del l'autre côté du monde, au milieu de l'immense étendue de l'

Pacific, a small band of Polynesian sailors landed their boats on the shores 태평양|하나의|작은|무리|의|폴리네시아의|선원들|착륙했다|그들의|배들|에|그|해안 Pacifique|un|petit|groupe|de|polynésien|marins|ont atterri|leurs|bateaux|sur|les|rivages Pacífico|un|pequeño|grupo|de|polinesios|marineros|aterrizaron|sus|botes|en|las|costas 고대 라파 누이 전설은 이 섬의 정착을 인정합니다. Pacífico, un pequeño grupo de marineros polinesios desembarcó sus barcos en las costas Pacifique, un petit groupe de marins polynésiens a échoué leurs bateaux sur les rivages

of a new land. 의|하나|새로운|땅 de|une|nouvelle|terre de|una|nueva|tierra 이 섬의 정착을 인정합니다. de una nueva tierra. d'une nouvelle terre.

An ancient piece of Rapa Nui folklore credits the settlement of the island to 한|고대의|조각|의|라파|누이|민속|인정하다|그|정착|의|그|섬|에 Un|ancien|morceau|de|Rapa|Nui|folklore|attribue|le|établissement|de|l'|île|à un|antiguo|pedazo|de|Rapa|Nui|folklore|acredita|el|asentamiento|de|la|isla|a 이 섬의 정착을 인정합니다. Una antigua pieza del folclore de Rapa Nui atribuye el asentamiento de la isla a Un ancien morceau de folklore de Rapa Nui attribue la colonisation de l'île à

a Polynesian king called Hotu Matua. 하나의|폴리네시아의|왕|불리는|| un|polynésien|roi|appelé|Hotu|Matua un|polinesio|rey|llamado|Hotu|Matua 폴리네시아의 왕인 호투 마투아. un rey polinesio llamado Hotu Matua. un roi polynésien appelé Hotu Matua.

In Heva, Haumaka had a dream in which his spirit traveled to a far country, 에|헤바|하우마카|가졌다|하나의|꿈|에|그|그의|영혼|여행했다|에|하나의|먼|나라 dans|Heva|Haumaka|avait|un|rêve|dans|lequel|son|esprit|voyagea|vers|un|lointain|pays en|Heva|Haumaka|tuvo|un|sueño|en|el cual|su|espíritu|viajó|a|un|lejano|país 헤바에서 하우마카는 그의 영혼이 먼 나라로 여행하는 꿈을 꾸었다, En Heva, Haumaka tuvo un sueño en el que su espíritu viajaba a un país lejano, Dans Heva, Haumaka a fait un rêve dans lequel son esprit voyageait vers un pays lointain,

looking for a new home for his king Hotu. His spirit arrived at three small 찾고|위한|하나의|새로운|집|위한|그의|왕|호투|그의|영혼|도착했다|에|세|작은 cherchant|pour|une|nouveau|maison|pour|son|roi|Hotu|son|esprit|arriva|à|trois|petites buscando|por|un|nuevo|hogar|para|su|rey|Hotu|su|espíritu|llegó|a|tres|pequeñas 그의 왕 호투를 위한 새로운 집을 찾고 있었다. 그의 영혼은 세 개의 작은 buscando un nuevo hogar para su rey Hotu. Su espíritu llegó a tres pequeñas à la recherche d'un nouveau foyer pour son roi Hotu. Son esprit est arrivé sur trois petites

islands, and another with a larger one with a crater on the southwest corner. 섬들|그리고|또 다른|가진|하나의|더 큰|하나|가진|하나의|분화구|위에|그|남서쪽|모서리 |et|une autre|avec|un|plus grande|île|avec|un|cratère|sur|le|sud-ouest|coin |||||||||||la|| 섬과 남서쪽 모서리에 분화구가 있는 더 큰 섬에 도착했다. islas, y otra con una más grande con un cráter en la esquina suroeste. îles, et une autre avec une plus grande ayant un cratère dans le coin sud-ouest.

The island was the eighth or last island in the dim twilight of the rising sun. la|île|était|la|huitième|ou|dernière|île|dans|le|faible|crépuscule|du|le|levant|soleil 그 섬은 희미한 여명 속에서 여덟 번째 또는 마지막 섬이었다. La isla era la octava o última isla en el tenue crepúsculo del sol naciente. L'île était la huitième ou la dernière île dans le crépuscule diffus du soleil levant.

including Anakena, a landing place on the north coast of the island and future |아나케나|하나의|착륙|장소|에|그|북쪽|해안|의|그|섬|그리고|미래 y compris|Anakena|un|lieu d'atterrissage|place|sur|la|nord|côte|de|l'|île|et|future incluyendo|Anakena|un|lugar de desembarco|lugar|en|la|norte|costa|de|la|isla|y|futura 그 중에는 섬의 북쪽 해안에 있는 착륙지인 아나케나와 미래의 incluyendo Anakena, un lugar de desembarco en la costa norte de la isla y futuro y compris Anakena, un lieu d'atterrissage sur la côte nord de l'île et futur

residence of the king. When Haumaka awoke, he told his brother Huatava about the 거주지|의|그|왕|언제|하우마카|깨어났을 때|그는|말했다|그의|형|후아타바|에 대해| ||le||||||||||| ||el||||||||||| 왕의 거주지가 포함되어 있습니다. 하우마카가 깨어났을 때, 그는 형인 후아타바에게 residencia del rey. Cuando Haumaka despertó, le contó a su hermano Huatava sobre el résidence du roi. Lorsque Haumaka s'est réveillé, il a raconté son rêve à son frère Huatava.

dream. After hearing about the dream, Hotu Matua ordered Haumaka to send some 꿈|후에|듣고|에 대한|그|꿈|호투|마투아|명령했다|하우마카|에게|보내다|일부 rêve||||||||ordonna|à Haumaka|de|envoyer|quelques sueño||||||Hotu|Matua|ordenó|Haumaka|a|enviar|algunos 꿈에 대해 이야기했습니다. 꿈에 대해 들은 후, 호투 마투아는 하우마카에게 몇 명의 sueño. Después de escuchar sobre el sueño, Hotu Matua ordenó a Haumaka que enviara algunos Après avoir entendu parler du rêve, Hotu Matua a ordonné à Haumaka d'envoyer quelques

young men to explore the island. Hotu Matua told his two sons to build a canoe 젊은|남자들|~할|탐험하다|그|섬|호투|마투아|말했다|그의|두|아들들|~할|만들다|하나의|카누 jeunes|hommes|à|explorer|l'|île|Hotu|Matua|dit|à ses|deux|fils|à|construire|une|pirogue jóvenes|hombres|para|explorar|la|isla|Hotu|Matua|dijo|sus|dos|hijos|a|construir|una|canoa 젊은이들을 섬을 탐험하라고 명령했습니다. 호투 마투아는 두 아들에게 카누를 만들라고 말했습니다. jóvenes para explorar la isla. Hotu Matua dijo a sus dos hijos que construyeran una canoa jeunes hommes pour explorer l'île. Hotu Matua a dit à ses deux fils de construire une pirogue

and search for the island of Haumaka's dream. So the seven men left in a canoe, 그리고|찾다|위한|그|섬|의|하우마카의|꿈|그래서|그|일곱|남자들|떠났다|안에|하나의|카누 et|chercher|pour|l'|île|de|Haumaka|rêve|donc|les|sept|hommes|partirent|dans|une|pirogue y|buscar|por|la|isla|de|Haumaka|sueño|así que|los|siete|hombres|salieron|en|una|canoa 하우마카의 꿈의 섬을 찾기 위해. 그래서 일곱 남자가 카누를 타고 떠났다, y buscaran la isla del sueño de Haumaka. Así que los siete hombres partieron en una canoa, et de chercher l'île du rêve de Haumaka. Ainsi, les sept hommes sont partis dans une pirogue,

stocked with yams, sweet potatoes, bananas and other foods. They left on the 비축된|~와 함께|얌|고구마|감자|바나나|그리고|다른|음식들|그들|떠났다|~에|그 chargée|de|ignames|douces|patates|bananes|et|autres|aliments|Ils|partirent|le| abastecida|con|yacas|dulces|papas|plátanos|y|otros|alimentos|ellos|partieron|en|el 얌, 고구마, 바나나 및 기타 음식으로 가득 차 있었다. 그들은 provisionada con ñames, batatas, plátanos y otros alimentos. Partieron el chargée d'ignames, de patates douces, de bananes et d'autres aliments. Ils sont partis le

25th day of April and arrived on the first day of June, a voyage of five weeks. 25e|jour|d'|avril|et|arrivèrent|le||premier|jour|de|juin|un|voyage|de|cinq|semaines 4월 25일에 출발하여 6월 1일에 도착했으며, 5주간의 항해였다. 25 de abril y llegaron el primer día de junio, un viaje de cinco semanas. 25 avril et sont arrivés le premier jour de juin, un voyage de cinq semaines.

Polynesian lifestyle. They brought their most crucial foods, bananas, a root 폴리네시아의|생활|그들|가져왔다|그들의|가장|중요한|음식들|바나나|하나의|뿌리 ||ils|ils ont apporté|leurs|plus|cruciaux|aliments|bananes|une|racine polinesio|estilo de vida|ellos|trajeron|su|más|crucial|alimentos|plátanos|un|raíz 폴리네시아 생활 방식에 필요한 모든 것을 가져왔다. 그들은 가장 중요한 음식인 바나나와 뿌리 estilo de vida polinesio. Trajeron sus alimentos más cruciales, plátanos, un tubérculo mode de vie polynésien. Ils ont apporté leurs aliments les plus essentiels, des bananes, un légume-racine appelé taro avec de larges feuilles en forme d'oreille d'éléphant, ainsi que des

vegetable called taro with broad elephant ear leaves, as well as sweet 채소|불리는|타로|가진|넓은|코끼리|귀|잎|처럼|잘|처럼|단 ||||||||ainsi que|aussi|que|douces 넓은 코끼리 귀 잎을 가진 타로라는 채소와 함께 달콤한 llamado taro con amplias hojas de oreja de elefante, así como batatas patates douces et de la canne à sucre. Ils ont également apporté des jeunes plants de l'arbre à papier.

potatoes and sugar cane. They also brought saplings of the paper mulberry 감자|그리고|설탕|사탕수수|그들|또한|가져왔다|묘목|의|그|종이|뽕나무 ||||ils|aussi|ils ont apporté|jeunes plants|de|le|papier|mûrier ||||ellos|también|trajeron|plántulas|de|la|papel|morera 감자와 사탕수수도 가져왔습니다. 그들은 또한 종이뽕나무의 y caña de azúcar. También trajeron plántulas de la morera de papel.

chickens and also the Polynesian rat, which was an everyday food for common 닭|그리고|또한|그|폴리네시아의|쥐|그것은|이었다|하나의|일상적인|음식|위한|일반적인 poules|et|aussi|le|polynésien|rat|qui|était|une|quotidien|nourriture|pour|commun gallinas|y|también|el|polinesio|ratón|que|era|un|diario|alimento|para|comunes 닭과 함께 폴리네시아 쥐도 가져왔는데, 이는 일반적인 식량이었습니다. gallinas y también la rata polinesia, que era un alimento cotidiano para la gente común. des poules et aussi le rat polynésien, qui était un aliment quotidien pour les gens ordinaires.

people. This was an entire ecological system in waiting, packed up in the 사람들|이것|이었다|하나의|전체의|생태학적|시스템|안에|대기 중|포장된|위에|안에|그 |Cela|était|un|entier|écologique|système|en|attente|emballé|en|dans|le |esto|fue|un|entero|ecológico|sistema|en|espera|empacado|arriba|en|el 사람들. 이것은 기다리고 있는 전체 생태계로, 그들의 Este era un sistema ecológico completo en espera, empaquetado en el C'était un système écologique entier en attente, emballé dans le

hulls of their canoes, optimized for transport and ready to be transplanted 선체|의|그들의|카누|최적화된|위한|운송|그리고|준비된|~할|수동태|이식될 coques|de|leurs|canoës|optimisées|pour|transport|et|prêtes|à|être|transplantées cascos|de|sus|canoas|optimizados|para|transporte|y|listos|para|ser|transplantados canoe의 선체에 포장되어, 운송을 최적화하고 이식할 준비가 되어 있었다. cascos de sus canoas, optimizados para el transporte y listos para ser transplantados coques de leurs pirogues, optimisées pour le transport et prêtes à être transplantées

to a new land. Hotu Matua may not have realized it, but his arrival on Easter 새로운|하나의|새로운|땅|호투|마투아|아마도|하지 않았을|가질|깨달았을|그것을|그러나|그의|도착|에|부활절 vers|une|nouvelle|terre|Hotu|Matua|peut|ne|avoir|réalisé|cela|mais|son|arrivée|sur|Pâques a|una|nueva|tierra|Hotu|Matua|puede|no|haber|dado cuenta|eso|sino|su|llegada|en|Pascua Hotu Matua는 그것을 깨닫지 못했을지도 모르지만, 그의 부활절 a una nueva tierra. Hotu Matua puede que no se haya dado cuenta, pero su llegada a la isla de Pascua vers une nouvelle terre. Hotu Matua ne s'en rendait peut-être pas compte, mais son arrivée sur l'île de Pâques

Island was of profound significance, not just for him and his people, but for all 섬|이었다|의|깊은|중요성|아니|단지|에게|그|과|그의|민족|그러나|에게|모든 Île|était|de|||||||||||| ||de|||||||||||| 섬 도착은 그와 그의 사람들뿐만 아니라 인류 전체에 깊은 의미가 있었다. fue de profunda importancia, no solo para él y su pueblo, sino para toda avait une signification profonde, non seulement pour lui et son peuple, mais pour toute

of mankind. That's because Easter Island was the final stop on a journey of 그것은 부활절 섬이 여행의 마지막 정거장이었기 때문이다. la humanidad. Eso es porque la isla de Pascua fue la última parada en un viaje de l'humanité. C'est parce que l'île de Pâques était la dernière étape d'un voyage de

60,000 years that had taken mankind out of Africa, through Asia and onto the 년|그|했다|데려간|인류|밖으로|아프리카|아프리카|통해|아시아|그리고|에| ans|que|avait|pris|l'humanité|hors|d'|Afrique|à travers|Asie|et|vers|les años|que|había|llevado|a la humanidad|fuera|de|África|a través de|Asia|y|hacia|las 60,000년 동안 인류는 아프리카를 떠나 아시아를 거쳐 60,000 años que habían llevado a la humanidad fuera de África, a través de Asia y hacia las 60 000 ans qui avaient conduit l'humanité hors d'Afrique, à travers l'Asie et jusqu'aux

Americas. The final chapter of this journey was the gradual colonization of 아메리카|이|마지막|장|의|이|여정|이었다|이|점진적인|식민지화|의 Amériques|Le|dernier|chapitre|de|ce|voyage|était|la|progressive|colonisation|des |el|final|capítulo|de|este|viaje|fue|la|gradual|colonización|de 미국 대륙으로 나아갔습니다. 이 여정의 마지막 장은 Américas. El capítulo final de este viaje fue la gradual colonización de Amériques. Le dernier chapitre de ce voyage fut la colonisation progressive des

the Polynesian islands, and Easter Island was the furthest and final piece of 그|폴리네시아의|섬들|그리고|이스터|섬|이었다|그|가장 먼|그리고|마지막|조각|의 les|polynésiennes|îles|et|Pâques|Île|était|le|plus éloigné|et|dernier|morceau|de las||||Pascua|||||||| 폴리네시아 제도의 점진적인 식민지화였으며, 이스터 섬은 가장 멀고 마지막의 las islas polinesias, y la Isla de Pascua fue la pieza más lejana y final de îles polynésiennes, et l'île de Pâques était la pièce la plus éloignée et finale de

Island, and with that step, a new phase of humanity's history began. I think it's 섬|그리고|그|그|발걸음|하나의|새로운|단계|의|인류의|역사|시작되었다|나는|생각한다|그것은 île|et|avec|ce|pas|une|nouvelle|phase|de|l'humanité|histoire|a commencé|je|pense|c'est Isla|y|con|ese|paso|una|nueva|fase|de|la humanidad|historia|comenzó||| 그 발걸음과 함께 인류 역사에 새로운 단계가 시작되었습니다. 나는 그것이 Isla, y con ese paso, comenzó una nueva fase de la historia de la humanidad. Creo que es L'île, et avec ce pas, une nouvelle phase de l'histoire de l'humanité a commencé. Je pense qu'il est

worth noting at this point that apart from the evidence we can find in the 가치가 있는|주목하는|이|이|시점|~라는 것|제외하고|~로부터|그|증거|우리가|할 수 있는|찾는|안에|그 digne|de noter|à|ce|point|que|à part|de|les|preuves|nous|pouvons|trouver|dans|le vale|señalar|en|este|punto|que|aparte|de|la|evidencia|nosotros|podemos|encontrar|en|el 이 시점에서 주목할 만한 것은 우리가 찾을 수 있는 증거 외에도 importante señalar en este punto que, aparte de la evidencia que podemos encontrar en el important de noter à ce stade qu'en dehors des preuves que nous pouvons trouver dans le

archaeological record, we have essentially two sources of information 고고학적|기록|우리는|가지고 있다|본질적으로|두|출처|의|정보 ||nous|avons|essentiellement|deux|sources|d'|information arqueológico|registro|nosotros|tenemos|esencialmente|dos|fuentes|de|información 이스터 섬의 역사에 대한 정보의 출처가 본질적으로 두 가지 있다는 것입니다. registro arqueológico, tenemos esencialmente dos fuentes de información registre archéologique, nous avons essentiellement deux sources d'information

about the history of Easter Island, and each of them has their problems. Firstly, 에 대한|그|역사|의|이스터|섬|그리고|각각의|의|그들|가지고 있다|그들의|문제들|첫째로 sur|l'|histoire|de|Pâques|île|et|chacune|d'|elles|a|leurs|problèmes|Premièrement sobre|la|historia|de|Pascua|Isla|y|cada|de|ellos|tiene|sus|problemas|primero 첫째, 섬을 방문한 유럽인들의 기록이 있습니다. 예를 들어 네덜란드인 sobre la historia de la Isla de Pascua, y cada una de ellas tiene sus problemas. En primer lugar, sur l'histoire de l'île de Pâques, et chacune d'elles a ses problèmes. Tout d'abord,

there are the accounts of European visitors to the island, like the Dutchman 그곳에|있다|그|기록|의|유럽의|방문자들|에|그|섬|처럼|그|네덜란드인 il y a|sont|les|comptes|de|européens|visiteurs|à|l'|île|comme|le|néerlandais allí|están|los|relatos|de|europeos|visitantes|a|la|isla|como|el|holandés 로게벤의 기록이 있습니다. 이러한 기록은 선박의 일지 형태로 전해지거나 hay relatos de visitantes europeos a la isla, como el holandés il existe des récits de visiteurs européens sur l'île, comme le Néerlandais

Roggeveen. These accounts come down to us either in the form of ships' logs or in 로게벤|이|기록|전해진다|내려|우리에게|우리|또는|~의|그|형태|의|배의|로그|또는|~의 |ces|comptes|viennent|jusqu'à|à|nous|soit|sous|la|forme|de|de navires|journaux|ou|sous |estos|relatos|vienen|abajo|a|nosotros|ya sea|en|la|forma|de|barcos|bitácoras|o|en Roggeveen. Estos relatos nos llegan ya sea en forma de diarios de a bordo o en Roggeveen. Ces récits nous parviennent soit sous la forme de journaux de bord de navires, soit sous

the form of memoirs written down when these explorers returned to their 그|형태|의|회고록|기록된|아래|언제|이|탐험가들|돌아왔을|에|그들의 le||de||||||||| el||de||||||||| 이 탐험가들이 고향으로 돌아왔을 때 기록된 회고록의 형태. forma de memorias escritas cuando estos exploradores regresaron a sus la forme de mémoires écrites lorsque ces explorateurs sont rentrés dans leurs

homelands. The biggest problem for researchers of Rapa Nui's history is 라파 누이의 역사 연구자들에게 가장 큰 문제는 patrias. El mayor problema para los investigadores de la historia de Rapa Nui es patries. Le plus grand problème pour les chercheurs de l'histoire de Rapa Nui est

that these early visitors to the island left behind accounts that are extremely 그|이|초기의|방문자들|에|그|섬|남겼다|뒤에|기록들|그|이다|매우 que|ces|premiers|visiteurs|à|l'|île|laissèrent|derrière|récits|que|sont|extrêmement que|estos|primeros|visitantes|a|la|isla|dejaron|atrás|relatos|que|son|extremadamente 이 섬을 방문한 초기 방문자들이 남긴 기록이 내용과 신뢰성 모두에서 매우 제한적이라는 점이다. que estos primeros visitantes a la isla dejaron relatos que son extremadamente que ces premiers visiteurs de l'île ont laissé des récits qui sont extrêmement

limited in their content and their reliability, and that sometimes directly 제한된|에|그들의|내용|그리고|그들의|신뢰성|그리고|그것|때때로|직접적으로 limités|dans|leur|contenu|et|leur|fiabilité|et|que|parfois|directement limitados|en|su|contenido|y|su|confiabilidad|y|que|a veces|directamente 때때로 서로 직접적으로 모순되기도 한다. limitados en su contenido y su fiabilidad, y que a veces se contradicen directamente. limités dans leur contenu et leur fiabilité, et qui parfois se contredisent directement.

contradict each other. Most of them stayed for only a few days, they rarely 반박하다|각자|다른|대부분|의|그들|머물렀다|동안|단지|한|몇|일|그들|드물게 contredisent|chacun|autre||||||||||| contradicen|cada|otro|la mayoría|de|ellos|se quedaron|por|solo|unos|pocos|días|ellos|raramente 그들 대부분은 단지 며칠만 머물렀고, 드물게 La mayoría de ellos se quedaron solo unos pocos días, rara vez La plupart d'entre eux sont restés seulement quelques jours, ils se sont rarement

wandered far from their landing spot, and they commented little on the culture, 방황했다|멀리|부터|그들의|착륙|지점|그리고|그들|언급했다|거의|에|그|문화 s'éloignèrent|loin|de|leur|point d'atterrissage|endroit|et|ils|commentèrent|peu|sur|la|culture vagaron|lejos|de|su|desembarco|lugar|y|ellos|comentaron|poco|sobre|la|cultura 그들은 착륙 지점에서 멀리 떠돌았고, 섬 주민들의 문화에 대해서는 거의 언급하지 않았다. se aventuraron lejos de su lugar de desembarco, y comentaron poco sobre la cultura, éloignés de leur point d'atterrissage, et ils ont peu commenté la culture,

language, or society of the islanders. In the debate that has raged over what 언어|또는|사회|의|그|섬 주민들|에|그|논쟁|그|해왔다|격렬하게 벌어져|에 대해|무엇 langue|ou|société|des|les|insulaires|||||||| lenguaje|o|sociedad|de|los|isleños|||||||| 언어 또는 사회에 대해서도 마찬가지였다. 이스터 섬에서 일어난 일에 대한 논쟁이 계속되고 있는 가운데, idioma o sociedad de los isleños. En el debate que ha surgido sobre lo que langue, ou société des insulaires. Dans le débat qui a fait rage sur ce qui

happened on Easter Island, many writers have tried to use a selective reading of 발생한|에|이스터|섬|많은|작가들|해왔다|시도했다|하도록|사용하다|하나의|선택적인|독서|의 s'est passé|sur|Pâques|Île|de nombreux|écrivains|ont|essayé|de|utiliser|une|sélective|lecture|de sucedió|en|Pascua|Isla|muchos|escritores|han|tratado|de|usar|una|selectiva|lectura|de 많은 작가들이 이러한 기록을 선택적으로 읽어 자신의 주장을 지지하려고 했다. sucedió en la Isla de Pascua, muchos escritores han intentado utilizar una lectura selectiva de s'est passé sur l'île de Pâques, de nombreux écrivains ont essayé d'utiliser une lecture sélective de

these accounts in order to support their own favoured argument, and that's 이|주장|에|순서|에|지지하다|그들의|자신의|선호하는|주장을|그리고|그것은 ||||||||||et|c'est ||||||||||y|eso es 그리고 이것은 우리가 앞으로 나아가면서 매우 조심해야 할 부분이다. estos relatos para apoyar su propio argumento preferido, y eso es ces récits afin de soutenir leur propre argument préféré, et c'est

build our story. The second source of information is the oral folklore of the 우리의|이야기|이야기|두 번째|정보의|출처|구술|민속|||||| construire|notre|histoire||||||||||| construir|nuestra|historia|la|segunda|fuente|de|información|es|el|oral|folklore|de|los 두 번째 정보 출처는 섬 주민들의 구술 민속입니다. construir nuestra historia. La segunda fuente de información es el folclore oral de los construire notre histoire. La deuxième source d'information est le folklore oral des

islanders themselves. This was passed down by word of mouth through the 섬 주민들|그들 스스로|이것|~였다|전해졌다|아래로|~에 의해|말|의|입|통해| insulaires|eux-mêmes|cela|a été|transmis|de|par|mot|de|bouche|à travers| ||esto|fue|pasado|abajo|por|palabra|de|boca|a través de| 이것은 세대를 거쳐 구술로 전해졌으며, 종종 노래와 이야기의 형태로 전달되었습니다. 이것은 우리에게 mismos isleños. Esto se transmitió de boca en boca a través de los insulaires eux-mêmes. Cela a été transmis de bouche à oreille à travers les

generations, often in the form of songs and stories, and this can give us a 세대|종종|~의|그|형태|의|노래들|그리고|이야기들|그리고|이것|~할 수 있다|주다|우리|하나 générations|souvent|dans|la|forme|de|chansons|et|histoires|et|cela|peut|donner|nous|un generaciones|a menudo|en|la|forma|de|canciones|y|historias|y|esto|puede|dar|nos|un generaciones, a menudo en forma de canciones e historias, y esto puede darnos una générations, souvent sous forme de chansons et d'histoires, et cela peut nous donner un

wonderful sense of how the islanders view their own history and their own 멋진|감각|~에|어떻게|그|섬 주민들|바라보는|그들의|자신의|역사|그리고|그들의|자신의 ||d'|||||||||| maravilloso|sentido|de|cómo|los|isleños|ven|su|propia|historia|y|su|propia 섬 주민들이 자신의 역사와 정체성을 어떻게 바라보는지에 대한 훌륭한 감각. maravillosa sensación de cómo los isleños ven su propia historia y su propia sens merveilleux de la façon dont les insulaires perçoivent leur propre histoire et leur propre

sense of identity. But this source of information can also be very difficult 감각|의|정체성|그러나|이|출처|의|정보|할 수 있다|또한|이다|매우|어렵다 sentido|de|identidad|pero|esta|fuente|de|información|puede|también|ser|muy|difícil 하지만 역사적 사실과 허구를 구분하려고 할 때 이 정보의 출처는 매우 어려울 수 있다. sensación de identidad. Pero esta fuente de información también puede ser muy difícil sens de l'identité. Mais cette source d'information peut également être très difficile

to rely on when trying to sort historical fact from fiction. The ~에|의존하다|~에|~할 때|시도하는|~을|구분하다|역사적|사실|~에서|허구|그 |||||||||||La a|confiar|en|cuando|tratando|de|clasificar|histórica|hecho|de|ficción|la 섬의 민속 전통의 다양한 요소들은 종종 극도로 모순되며, de confiar cuando se intenta distinguir el hecho histórico de la ficción. El à utiliser lorsqu'il s'agit de distinguer le fait historique de la fiction. Le

different strands of the island's folklore is also often extremely 다른|요소들|의|그|섬의|민속|은|또한|자주|매우 différents|fils|du|le|||est|aussi|souvent|extrêmement diferentes|hilos|del|la|isla|folklore|es|también|a menudo|extremadamente 그 이유는 상상하기 어렵지 않다. diferentes hilos del folclore de la isla también son a menudo extremadamente les différentes branches du folklore de l'île sont également souvent extrêmement

contradictory, and the reason for that isn't hard to imagine. Detailed 모순된|그리고|그|이유|위한|그것|아니다|어렵다|~에|상상하다|자세한 contradictoire|et|la|raison|pour|cela|n'est pas|difficile|à|imaginer| contradictorio|y|la|razón|por|eso|no es|difícil|de|imaginar| 자세한 contradictorios, y la razón de eso no es difícil de imaginar. Observaciones contradictoires, et la raison en est facile à imaginer. Des

observations of these songs and stories weren't written down until the 1880s, and 관찰|의|이|노래들|그리고|이야기들|하지 않았다|기록된|아래|까지|그|1880년대|그리고 observations|de|ces|chansons|et|histoires|ne furent pas|écrites|sur|jusqu'à|les|années 1880|et observaciones|de|estas|canciones|y|historias|no fueron|escritas|abajo|hasta|los|1880|y 이 노래와 이야기의 관찰은 1880년대까지 기록되지 않았고, detalladas de estas canciones e historias no se escribieron hasta la década de 1880, y observations détaillées de ces chansons et histoires n'ont été écrites qu'à partir des années 1880, et

by that time, the culture of Rapa Nui had already undergone drastic change. By this 그때|그|시간|Rapa Nui의|문화|의|Rapa|Nui|이미|이미|겪은|급격한|변화|이|이 par|ce|temps|la|culture|de|Rapa|Nui|avait|déjà|subi|drastiques|changements|| para|ese|tiempo|la|cultura|de|Rapa|Nui|había|ya|sufrido|drástica|cambio|por|esto 그때쯤에는 라파 누이의 문화가 이미 급격한 변화를 겪었었다. 이 시점에서, para entonces, la cultura de Rapa Nui ya había sufrido un cambio drástico. Para esto à ce moment-là, la culture de Rapa Nui avait déjà subi des changements drastiques. Par cela

point, they had been in contact with the outside world for more than a hundred 시점|그들|했다|있었다|~에|접촉|~와|그|외부|세계|동안|더|이상|하나|백 point|ils|avaient|été|en|contact|avec|le|extérieur|monde|pendant|plus|de|une|cent punto|ellos|habían|estado|en|contacto|con|el|exterior|mundo|por|más|de|un|cien 그들은 외부 세계와 150년 이상 접촉해 있었고, punto, habían estado en contacto con el mundo exterior durante más de cien point, ils avaient été en contact avec le monde extérieur pendant plus de cent

and fifty years, and their population was reduced to a tiny fraction of what it 그리고|50|년|그리고|그들의|인구|이었다|줄어들었다|에|하나|작은|일부|의|무엇|그것 et|||||||||quelques||||| y|cincuenta|años|y|su|población|fue|reducida|a|una|pequeña|fracción|de|lo que|eso 그들의 인구는 한때의 극히 일부로 줄어들었다. y cincuenta años, y su población se había reducido a una pequeña fracción de lo que et cinquante ans, et leur population avait été réduite à une infime fraction de ce qu'elle

had once been. Now, only a few survivors pass down the stories they remembered, 가졌던|한때|존재했었다|이제|오직|한|몇몇|생존자들|전하다|아래로|그|이야기들|그들|기억했던 |||||||||vers le bas|||| había|una vez|estado|ahora|solo|unos|pocos|sobrevivientes|pasan|abajo|las|historias|que|recordaron 이제, 몇몇 생존자들만이 그들이 기억하는 이야기를 전하고 있다, una vez fue. Ahora, solo unos pocos sobrevivientes transmiten las historias que recordaban, avait autrefois été. Maintenant, seuls quelques survivants transmettent les histoires dont ils se souviennent,

and to add another level of confusion, these stories were written down by early 그리고 혼란의 또 다른 수준을 더하자면, 이러한 이야기들은 초기 y para añadir otro nivel de confusión, estas historias fueron escritas por los primeros et pour ajouter un autre niveau de confusion, ces histoires ont été écrites par des premiers

embellished elements that didn't exist in the original. One example of this is 장식된|요소들|~한|하지|존재하다|~에|그|원본|하나|예|의|이것|이다 ||||||||un|exemple|de|cela|est ||||||||un|ejemplo|de|esto|es 원본에는 존재하지 않았던 요소들을 embellish 했을 수도 있습니다. 이의 한 예는 embellecido elementos que no existían en el original. Un ejemplo de esto es embelli des éléments qui n'existaient pas dans l'original. Un exemple de cela est

the question of the name of the island's first king, who we've already mentioned, 그|질문|의|그|이름|의|그|섬의|첫|왕|그|우리가|이미|언급한 la|question|de|le|nom|de|le|de l'île|premier|roi|qui|nous avons|déjà|mentionné el|pregunta|de|el|nombre|de|el|isla|primer|rey|quien|hemos|ya|mencionado 우리가 이미 언급한 섬의 첫 번째 왕의 이름에 대한 질문입니다, la cuestión del nombre del primer rey de la isla, que ya hemos mencionado, la question du nom du premier roi de l'île, que nous avons déjà mentionné,

Hotu Matua. But his name is so similar to the folk hero of another nearby island, 호투|마투아|하지만|그의|이름|이다|너무|비슷하다|에|그|민속|영웅|의|다른|가까운|섬 Hotu|Matua|mais|son|nom|est|si|similaire|à|le|folklorique|héros|de|une autre|proche|île Hotu|Matua|pero|su|nombre|es|tan|similar|a|el|folclórico|héroe|de|otra|cercana|isla Hotu Matua. 그러나 그의 이름은 인근 섬의 민속 영웅과 매우 유사합니다, Hotu Matua. Pero su nombre es tan similar al héroe popular de otra isla cercana, Hotu Matua. Mais son nom est si similaire à celui du héros populaire d'une autre île voisine,

Mangareva, that some researchers have questioned whether this name isn't a 망가레바|그|몇몇|연구자들|해왔다|의문을 제기했다|~인지|이|이름|아닌지|하나의 Mangareva|que|certains|chercheurs|ont|remis en question|si|ce|nom|n'est pas|un Mangareva|que|algunos|investigadores|han|cuestionado|si|este|nombre|no es|un 망가레바, 일부 연구자들은 이 이름이 이스터 섬으로의 외래 수입이 아닐까 의문을 제기했습니다. Mangareva, que algunos investigadores han cuestionado si este nombre no es un Mangareva, que certains chercheurs ont remis en question si ce nom n'est pas un

foreign import to Easter Island. If we can't trust this important detail to 외국의|수입|에|이스터|섬|만약|우리가|할 수 없다|신뢰하다|이|중요한|세부사항|에 ||à|||||||||| ||a||||nosotros|no podemos||||| 이 중요한 세부 사항이 신뢰할 수 없다면, importación extranjera a la Isla de Pascua. Si no podemos confiar en este importante detalle para importation étrangère à l'île de Pâques. Si nous ne pouvons pas faire confiance à ce détail important pour

have been faithfully transmitted, perhaps we can't be too sure about the rest. These 해왔던|되어온|충실히|전달되었고|아마도|우리는|할 수 없을|되다|너무|확신|에 대해|그|나머지|이 |||||||||||la|| 아마도 나머지에 대해서도 확신할 수 없을 것입니다. 이러한 haber sido transmitido fielmente, quizás no podamos estar demasiado seguros sobre el resto. Estas avoir été fidèlement transmis, peut-être ne pouvons-nous pas être trop sûrs du reste. Ces

stories, refracted through these various mirrors, are now connected to the true 이야기들은 다양한 거울을 통해 굴절되어, 이제는 먼 과거의 진실한 historias, refractadas a través de estos diversos espejos, ahora están conectadas a la verdadera histoires, réfractées à travers ces différents miroirs, sont maintenant connectées à la vraie

facts of the distant past by only the most fragile of threads. This is all to 사실들|의|그|먼|과거|에 의해|오직|가장|가장|약한|의|실들|이것은|이다|모두|에게 faits|du|le|lointain|passé|par|seulement|le|plus|fragile|de|fils|cela|est|tout|à hechos|de|el|distante|pasado|por|solo|los|más|frágiles|de|hilos|esto|es|todo|para 사실들과 가장 연약한 실로만 연결되어 있습니다. 이것은 모두 hechos del pasado distante por solo los hilos más frágiles. Todo esto es para faits du lointain passé par seulement les fils les plus fragiles. Tout cela est pour

make it very clear to you that the history of Easter Island is not even 이스터 섬의 역사가 결코 확정된 문제가 아님을 분명히 말씀드리고 싶습니다. dejar muy claro que la historia de la Isla de Pascua ni siquiera está vous faire très clairement comprendre que l'histoire de l'île de Pâques n'est même pas

close to being a settled matter, and it often relies on fragmentary and 그리고 그것은 종종 단편적이고 cerca de ser un asunto resuelto, y a menudo se basa en evidencia fragmentaria y proche d'être une question réglée, et elle repose souvent sur des preuves fragmentaires et

contradictory evidence. Today, new research has begun to challenge the 모순된 증거에 의존합니다. 오늘날, 새로운 연구가 우리가 모두 익숙해진 contradictoria. Hoy, nuevas investigaciones han comenzado a desafiar el contradictoires. Aujourd'hui, de nouvelles recherches ont commencé à remettre en question le

familiar narrative we've all grown up with, and we will have to deal with a lot 친숙한|이야기|우리가|모두|자란|성장하여|과|그리고|우리는|~할 것이다|가지게|~해야|대처|과|하나|많은 familier|récit|nous avons|tous|grandi|en|avec|et|nous|verbe auxiliaire futur|aurons|devoir|faire face|à|beaucoup|de familiar|narrativa|hemos|todos|crecido|arriba|con|y|nosotros|verbo auxiliar futuro|tendremos|que|lidiar|con|una|mucho 이야기에 도전하기 시작했으며, 우리는 이 가장 놀라운 narrativa familiar con la que todos hemos crecido, y tendremos que lidiar con mucha narration familière avec laquelle nous avons tous grandi, et nous devrons faire face à beaucoup

of uncertainty as we forge ahead through the tragic story of this most remarkable 의|불확실성|~로서|우리는|나아가다|앞으로|통해|그|비극적인|이야기|의|이|가장|주목할 만한 de||||||||||||| de|incertidumbre|a medida que|nosotros|forjamos|adelante|a través de|la|trágica|historia|de|esta|más|notable 비극적인 이야기를 진행하면서 많은 불확실성과 마주해야 할 것입니다. incertidumbre mientras avanzamos a través de la trágica historia de esta isla tan d'incertitude alors que nous avançons à travers l'histoire tragique de cette île des plus remarquables.

island. According to tradition, the first Polynesian settlers arrived on Easter 섬|전통에 따라|에|전통|그|첫 번째|폴리네시아의|정착민들|도착했다|에|부활절 île|||||||||| isla|de acuerdo|con|tradición|los|primeros|polinesios|colonos|llegaron|a|Pascua 섬. 전통에 따르면, 최초의 폴리네시아 정착민들이 이스터 notable. Según la tradición, los primeros colonos polinesios llegaron a la Isla de Pascua Selon la tradition, les premiers colons polynésiens sont arrivés sur l'île de Pâques

Island at a point called Anakena, a white coral sand beach on the north of the 섬의 북쪽에 위치한 아나케나라는 지점에 도착했습니다. 이곳은 백사장으로 이루어진 자연 항구입니다. en un lugar llamado Anakena, una playa de arena blanca de coral en el norte de la à un endroit appelé Anakena, une plage de sable corallien blanc au nord de l'île.

island that forms a natural harbour. It's worth mentioning that the 섬|이|형성하는|하나의|자연적인|항구|그것은|가치가 있는|언급하는|그| île|qui|forme|un|naturel|port|il est|vaut|mentionner|que| isla|que|forma|un|natural|puerto|es|vale|mencionar|que|el 이 최초의 정착민들이 보았던 풍경은 오늘날 우리가 보는 풍경과는 매우 달랐다는 점은 주목할 만합니다. isla que forma un puerto natural. Vale la pena mencionar que el île qui forme un port naturel. Il convient de mentionner que le

landscape these first settlers would have seen was very different to the one 경관|이|첫|정착민들|~할 것이다|가질|본|이었다|매우|다르다|에|그|하나 paysage|ces|premiers|colons|conditionnel|avoir|vu|était|très|différent|de|celui| paisaje|estos|primeros|colonos|verbo auxiliar condicional|haber|visto|estaba|muy|diferente|a|el|uno 로게벤이 처음으로 목격한 벌거벗은 풀밭의 경사면은 paisaje que estos primeros colonos habrían visto era muy diferente al que paysage que ces premiers colons auraient vu était très différent de celui

we see today on Rapa Nui. The bare grassy slopes first spied by Roggeveen in the 우리는|봅니다|오늘|에|라파|누이|그|맨|풀로 덮인|경사면|처음으로|발견한|에 의해|로게벤|에|그 nous|voyons|aujourd'hui|sur|Rapa|Nui|||||||||| nosotros|vemos|hoy|en|Rapa|Nui|los|desnudos|cubiertos de hierba|laderas|primero|avistó|por|Roggeveen|en|el vemos hoy en Rapa Nui. Las laderas de hierba desnuda que Roggeveen avistó por primera vez en el que nous voyons aujourd'hui sur Rapa Nui. Les pentes herbeuses nues aperçues pour la première fois par Roggeveen au

18th century and which we know from images today, would have been nowhere to 18세기|세기|그리고|우리가|우리가|아는|로부터|이미지들|오늘|~할 것이다|가질|있었|어디에도|~에 18e|siècle|et|que|nous|savons|d'|images|aujourd'hui|conditionnel|avoir|été|nulle part|à decimoctavo|siglo|y|que|nosotros|conocemos|de|imágenes|hoy|verbo auxiliar condicional|haber|estado|en ninguna parte|a 18세기와 오늘날 우리가 알고 있는 이미지는 어디에도 보이지 않았을 것이다. siglo XVIII y que conocemos por imágenes hoy, no habrían estado en ninguna parte. 18ème siècle et que nous connaissons à partir d'images aujourd'hui, n'auraient été nulle part à

be seen. In fact, they would have been covered by a thick forest of tropical 보이다|보였다|사실|사실|그들|~할 것이다|가지고 있었|있었|덮여진|의해|하나의|두꺼운|숲|의|열대의 être|vu|dans|fait|ils|conditionnel|avoir|été|couvert|par|une|épaisse|forêt|de|tropical ser|visto|en|hecho|ellos|verbo auxiliar condicional|haber|sido|cubiertos|por|un|denso|bosque|de|tropical 사실, 그것들은 열대 야자수의 두꺼운 숲에 덮여 있었을 것이다. ser vistos. De hecho, habrían estado cubiertos por un espeso bosque de tropicales être vu. En fait, ils auraient été recouverts par une épaisse forêt de tropical

palm trees. If you dig down into the earth of Easter Island today, you can 야자수|나무들|만약|당신|파면|아래로|안으로|그|땅|의|이스터|섬|오늘|당신|할 수 있다 palmier|arbres|si|tu|creuses|vers le bas|dans|la|terre|de|Pâques|Île|aujourd'hui|tu|peux palma|árboles|si|tú|excavas|abajo|en|la|tierra|de|Pascua|Isla|hoy|tú|puedes 오늘날 이스터 섬의 땅을 파면, 여전히 이 나무들의 뿌리로 남겨진 빈 틀을 볼 수 있다. palmeras. Si excavas en la tierra de la Isla de Pascua hoy, puedes palmiers. Si vous creusez dans la terre de l'île de Pâques aujourd'hui, vous pouvez

still see the hollow molds left by the roots of these trees. Studies of these 여전히|볼 수 있다|그|비어 있는|틀|남겨진|에 의해|그|뿌리|의|이|나무들|연구|의|이 ||||moules|||||||||| todavía|ver|los|huecos|moldes|dejados|por|las|raíces|de|estos|árboles||| 이 뿌리 틀에 대한 연구와 꽃가루 분석은 인간이 라파에 도착했을 때를 보여준다. aún ver los moldes huecos dejados por las raíces de estos árboles. Estudios de estos encore voir les moules creux laissés par les racines de ces arbres. Des études sur ces

root molds as well as pollen analysis shows that when humans arrived on Rapa moldes de raíces, así como el análisis de polen, muestran que cuando los humanos llegaron a Rapa moules de racines ainsi qu'une analyse du pollen montrent que lorsque les humains sont arrivés sur Rapa

Nui, the island was home to over 21 species of trees. Some of these were 누이|그|섬|이었다|서식지|에|21종 이상의|종|의|나무|일부|의|이들|있었다 Nui|l'|île|était|foyer|à|plus de|espèces|d'|arbres|Certaines|de|celles-ci|étaient Nui|la|isla|fue|hogar|a|más de|especies|de|árboles|algunas|de|estos|eran 누이, 이 섬은 21종 이상의 나무가 자생하는 곳이었다. 이 중 일부는 Nui, la isla era hogar de más de 21 especies de árboles. Algunas de estas eran Nui, l'île abritait plus de 21 espèces d'arbres. Certaines d'entre elles étaient

large, including at least three which grew up to 15 meters or more. One species 큰|포함하여|최소한||세|그것들이|자란|최대|15|미터|또는|더|하나|종 grandes|y compris|à|au moins|trois|qui|poussaient|jusqu'à|à|mètres|ou|plus|Une|espèce grandes|incluyendo|a|por lo menos|tres|los cuales|crecieron|hasta|a|metros|o|más|| 크고, 최소 15미터 이상 자라는 나무가 세 종류 이상 있었다. 한 종의 grandes, incluyendo al menos tres que crecían hasta 15 metros o más. Una especie grandes, y compris au moins trois qui mesuraient jusqu'à 15 mètres ou plus. Une espèce

of palm tree, the Easter Island or Rapa Nui palm, may even have been among the 의|야자나무|나무|그|이스터|섬|또는|라파|누이|야자나무|~일지도 모른다|심지어|가질|존재했|~중에|그 de|palmier|arbre|le|de Pâques|île|ou|Rapa|Nui|palmier|peut|même|avoir|été|parmi|les de|palma|árbol|la|de Pascua|Isla|o|Rapa|Nui|palma|puede|incluso|haber|estado|entre|las 야자수인 이스터 섬 또는 라파 누이 야자수는 심지어 세계에서 가장 큰 de palmera, la palmera de la Isla de Pascua o palmera Rapa Nui, podría incluso haber sido una de las de palmier, le palmier de l'île de Pâques ou palmier Rapa Nui, pourrait même avoir été parmi les

largest species of palm tree in the world. This now extinct tree, known as 가장 큰|종|의|야자|나무|에|그|세계|이|지금|멸종된|나무|알려진|로 plus grandes|espèces|de|palmier|arbre|dans|le|monde|cet|maintenant|éteint|arbre|connu|comme ||||árbol||||||||conocido|como 야자수 종 중 하나였을지도 모른다. 현재 멸종된 이 나무는 especies de palmera más grandes del mundo. Este árbol ahora extinto, conocido como plus grandes espèces de palmier au monde. Cet arbre maintenant éteint, connu sous le nom de

Pascalococcus, seems to have once been the most numerous species on the island 파스칼로코쿠스|보이는|에|가졌다|한때|존재했던|그|가장|많은|종|에|그|섬 Pascalococcus|semble|à|avoir|autrefois|été|la|plus|nombreuse|espèce|sur|l'|île Pascalococcus|parece|a|haber|una vez|sido|la|más|numerosa|especie|en|la|isla 파스칼로코쿠스(Pascalococcus)로 알려져 있으며, 한때 섬에서 가장 많이 자생했던 종으로 보인다. Pascalococcus, parece haber sido una vez la especie más numerosa en la isla Pascalococcus semble avoir été autrefois l'espèce la plus nombreuse de l'île.

and its closest relative today, Jubaea chilensis or the Chilean wine palm, can 그리고|그것의|가장 가까운|친척|오늘|후추나무|칠레의|또는|그|칠레의|와인|야자수|할 수 있다 et|son|plus proche|parent|aujourd'hui|Jubaea|chilensis|ou|le|chilien|vin|palmier|peut y|su|más cercano|pariente|hoy|Jubaea|chilensis|o|la|chilena|vino|palma|puede 그리고 오늘날 가장 가까운 친척인 후바에아 칠렌시스 또는 칠레 와인 야자는 y su pariente más cercano hoy en día, Jubaea chilensis o la palma de vino chilena, puede Et son plus proche parent aujourd'hui, Jubaea chilensis ou le palmier à vin chilien, peut

reach heights of over 25 meters, its bulbous trunk the thickest in the world, 도달하다|높이|의|넘는|미터|그것의|구형의|줄기|가장|두꺼운|에서|가장|세계 atteindre|hauteurs|de|plus de|mètres|son|bulbeux|tronc|le|plus épais|dans|le|monde alcanzar|alturas|de|más de|metros|su|bulboso|tronco|el|más grueso|en|el|mundo 25미터가 넘는 높이에 도달할 수 있으며, 그 부풀어 오른 줄기는 세계에서 가장 두껍고, alcanzar alturas de más de 25 metros, su tronco bulboso el más grueso del mundo, atteindre des hauteurs de plus de 25 mètres, son tronc bulbeux étant le plus épais du monde,

reaching a diameter of more than a meter. The soil of Easter Island has never been 도달하는|하나의|지름|의|더|이상|하나의|미터|그|토양|의|이스터|섬|가지고 있다|결코|존재한 적이 atteignant|un|diamètre|de|plus|de|un|mètre|Le|sol|de|Pâques|île|a|jamais|été alcanzando|un|diámetro|de|más|que|un|metro|el|suelo|de|Pascua|Isla|ha|nunca|sido 직경이 1미터가 넘습니다. 이스터 섬의 토양은 결코 풍부하지 않았지만, alcanzando un diámetro de más de un metro. El suelo de la Isla de Pascua nunca ha sido atteignant un diamètre de plus d'un mètre. Le sol de l'île de Pâques n'a jamais été

rich but the forest would have provided a small amount of food for the new 부유한|그러나|그|숲|~할 것이다|가질|제공했|하나의|작은|양|의|음식|위해|그|새로운 riche|mais|la|forêt|conditionnel|avoir|fourni|une|petite|quantité|de|nourriture|pour|les|nouveaux rico|pero|el|bosque|habría|proporcionado|proporcionado|una|pequeña|cantidad|de|comida|para|los|nuevos 숲은 새로운 정착민들에게 소량의 식량을 제공했을 것입니다, rico, pero el bosque habría proporcionado una pequeña cantidad de comida para los nuevos riche mais la forêt aurait fourni une petite quantité de nourriture pour les nouveaux

settlers, palm nuts and fruits too, along with the birds in the trees that could 정착민들|야자|견과|그리고|과일|또한|함께|함께|그|새들|나무에|그|나무들|그|할 수 있는 colons|palmier|noix|et|fruits|aussi|avec|les|les|oiseaux|dans|les|arbres|qui|pouvaient colonos|palma|nueces|y|frutas|también|junto|con|las|aves|en|los|árboles|que|podrían 야자 열매와 과일, 그리고 나무에 있는 새들도 함께. colonizadores, nueces de palma y frutas también, junto con los pájaros en los árboles que podrían colons, des noix de palme et des fruits aussi, ainsi que les oiseaux dans les arbres qui pouvaient

be trapped. Luckily for archaeologists, the sand of Anakena Beach, the site of 갇히다|갇힌|다행히|에게|고고학자들|그|모래|의|아나케나|해변|그|장소|의 ||heureusement|pour|archéologues|le|sable|de|Anakena|plage|le|site|de ||afortunadamente|para|arqueólogos|la|arena|de|Anakena|playa|el|sitio|de 갇히다. 고고학자들에게 다행히도, 아나케나 해변의 모래는 그 첫 번째 정착지인 ser atrapados. Afortunadamente para los arqueólogos, la arena de la playa de Anakena, el sitio de être piégés. Heureusement pour les archéologues, le sable de la plage d'Anakena, le site de

that first settlement, is particularly good at preserving bone and human 특히 뼈와 인간의 잔해를 보존하는 데 매우 좋다. ese primer asentamiento, es particularmente buena para preservar huesos y restos humanos. ce premier établissement, est particulièrement bon pour préserver les os et les restes humains.

remains. Because of this, skeletons examined here have given scientists 유해|때문에|의|이것|해골|조사된|여기|가졌다|준|과학자들 restes|à cause|de|cela|squelettes|examinés|ici|ont|donné|scientifiques restos|porque|de|esto|esqueletos|examinados|aquí|han|dado|a los científicos 이곳에서 조사된 해골들은 고대 라파 누이의 삶에 대한 통찰을 과학자들에게 제공했다. restos. Debido a esto, los esqueletos examinados aquí han proporcionado a los científicos restent. À cause de cela, les squelettes examinés ici ont donné aux scientifiques

insight into the lives of the ancient Rapa Nui. Studies have shown that as well 통찰력|~에 대한|그|삶|의|그|고대의|||연구들|해왔다|보여주었다|~라는 것을|~처럼|잘 aperçu|sur|les|vies|des|les|anciens|Rapa|Nui|études|ont|montré|que|autant|aussi conocimiento|en|las|vidas|de|los|antiguos|Rapa|Nui|estudios|han|mostrado|que|así|también 연구에 따르면, 이러한 식물 작물 외에도 사람들은 해양 동물의 혼합으로 식단을 보충했다. una visión de las vidas de los antiguos Rapa Nui. Los estudios han demostrado que, así como un aperçu de la vie des anciens Rapa Nui. Des études ont montré qu'en plus

as these plant crops, people supplemented their diet with a mix of marine animals, ~로서|이|심는|농작물|사람들|보충했다|그들의|식단|~로|하나의|혼합|~의|해양의|동물들 que|ces|plantes|cultures|gens|ont complété|leur|régime|avec|un|mélange|d'|marins|animaux como|estas|plantas|cosechas|las personas|complementaron|su|dieta|con|una|mezcla|de|marinos|animales estos cultivos de plantas, las personas complementaban su dieta con una mezcla de animales marinos, de ces cultures végétales, les gens complétaient leur alimentation avec un mélange d'animaux marins,

including dolphins they trapped in the Bay of Anakena, seals, sea turtles, and 포함하여|돌고래|그들|잡은|안에|그|만|의|아나케나|바다표범|바다|거북이| y compris|dauphins|ils|ont piégé|dans|la|baie|d'|Anakena|phoques|de mer|tortues|et incluyendo|delfines|que|atraparon|en|la|bahía|de|Anakena|focas|mar|tortugas|y 그들이 아나케나 만에서 잡은 돌고래, 물개, 바다거북, 그리고 incluidos delfines que atrapaban en la Bahía de Anakena, focas, tortugas marinas, y y compris des dauphins qu'ils piégeaient dans la baie d'Anakena, des phoques, des tortues de mer, et

fish that they caught with hooks carved from bone. In fact, bone chemistry 물고기|그|그들|잡았다|로|낚싯바늘|조각된|에서|뼈|사실|사실|뼈|화학 poisson|que|ils|ont attrapé|avec|hameçons|sculptés|en|os|En|fait|os|chimie pez|que|ellos|atraparon|con|anzuelos|tallados|de|hueso|en|hecho|hueso|química 뼈로 조각한 갈고리로 잡은 물고기를 포함하여. 사실, 뼈 화학 peces que atraparon con anzuelos tallados en hueso. De hecho, la química del hueso poissons qu'ils ont attrapés avec des hameçons sculptés dans l'os. En fait, la chimie des os

analysis has shown that the people here got about half of their diet from the 분석|하다|보여주었다|~라는 것|그|사람들|여기|얻었다|약|절반|의|그들의|식단|부터|그 ||||le|||||||||| análisis|ha|mostrado|que|las|personas|aquí|obtuvieron|alrededor|la mitad|de|su|dieta|del|el 분석에 따르면, 이곳 사람들은 식단의 약 절반을 바다에서 얻었다. ha demostrado que las personas aquí obtuvieron aproximadamente la mitad de su dieta del a montré que les gens ici obtenaient environ la moitié de leur alimentation de la

sea. They cooked all of these foods in earth ovens known as umu, cavities dug 바다|그들|요리했다|모든|의|이|음식들|안에|흙|오븐들|알려진|~로|우무|구멍들|파인 ||||de|||||||||| |ellos|cocinaron|todos|de|estos|alimentos|en|tierra|hornos|conocidos|como|umu|cavidades|cavadas 그들은 이러한 모든 음식을 우무라고 알려진 지구 오븐에서 요리했으며, 이는 mar. Cocinaron todos estos alimentos en hornos de tierra conocidos como umu, cavidades excavadas mer. Ils cuisaient tous ces aliments dans des fours en terre connus sous le nom d'umu, des cavités creusées

into the ground which then had burning grass and leaves placed on top of them 땅에 파인 구멍으로, 그 위에 불타는 풀과 잎을 올려놓았다. en el suelo que luego tenían hierba y hojas en llamas colocadas encima de ellas. dans le sol sur lesquelles on plaçait ensuite de l'herbe et des feuilles brûlantes.

knowledge from their ancestors. They made textiles from the fibers of the paper 지식|~로부터|그들의|조상들|그들은|만들었다|직물|~로부터|그|섬유|의|그|종이 |à partir de||||||à partir de|le|||| conocimiento|de|sus|ancestros|ellos|hicieron|textiles|de|las|fibras|de|el|papel 지식을 물려받았습니다. 그들은 종이 conocimientos de sus antepasados. Hicieron textiles de las fibras del papel de connaissances de leurs ancêtres. Ils fabriquaient des textiles à partir des fibres du papier

mulberry tree and spun rope from a tree known as the how tree. With this 뽕나무|나무|그리고|짠|밧줄|~로부터|하나의|나무|알려진|~로서|그|하우|나무|~와 함께|이것 ||et|||||||||||| morera|árbol|y|hilaron|cuerda|de|un|árbol|conocido|como|el|how|||esta 뽕나무의 섬유로 직물을 만들고, 하우 나무로 알려진 나무에서 로프를 꼬았습니다. 이를 통해 del árbol de morera y tejieron cuerdas de un árbol conocido como el árbol how. Con esta du mûrier et filaient de la corde à partir d'un arbre connu sous le nom d'arbre à how. Avec ce

healthy and diverse mix of foodstuffs and resources, their settlement became 건강하고 다양한 식품과 자원의 혼합으로 그들의 정착지는 mezcla saludable y diversa de alimentos y recursos, su asentamiento se convirtió en mélange sain et diversifié de denrées alimentaires et de ressources, leur établissement est devenu

incredibly successful. From there, using slash-and-burn agricultural methods, the 믿을 수 없을 만큼|성공적인|~에서|거기서|사용하여||||농업의|방법들| incroyablement|réussi|De|là|en utilisant||||agricoles|méthodes|les increíblemente|exitoso|de|allí|usando||||agrícola|métodos|los 믿을 수 없을 만큼 성공적이 되었습니다. 그곳에서 그들은 화전 농업 방법을 사용하여, increíblemente exitoso. A partir de ahí, utilizando métodos agrícolas de tala y quema, los incroyablement réussi. De là, en utilisant des méthodes agricoles de culture sur brûlis, les

original settlers spread quickly across the small landmass of the island and 원주민|정착민|퍼졌다|빠르게|가로질러|그|작은|육지|의|그|섬|그리고 originaux|colons|se sont répandus|rapidement|à travers|la|petite|masse terrestre|de|l'|île|et originales|colonos|se extendieron|rápidamente|a través de|la|pequeña|masa de tierra|de|la|isla|y 원주민 정착자들은 섬의 작은 육지에 빠르게 퍼져나갔고 pobladores originales se expandieron rápidamente por la pequeña masa de tierra de la isla y premiers colons se sont rapidement répandus sur la petite masse terrestre de l'île et

whole of Rapa Nui was fully populated with around 3,000 people. Slowly, that 전체|의|라파|누이|이었다|완전히|인구가 밀집한|~와 함께|약|사람들|천천히|그것이 entière|de|Rapa|Nui|était|entièrement|peuplée|avec|environ|personnes|lentement|cela totalidad|de|Rapa|Nui|estaba|completamente|poblada|con|alrededor de|personas|lentamente|eso 라파 누이 전체가 약 3,000명의 인구로 가득 차게 되었습니다. 천천히 그 total de Rapa Nui estaba completamente poblado con alrededor de 3,000 personas. Poco a poco, eso tout Rapa Nui soit entièrement peuplé d'environ 3 000 personnes. Lentement, cela

what happened on Easter Island. It has been the dominant narrative about this 무엇|일어났는지|에|이스터|섬|그것|가지고 있다|되어왔다|그|지배적인|서사|에 대한|이것 ce que|s'est passé|sur|Pâques|Île|cela|a|été|le|dominant|récit|sur|cette lo que|sucedió|en|Pascua|Isla|eso|ha|sido|la|dominante|narrativa|sobre|esta 이스터 섬에서 무슨 일이 있었는가. 이것은 수십 년, 어쩌면 수세기 동안 이 섬에 대한 지배적인 이야기였다. lo que sucedió en la Isla de Pascua. Ha sido la narrativa dominante sobre esta ce qui s'est passé sur l'île de Pâques. Cela a été le récit dominant à propos de cette

island for decades, perhaps even centuries. It was begun by early European 섬|동안|수십 년|아마도|심지어|세기|그것|이었다|시작되었다|의해|초기의|유럽인 ||||||cela|a été|commencé|par|premiers|européens isla|por|décadas|quizás|incluso|siglos|eso|fue|comenzado|por|primeros|europeos 이 이야기는 초기 유럽 탐험가들에 의해 시작되었고, 빅토리아 시대와 20세기 인류학자들에 의해 전파되었으며, 마지막으로 isla durante décadas, quizás incluso siglos. Fue iniciada por los primeros europeos île pendant des décennies, peut-être même des siècles. Cela a été commencé par les premiers Européens.

explorers, propagated by Victorian and 20th century anthropologists, and finally 탐험가들|전파된|의해|빅토리아 시대의|그리고|20세기|세기|인류학자들|그리고|마침내 explorateurs|propagés|par|victoriens|et|20e|siècle|anthropologues|et|enfin exploradores|propagado|por|victoriano|y|siglo XX|siglo|antropólogos|y|finalmente 대중 과학 작가인 자레드 다이아몬드와 같은 저자들에 의해 대중화되었다. 당신은 이것이 익숙할지도 모른다. exploradores, propagados por antropólogos victorianos y del siglo XX, y finalmente explorateurs, propagés par des anthropologues victoriens et du 20ème siècle, et enfin

might find it familiar. In this narrative, the inhabitants of Easter Island were ~할지도모른다|찾다|그것|친숙한|이||이야기|그|주민들|의|이스터|섬|~였다 pourriez|trouver|cela|familier||||||||| podría|encontrar|eso|familiar|en|esta|narrativa|los|habitantes|de|Pascua|Isla|fueron podrías encontrarlo familiar. En esta narrativa, los habitantes de la Isla de Pascua fueron pourriez le trouver familier. Dans ce récit, les habitants de l'île de Pâques étaient

the architects of their own demise. The story goes that their population boomed 그|설계자들|의|그들|자신의|멸망|그|이야기|간다|~라는||인구|급증했다 les|architectes|de|leur|propre|perte|L'|histoire|dit|que|leur|population|a explosé los|arquitectos|de|su|propio|demise|la|historia|va|que|su|población|aumentó 자신의 멸망을 설계한 건축가들. 이야기에 따르면 그들의 인구는 급증했다. los arquitectos de su propia desaparición. La historia dice que su población explotó les architectes de leur propre déclin. L'histoire raconte que leur population a explosé

until the island could no longer support it. They cut down their trees to use as ~까지|그|섬|~할 수|더|더 이상|지탱하다|그것|그들|베었다|아래로|그들의|나무들|~하기 위해|사용하다|~로 jusqu'à ce que|l'|île|pouvait|ne|plus|supporter|cela|Ils|coupèrent|abattre|leurs|arbres|pour|utiliser|comme hasta|la|isla|pudo|ya|más|soportar|eso|||||||| 섬이 더 이상 이를 지탱할 수 없을 때까지. 그들은 나무를 베어내어 hasta que la isla ya no pudo soportarlo. Cortaron sus árboles para usar como jusqu'à ce que l'île ne puisse plus le supporter. Ils ont abattu leurs arbres pour les utiliser comme

firewood for construction material and to use as rollers to transport their 장작|위한|건축|자재|그리고|~로|사용|~로|롤러|~을 위해|운반하다|그들의 bois de chauffage|pour|construction|matériau|et|pour|utiliser|comme|rouleaux|pour|transporter|leurs |||||para|usar|como|||| 건축 자재로 사용하고, 거대한 동상을 운반하기 위한 롤러로 사용했다. leña, como material de construcción y para usarlos como rodillos para transportar sus bois de chauffage, comme matériau de construction et pour les utiliser comme rouleaux pour transporter leurs

enormous statues. The loss of trees on the island resulted in an ecological 거대한|동상들|그|손실|의|나무들|에|그|섬|초래했다|에|하나의|생태적 énormes|statues||||||||||| enormes|estatuas||||||||||| 섬의 나무가 사라지면서 생태학적 enormes estatuas. La pérdida de árboles en la isla resultó en un énormes statues. La perte d'arbres sur l'île a entraîné un

collapse that destroyed the fertility of the soil and the productive potential of 붕괴|그|파괴한|그|비옥함|의|그|토양|그리고|그|생산적인|잠재력|의 effondrement|qui|détruit|la|fertilité|de|le|sol|et|le|productive|potentiel|de colapso|que|destruyó|la|fertilidad|del|el|suelo|y|el|productivo|potencial|de 붕괴가 발생하여 토양의 비옥함과 생산 잠재력이 파괴되었다. colapso ecológico que destruyó la fertilidad del suelo y el potencial productivo de effondrement écologique qui a détruit la fertilité du sol et le potentiel productif de

the island fell apart. Along with the collapse of the island's ecology, the 그|섬|무너졌다|분리되어|함께|~와|그|붕괴|~의|그|섬의|생태계|그 l'|île|tomba|en morceaux|avec|la|l'|||la||| la|isla|cayó|aparte|junto|con|el|colapso|de|la|isla|ecología|la 섬이 무너졌다. 섬의 생태계가 붕괴됨에 따라, la isla se desmoronó. Junto con el colapso de la ecología de la isla, el l'île s'est effondrée. Avec l'effondrement de l'écologie de l'île, le

complex and centralized society that had built the hundreds of stone statues on 복잡한|그리고|중앙집권적인|사회|그|가졌다|세운|그|수백 개의|의|돌|동상|위에 complexe|et|centralisée|société|qui|avait|construit|les|centaines|de|pierre|statues|sur compleja|y|centralizada|sociedad|que|había|construido|las|cientos|de|piedra|estatuas|en 해안에 수백 개의 석상들을 세운 복잡하고 중앙집중적인 사회도 complejo y centralizado sistema social que había construido las cientos de estatuas de piedra en société complexe et centralisée qui avait construit les centaines de statues en pierre sur

the coast began to collapse too. Resources became scarce, starvation ran 그|해안|시작했다|하도록|무너지다|또한|자원|되었다|부족한|기아|퍼졌다 la|côte|commença|à|s'effondrer|aussi|ressources|devinrent|rares|famine|régna |||a||||||| 붕괴되기 시작했다. 자원이 부족해지고, 기아가 만연해 la costa también comenzó a colapsar. Los recursos se volvieron escasos, la hambruna se la côte a commencé à s'effondrer aussi. Les ressources sont devenues rares, la famine a sévi

rampant and this led to a period of violent civil war. Shortly before the 만연한|그리고|이것|이끌었다|~로|하나의|기간|의|폭력적인|시민|전쟁|곧|이전에|그 |||||||||||peu|avant que|la |||||||||||poco|antes|la 폭력적인 내전의 시기로 이어졌다. 1722년 유럽인들이 도착하기 직전, desató y esto llevó a un período de violenta guerra civil. Poco antes de que el et cela a conduit à une période de guerre civile violente. Peu avant le

arrival of the Europeans in 1722, the whole of Rapa Nui society had come apart 도착|의|그|유럽인들|에|그|전체|의|라파|누이|사회|했다|오다|분리되다 arrivée|des|les|Européens|en|toute|entière|de|Rapa|Nui|société|avait|venu|à l'écart llegada|de|los|europeos|en|la|totalidad|de|Rapa|Nui|sociedad|había|venido|abajo 라파 누이 사회 전체가 무너져 내렸다. la llegada de los europeos en 1722, toda la sociedad de Rapa Nui se había desmoronado l'arrivée des Européens en 1722, l'ensemble de la société de Rapa Nui s'était effondrée

and only a few thousand survivors were left. Jared Diamond, perhaps the greatest 그리고|오직|한|몇|천|생존자들|있었다|남아있었다|제레드|다이아몬드|아마도|가장|위대한 et|seulement|quelques|quelques|milliers|survivants|étaient|restés||||| y|solo|unos|pocos|miles|sobrevivientes|quedaron|atrás|Jared|Diamond|quizás|el|más grande 그리고 겨우 몇 천 명의 생존자만 남았다. 자레드 다이아몬드, 아마도 오늘날 이 이론의 가장 위대한 y solo quedaban unos pocos miles de sobrevivientes. Jared Diamond, quizás el mayor et il ne restait que quelques milliers de survivants. Jared Diamond, peut-être le plus grand

champion of this theory today, puts it bluntly. In just a few centuries, the 챔피언|의|이|이론|오늘|말한다|그것|솔직하게|에|단지|하나의|몇|세기|그 champion|de|cette|théorie|aujourd'hui|met|cela|franchement|||||| |de|||||||||||| 옹호자는 이를 직설적으로 표현한다. 불과 몇 세기 만에, defensor de esta teoría hoy en día, lo expresa de manera contundente. En solo unos pocos siglos, el défenseur de cette théorie aujourd'hui, le dit sans détour. En seulement quelques siècles, les

to extinction and saw their complex society spiral into chaos. ~로|멸종|그리고|보았다|그들의|복잡한|사회|나선형으로|~로|혼란 à|extinction|et|vit|leur|complexe|société|spiraler|dans|chaos a|extinción|y|vio|su|complejo|sociedad|espiral|en|caos 멸종으로 몰아넣었으며 복잡한 사회가 혼란에 빠지는 것을 보았다. a la extinción y vio cómo su compleja sociedad se sumía en el caos. vers l'extinction et a vu leur société complexe plonger dans le chaos.

This story has a widespread appeal for a number of reasons. In the latter half of 이|이야기|가지고 있다|하나의|광범위한|매력|에 대한|여러|수|의|이유들|에|그|후반|절반|의 cette|histoire|a|un|large|attrait|pour|un|nombre|de|raisons||||| esta|historia|tiene|un|amplio|atractivo|por|una|cantidad|de|razones|en|la|última|mitad|de 이 이야기는 여러 가지 이유로 널리 매력을 끌고 있다. 후반부에서 Esta historia tiene un atractivo generalizado por varias razones. En la segunda mitad de Cette histoire a un attrait répandu pour un certain nombre de raisons. Dans la seconde moitié de

the 20th century, as we became increasingly concerned about our own 그|20세기|세기|~로서|우리는|되었다|점점 더|걱정하는|에 대한|우리의|자신의 la|20e|siècle|alors que|nous|devenions|de plus en plus|préoccupés|par|notre|propre la|||||||||| 20세기에는 우리가 우리 자신의 환경에 대한 사회의 파괴적인 영향에 점점 더 걱정하게 되면서, el siglo XX, a medida que nos preocupábamos cada vez más por el impacto destructivo de nuestra propia le 20ème siècle, alors que nous devenions de plus en plus préoccupés par l'impact destructeur de notre propre

society's destructive impact on our environment, the story of Easter Island ||||||l'|histoire|de|Pâques|Île 이스터 섬의 이야기는 우리가 주변 환경을 존중하지 않을 경우 우리가 겪을 수 있는 운명의 예로서 매력적으로 다가왔습니다. sociedad en nuestro entorno, la historia de la Isla de Pascua société sur notre environnement, l'histoire de l'île de Pâques

became irresistible as an example of the fate that might befall us if we fail to 되었다|저항할 수 없는|로서|하나의|예|의|그|운명|그|가능성이 있는|닥칠|우리|만약|우리가|실패한다|에 devenu|irrésistible|comme|un|exemple|de|le|destin|que|pourrait|frapper|nous|si|nous|échouons|à se volvió|irresistible|como|un|ejemplo|de|el|destino|que|podría|caer sobre|nosotros|si|nosotros|fallamos|a 돌 조각상들도 인간의 어리석음의 상징으로서 매력적임을 입증했습니다. 우리는 항상 더 크고 더 많은 것을 건설하고자 하는 욕망을 가지고 있습니다. se volvió irresistible como un ejemplo del destino que podría sobrevenirnos si no devenu irrésistible comme un exemple du destin qui pourrait nous frapper si nous échouons à

respect the environment around us. The stone statues too have proved 존중하다|그|환경|주위|우리|그|돌|조각상|또한|해왔다|증명했다 |l'|environnement|autour|de nous|||||| |las|||||piedra|estatuas|también|han|probado 이런 욕망은 우리를 이끌어왔습니다. respetamos el medio ambiente que nos rodea. Las estatuas de piedra también han demostrado respecter l'environnement qui nous entoure. Les statues de pierre ont également prouvé

irresistible as emblems of human folly, our desire to always build bigger and 저항할 수 없는|처럼|상징들|의|인간|어리석음|우리의|욕망|항상|항상|짓다|더 큰|그리고 irrésistible|comme|emblèmes|de|humaine|folie|notre|désir|à|toujours|construire|plus grand|et 이것은 우리가 환경을 존중하지 않을 경우 우리가 겪을 수 있는 운명의 예로서 매력적으로 다가왔습니다. ser irresistibles como emblemas de la locura humana, nuestro deseo de siempre construir más grande y irrésistibles comme des emblèmes de la folie humaine, notre désir de toujours construire plus grand et

better than our neighbors. In his book, Jared Diamond even makes the comparison ||||Dans|son|livre|Jared|Diamond|même|fait|la|comparaison 이웃보다 더 나은. 그의 책에서 자레드 다이아몬드는 심지어 비교를 한다. mejor que nuestros vecinos. En su libro, Jared Diamond incluso hace la comparación mieux que nos voisins. Dans son livre, Jared Diamond fait même la comparaison

to his neighbors in Hollywood building ever bigger and better mansions in an 에|그의|이웃들|에|할리우드|짓는|항상|더 큰|그리고|더 좋은|맨션들|에|하나의 à|ses|voisins|dans|Hollywood|construisant|toujours|plus grandes|et|meilleures|maisons|dans|un a|sus|vecinos|en|Hollywood|construyendo|cada vez|más grandes|y|mejores|mansiones|en|un 할리우드의 이웃들이 그들의 지위를 증명하기 위해 점점 더 크고 더 나은 맨션을 짓는 것과. a sus vecinos en Hollywood construyendo mansiones cada vez más grandes y mejores en un à ses voisins dans un bâtiment à Hollywood construisant des manoirs de plus en plus grands et meilleurs dans un

effort to prove their status. The islanders were so obsessed with these 노력|~을|증명하다|그들의|지위|그|섬 주민들|~였다|매우|집착한|~에|이러한 |||||Les|insulaires|étaient|si|obsédés|par|ces |para|||||||||| 섬 주민들은 이러한 조각상에 너무 집착하여, esfuerzo por probar su estatus. Los isleños estaban tan obsesionados con estas effort de prouver leur statut. Les insulaires étaient si obsédés par ces

statues, the narrative goes, that they cut down all their trees to transport them. 조각상들|그|이야기|간다|그|그들|베어|아래로|모든|그들의|나무들|~하기 위해|운반하다|그것들 ||||que|ils|coupèrent|à bas|tous|leurs|arbres|pour|transporter| |||||||||||a|| 그들의 나무를 모두 베어내어 그것들을 운반했다는 이야기다. estatuas, dice la narrativa, que talaron todos sus árboles para transportarlas. statues, selon le récit, qu'ils ont abattu tous leurs arbres pour les transporter.

This single-minded obsession drove them to starvation, then cannibalism and Cette||||poussa|les|à|famine|puis|cannibalisme|et 이 단일한 집착은 그들을 기아로 몰아넣었고, 결국 식인으로 이어졌다. Esta obsesión unidimensional los llevó a la inanición, luego al canibalismo y Cette obsession monomaniaque les a conduits à la famine, puis au cannibalisme et

finally to the edge of extinction. But there are a number of problems with this 결국|~로|그|경계|의|멸종|하지만|거기|있다|하나의|수|의|문제들|~에 대한|이것 enfin|à|la|bord|de|extinction|mais|il y a|sont|un|nombre|de|problèmes|avec|ce finalmente|a|el|borde|de|extinción|pero|hay|hay|un|número|de|problemas|con|esto 마침내 멸종의 경계에 이르렀습니다. 하지만 이에 대한 여러 가지 문제점이 있습니다. finalmente al borde de la extinción. Pero hay una serie de problemas con esto finalement au bord de l'extinction. Mais il y a un certain nombre de problèmes avec cela

narrative, a number of seriously questionable assumptions and over the 서사|하나의|수|의|심각하게|의문스러운|가정들|그리고|초과한|그 récit|un|nombre|de|sérieusement|douteux|hypothèses|et|au cours de|cet narrativa|un|número|de|seriamente|cuestionables|suposiciones|y|a través|de 이 이야기에는 여러 가지 심각하게 의문이 드는 가정이 있으며, narrativa, una serie de suposiciones seriamente cuestionables y a lo largo de narratif, un certain nombre d'hypothèses sérieusement discutables et au cours de

course of this episode, I'm going to try to unpick three of the most glaring of 진행|의||||||||||의|||| ||||||||||||les||| ||||||||||||la||| 이번 에피소드에서 저는 이러한 가정 중 가장 눈에 띄는 세 가지를 풀어보려고 합니다. este episodio, voy a intentar desentrañar tres de las más evidentes de cet épisode, je vais essayer de défaire trois des plus flagrantes de

these assumptions so that you can assess the evidence for yourself. Firstly, |||||||||||tout d'abord 그래서 여러분이 스스로 증거를 평가할 수 있도록 말이죠. 첫째, estas suposiciones para que puedas evaluar la evidencia por ti mismo. Primero, ces hypothèses afin que vous puissiez évaluer les preuves par vous-même. Tout d'abord,

there's the assumption that the Easter Islanders deforested their island due to 그곳에|그|가정|~라는|그|이스터|섬 주민들|삼림을 파괴했다|그들의|섬|~때문에|~에 il y a|l'|hypothèse|que|les|de Pâques|insulaires|déboisèrent|leur|île|en raison|de hay|la|suposición|que|los|Pascua|isleños|deforestaron|su|isla|debido|a 이스터 섬 주민들이 그들의 섬을 벌목했다는 가정이 있습니다. se asume que los habitantes de la Isla de Pascua deforestaron su isla debido a il y a l'hypothèse que les habitants de l'île de Pâques ont déboisé leur île à cause de

greed, overpopulation, or even a maniacal obsession with statue building. Secondly, 탐욕|과잉 인구|또는|심지어|하나의|광적인|집착|~에 대한|동상|건축|둘째로 ||||||||||Deuxièmement la codicia|sobrepoblación|o|incluso|una|maníaca|obsesión|con|estatuas|construcción| 탐욕, 인구 과잉, 또는 심지어 동상 건축에 대한 광적인 집착. la codicia, la sobrepoblación o incluso una obsesión maníaca por construir estatuas. En segundo lugar, la cupidité, de la surpopulation, ou même d'une obsession maniaque pour la construction de statues. Deuxièmement,

there's the assumption that the loss of the forest led to a societal collapse. 있다|그|가정|~라는|그|손실|의|그|숲|이끌었다|~로|하나의|사회의|붕괴 il y a|l'|hypothèse|que|la|perte|de|la|forêt|mena|à|un|sociétal|effondrement hay|la|suposición|que|la|pérdida|de|el|bosque|llevó|a|un|social|colapso 둘째로, 숲의 상실이 사회적 붕괴로 이어졌다는 가정이 있다. se asume que la pérdida del bosque llevó a un colapso social. il y a l'hypothèse que la perte de la forêt a conduit à un effondrement sociétal.

Thirdly, there's the assumption that Easter Island society collapsed at all, 셋째로|~가 있다|그|가정|~라는|이스터|섬|사회|붕괴했다|~에서|전부 Troisièmement|il y a|l'|hypothèse|que|de Pâques|île|société|s'effondra|à|tout en tercer lugar|hay|la|suposición|que|Pascua|Isla|sociedad|colapsó|en|absoluto 셋째로, 이스터 섬 사회가 실제로 붕괴되었다는 가정이 있다, En tercer lugar, se asume que la sociedad de la Isla de Pascua colapsó en absoluto, Troisièmement, il y a l'hypothèse que la société de l'île de Pâques s'est effondrée.

assumptions has significant problems and once we've dealt with them, we can get 가정들|가지고 있다|중요한|문제들|그리고|일단|우리가|처리한|하는 것|그것들|우리는|할 수 있다|얻다 hypothèses|a|significatifs|problèmes|et|une fois|nous avons|traité|avec|elles||| supuestos|tiene|significativos|problemas|y|una vez|hemos|tratado|con|ellos|nosotros|podemos|llegar 가정 각각은 상당한 문제를 가지고 있으며, 우리가 그것들을 다루면, 우리는 suposiciones tiene problemas significativos y una vez que los hayamos abordado, podemos llegar hypothèses présente des problèmes significatifs et une fois que nous les aurons traités, nous pourrons aborder

down to what actually happened to decimate the islanders of Rapa Nui, to 내려가다|~에|무엇|실제로|일어난|~에|대량으로 죽이다|그|섬 주민들|의|라파|누이|~에 à|à|ce que|réellement|s'est passé|pour|décimer|les|insulaires|de|Rapa|Nui| |a||||a||||||| 라파 누이 섬 주민들을 괴멸시키고, 섬의 식물 생명을 없애고, 그 유명한 돌 조각상들을 a lo que realmente sucedió para diezmear a los isleños de Rapa Nui, para ce qui s'est réellement passé pour décimer les insulaires de Rapa Nui, pour

strip the island of its plant life and to leave those famous stone statues dépouiller|l'|île|de|sa|végétale|vie|et|pour|laisser|ces|célèbres|en pierre|statues 이스터 섬의 외로운 풀밭 언덕에 방치하게 만든 실제 사건에 대해. despojar a la isla de su vegetación y dejar esas famosas estatuas de piedra. dépouiller l'île de sa végétation et pour laisser ces célèbres statues en pierre.

moldering on the lone grassy hills of Easter Island. 부패하는|위에|그|외로운|풀로 덮인|언덕들|의|이스터|섬 pourrissant|sur|les|solitaires|herbeux|collines|de|Pâques|Île descomponiéndose|en|los|solitarios|cubiertos de hierba|colinas|de|Pascua|Isla 섬에 도착하자마자, 아마도 1200년경에, 섬 주민들은 그들을 유명하게 만들 조각상을 조각하기 시작했다. descomponiéndose en las solitarias colinas cubiertas de hierba de la Isla de Pascua. se décomposant sur les seules collines herbeuses de l'île de Pâques.

Virtually as soon as they arrived on the island, probably around the year 1200, the 사실상|~처럼|곧|~할 때|그들|도착했다|~에|그|섬|아마도|~경|그|년|그 pratiquement|dès que|bientôt|que|ils|arrivèrent|sur|l'|île|probablement|vers|l'|an| prácticamente|tan|pronto|como|ellos|llegaron|a|la|isla|probablemente|alrededor|el|año| Casi tan pronto como llegaron a la isla, probablemente alrededor del año 1200, los Pratiquement dès leur arrivée sur l'île, probablement vers l'an 1200, les

islanders began carving the monuments that would one day make them famous 섬 주민들|시작했다|조각하는|그|기념물들|그것들이|~할|언젠가|날|만들다|그들을|유명하게 insulaires|commencèrent|à sculpter|les|monuments|que|verbe auxiliaire du futur|un|jour|faire|les|célèbres isleños|comenzaron|a tallar|los|monumentos|que|verbo auxiliar condicional|uno|día|harían|los|famosos isleños comenzaron a esculpir los monumentos que un día los harían famosos insulaires ont commencé à sculpter les monuments qui les rendraient un jour célèbres

around the world. Stone statues are common on islands across the Polynesian 전 세계에|그|세계|돌|동상|이다|흔하다|에|섬|가로질러|그|폴리네시아의 |le||||||||||polynésien |los||||||||||polinesios 전 세계적으로. 석상은 폴리네시아의 여러 섬에서 흔히 볼 수 있다. en todo el mundo. Las estatuas de piedra son comunes en las islas de toda la Polinesia. dans le monde entier. Les statues en pierre sont courantes sur les îles à travers la Polynésie.

world but no other island can compete with the size of the Easter Island 세계|하지만|어떤|다른|섬|할 수 있다|경쟁하다|~와|그|크기|~의|그|이스터|섬 monde|mais|aucune|autre|île|peut|rivaliser|avec|la|taille|de|l'|de Pâques|île mundo|pero|ningún|otro|isla|puede|competir|con|el|tamaño|de|la|Pascua|Isla 하지만 다른 어떤 섬도 이스터 섬의 석상 크기와 경쟁할 수 없다. el mundo, pero ninguna otra isla puede competir con el tamaño de la Isla de Pascua. le monde mais aucune autre île ne peut rivaliser avec la taille de l'île de Pâques

statues or with the incredible number carved. These statues are called moai. The 조각상|또는|~와 함께|그|믿을 수 없는|숫자|조각된|이||~이다|불리는|모아이|그 statues|ou|avec|le|incroyable|nombre|sculptées|ces|statues|sont|appelées|moai| estatuas|o|con|el|increíble|número|talladas|estas|estatuas|son|llamadas|moai| 조각된 놀라운 수와 함께. 이 석상들은 모아이로 불린다. 모아이들은 estatuas o con el increíble número tallado. Estas estatuas se llaman moai. El statues ou avec le nombre incroyable de sculptures. Ces statues sont appelées moai. Le

moai are known for their large, broad noses and strong chins, along with 모아이|~이다|알려져 있다|~로|그들의|큰|넓은|코|그리고|강한|턱|함께|~와 moai|sont|connus|pour|leurs|grandes|larges|nez|et|forts|mentons|ainsi que|avec moai|son|conocidos|por|sus|grandes|anchas|narices|y|fuertes|mentones|junto|con 크고 넓은 코와 강한 턱으로 유명하며, moai son conocidos por sus grandes y anchas narices y fuertes mandíbulas, junto con moai sont connus pour leurs grands nez larges et leurs mâchoires fortes, ainsi que

rectangle-shaped ears and deep eye slits. For the Easter Islanders, these statues ||귀|그리고|깊은|눈|틈|위해|그|이스터|섬 주민들|이|동상들 |||||||Pour|les|de Pâques|insulaires|ces|statues |||||||para|los|Pascua|isleños|estas|estatuas 사각형 모양의 귀와 깊은 눈 틈을 가지고 있다. 이스터 섬 주민들에게 이 석상들은 orejas en forma de rectángulo y profundas hendiduras en los ojos. Para los isleños de Pascua, estas estatuas des oreilles en forme de rectangle et des fentes oculaires profondes. Pour les habitants de l'île de Pâques, ces statues

were what they called a ringa ora ata te puna, that is, the living faces of the ~였다|무엇|그들|부른|하나의|링가|오라|아타|그|푸나|그것|이다|그|살아있는|얼굴들|의|그 étaient|ce que|ils|appelaient|un|ringa|ora|ata|les|visages|c'est-à-dire|est|les|vivants|visages|des|les eran|lo que|ellos|llamaron|un|ringa|ora|ata|te|puna|eso|es|los|vivos|rostros|de|los 그들은 링가 오라 아타 테 푸나라고 불리는 존재들이었으며, 즉, 살아있는 조상의 얼굴들입니다. eran lo que llamaban un ringa ora ata te puna, es decir, los rostros vivos de los étaient ce qu'ils appelaient un ringa ora ata te puna, c'est-à-dire, les visages vivants des

holy ancestors. These are stone representations of the islanders that 신성한|조상들|이것들은|이다|돌|표현|의|그|섬 주민들|그 ||Ceux-ci|sont|en pierre|représentations|des|les|insulaires|qui ||estas|son|piedra|representaciones|de|los|isleños|que 이들은 이전에 존재했던 섬 주민들의 돌로 된 표현입니다. antepasados sagrados. Estas son representaciones de piedra de los isleños que ancêtres sacrés. Ce sont des représentations en pierre des insulaires qui

have gone before. Of the moai that were successfully moved into place, the vast 했다|간|이전에|~의|그|모아이|~한|~였다|성공적으로|옮겨진|~안으로|장소|그|방대한 |||Parmi|les|moai|qui|ont été|avec succès|déplacés|en|place|la|vaste |||de|los|moai|que|fueron|exitosamente|movidos|en|lugar|la|vasta 성공적으로 제자리에 옮겨진 모아이 중에서, 대다수는 섬의 해안에 있는 단일 석재 플랫폼인 아후 위에 서 있습니다. han pasado antes. De los moai que fueron trasladados con éxito a su lugar, la vasta sont passés avant. Parmi les moai qui ont été déplacés avec succès, la vaste

majority stand on the coast of the island on monolithic stone platforms majorité|se tiennent|sur|la|côte|de|l'|île|sur|monolithiques|en pierre|plateformes 대부분의 사람들의 시선이 동상에 끌리지만, 이 아후는 mayoría se encuentra en la costa de la isla sobre plataformas de piedra monolíticas. majorité se dresse sur la côte de l'île sur des plateformes en pierre monolithiques.

called ahu. While most people's eyes are drawn by the statues, these ahu are 라고 불리는|아후|~하는 동안|대부분의|사람들의|눈|~이다|끌리는|~에 의해|그|동상들|이|아후|~이다 appelé|ahu|Bien que|la plupart|des gens|yeux|sont|attirés|par|les|statues|ces|ahu|sont llamado|ahu|mientras|la mayoría|de las personas|ojos|son|atraídos|por|las|estatuas|estos|ahu|son llamados ahu. Mientras que los ojos de la mayoría de las personas son atraídos por las estatuas, estos ahu son appelés ahu. Alors que les yeux de la plupart des gens sont attirés par les statues, ces ahu sont

precisely that they fit together in a perfect jigsaw, with not even enough room 정확히|그것들이|그들|맞춰지다|함께|안에|하나의|완벽한|퍼즐|~와 함께|~하지 않게|심지어|충분한|공간 précisément|que|elles|s'emboîtent|ensemble|dans|un|parfait|puzzle|avec|pas|même|assez|place precisamente|que|ellas|encajan|juntos|en|un|perfecto|rompecabezas|con|ni|siquiera|suficiente|espacio 완벽한 퍼즐처럼 맞물리며, 돌 사이에 면도날 하나 들어갈 공간도 없습니다. encajan juntas en un rompecabezas perfecto, sin dejar ni siquiera suficiente espacio précisément qu'elles s'emboîtent dans un puzzle parfait, sans même assez de place

to fit a razor blade between the stones. The largest of them, ahu Tongariki, holds ~에|맞추다|하나의|면도날|날|사이에|그|돌들|그|가장 큰|~의|그들|아후|통가리키|지니다 pour|mettre|une|rasoir|lame|entre|les|pierres|La|plus grande|de|elles|ahu|Tongariki|contient para|encajar|una|navaja|hoja|entre|las|piedras|la|más grande|de|ellos|ahu|Tongariki|sostiene 그 중 가장 큰 아후 통가리키는 15개의 모아이를 완벽한 순서로 배열하고 있습니다. para colocar una cuchilla de afeitar entre las piedras. El más grande de ellos, ahu Tongariki, sostiene pour glisser une lame de rasoir entre les pierres. Le plus grand d'entre eux, ahu Tongariki, contient

15 moai lined up in perfect order. Nearly all moai stand with their backs to the 모아이|줄지어|서다|안에|완벽한|순서|거의|모든|모아이|서다|함께|그들의|등|향해|그 moai|alignés|en|dans|parfait|ordre||||||||| moai|alineados|arriba|en|perfecto|orden|Casi|todos|moai|están|con|sus|espaldas|al|el 거의 모든 모아이는 바다를 등지고 서 있으며, 15 moai alineados en perfecto orden. Casi todos los moai están de espaldas al 15 moai alignés en parfait ordre. Presque tous les moai se tiennent le dos à la

sea, staring inland over the fields and hills of Rapa Nui with their deep, 바다|바라보며|내륙|너머|그|들판|그리고|언덕|의|라파|누이|와|그들의|깊은 mer|regardant|vers l'intérieur|au-dessus|des|champs|et|collines|de|Rapa|Nui|avec|leurs|profonds ||||las||||||||| 그들의 깊은 시선으로 라파 누이의 들판과 언덕을 바라보고 있습니다. mar, mirando hacia el interior sobre los campos y colinas de Rapa Nui con sus profundos, mer, regardant vers l'intérieur sur les champs et les collines de Rapa Nui avec leurs yeux profonds,

expressive eyes. Almost all of the statues are carved from a volcanic stone 표현력이 풍부한|눈|거의|모든|의|그|조각상들|이다|조각된|~로부터|하나의|화산의|돌 ||presque|toutes|des|les|statues|sont|sculptées|dans|une|volcanique|pierre |||||||||de|una|volcánica| 표정이 풍부한 눈. 거의 모든 조각상은 화산암으로 조각되어 있다. ojos expresivos. Casi todas las estatuas están talladas en una piedra volcánica expressifs. Presque toutes les statues sont sculptées dans une pierre volcanique

known as tuff. Tuff is formed when ash from a volcanic eruption falls thickly ||tuf||est|formé|quand|cendre|d'|une|volcanique|éruption|tombe|épais 타프라고 알려진 화산암. 타프는 화산 폭발로 인한 재가 두껍게 떨어져서 conocida como toba. La toba se forma cuando la ceniza de una erupción volcánica cae densamente connue sous le nom de tuf. Le tuf se forme lorsque les cendres d'une éruption volcanique tombent épais.

on the ground and is then slowly compacted into solid rock. Tuff is 지상에서|그|지면|그리고|이|그 다음에|천천히|압축된다|으로|단단한|암석|응회암|이 sur|le|sol|et|est|ensuite|lentement|compacté|en|solide|roche|le tuf|est en|el|suelo|y|es|luego|lentamente|compactado|en|sólido|roca|toba|es 지면에 쌓이고 천천히 단단한 암석으로 압축될 때 형성된다. 타프는 en el suelo y luego se compacta lentamente en roca sólida. El toba es sur le sol et est ensuite lentement compacté en roche solide. Le tuf est

used it in their buildings. Most of the moai statues were carved in a quarry on 사용했다|그것을|에|그들의|건물들|대부분|의|그|모아이|동상들|이었다|조각되었다|에|하나의|채석장|에 ||dans|||||||||||une|carrière|sur usaron|eso|en|sus|edificios|la mayoría|de|las|moai|estatuas|fueron|talladas|en|una|cantera|en 그들은 그들의 건물에 그것을 사용했습니다. 대부분의 모아이 동상은 lo usaban en sus edificios. La mayoría de las estatuas moai fueron talladas en una cantera en utilisé dans leurs bâtiments. La plupart des statues moai ont été sculptées dans une carrière sur

the outer cliff edge of the Rano Raraku crater. This quarry is an eerie sight 그|바깥쪽의|절벽|가장자리|의|그|라노|라라쿠|분화구|이것은|채석장|이다|하나의|섬뜩한|광경 le|extérieur|falaise|bord|du|le|Rano|Raraku|cratère|cette|carrière|est|une|étrange|vue el|exterior|acantilado|borde|de|el|Rano|Raraku|cráter|esta|cantera|es|un|inquietante|espectáculo 라노 라라쿠 분화구의 외부 절벽 가장자리에서 조각되었습니다. 이 채석장은 오늘날 el borde exterior del acantilado del cráter Rano Raraku. Esta cantera es una vista inquietante le bord extérieur de la falaise du cratère Rano Raraku. Cette carrière est un spectacle étrange

today. Here and there, the faces of half-finished giants still peer out of 오늘|여기|그리고|저기|그|얼굴들|의|||거인들|여전히|엿보다|밖으로|의 aujourd'hui|ici|et|là|les|visages|de|||géants|encore|regardent|dehors|de hoy|aquí|y|allá|las|caras|de|||gigantes|todavía|asoman|afuera|de 오싹한 광경입니다. 여기저기에서 반쯤 완성된 거인들의 얼굴이 여전히 돌에서 바라보고 있습니다. hoy. Aquí y allá, las caras de gigantes a medio terminar aún asoman de aujourd'hui. Ici et là, les visages de géants à moitié finis émergent encore de

the stone. The Rano Raraku crater is 700 meters across, formed of ash and 그|돌|그|라노|라라쿠|분화구|이|미터|가로로|형성된|의|재|그리고 la|pierre||||||||||| la|piedra|el|Rano|Raraku|cráter|es|metros|de ancho|formado|de|ceniza|y 라노 라라쿠 분화구는 지름이 700미터이며, 고대 폭발로 인해 발생한 재와 la piedra. El cráter Rano Raraku tiene 700 metros de ancho, formado de ceniza y la pierre. Le cratère Rano Raraku mesure 700 mètres de large, formé de cendres et

volcanic tuff thrown up in an ancient explosion and rings by cliffs 160 meters 화산의|응회암|던져진|위로|안에|하나의|고대의|폭발|그리고|고리|의해|절벽|미터 volcanique|tuf|projeté|en l'air|lors d'une||ancienne|explosion|et|entouré|de|falaises|mètres volcánico|toba|lanzada|arriba|en|una|antigua|explosión|y|rodea|por|acantilados|metros 화산재로 형성되었고, 160미터 높이의 절벽으로 둘러싸여 있습니다. tuf de origen volcánico lanzado en una antigua explosión y rodeado por acantilados de 160 metros de tuf volcanique projeté lors d'une ancienne explosion et entouré de falaises de 160 mètres

high. The wide volcanic bowl is one of the three places on Easter Island where 높이|그|넓은|화산|분지|이다|하나|의|그|세|장소들|에|이스터|섬|어디서 haut|le|large|volcanique|cuvette|est|un|des|les|trois|endroits|sur|Pâques|Île|où alto|el|ancho|volcánico|cráter|es|uno|de|los|tres|lugares|en|Pascua|Isla|donde 높은 곳. 넓은 화산 분지는 이스터 섬에서 세 곳 중 하나로 alto. La amplia cuenca volcánica es uno de los tres lugares en la Isla de Pascua donde haut. Le large cratère volcanique est l'un des trois endroits de l'île de Pâques où

fresh water pools to form a lake. Here, a kind of bulrushes called totora grow on 신선한|물|웅덩이|~로|형성하다|하나의|호수|여기|하나의|종류|의|갈대|불리는|토토라|자란다|위에 frais|eau|bassins|pour|former|un|lac|ici|une|sorte|de|roseaux|appelés|totora|poussent|sur fresca|agua|se acumula|para|formar|un|lago|aquí|un|tipo|de|totoras|llamadas|totora|crecen|en 신선한 물이 고여 호수를 형성합니다. 여기에는 토토라라고 불리는 일종의 갈대가 las aguas dulces se acumulan para formar un lago. Aquí, una especie de juncos llamada totora crece en des eaux douces forment un lac. Ici, une sorte de roseaux appelés totora poussent sur

the water's edge, nodding in the breeze, and the Rapa Nui people once collected 그|물의|가장자리|고개를 끄덕이며|안에서|그|바람|그리고|그|라파|누이|사람들|한때|수집했다 le|bord de l'eau|bord|hochant|dans|la|brise|et|le|Rapa|Nui|peuple|autrefois|récoltaient las||||||||||||| 물가에서 자라며, 바람에 흔들리고, 라파 누이 사람들은 한때 그것을 모아 la orilla del agua, asintiendo con la brisa, y el pueblo Rapa Nui una vez recolectó le bord de l'eau, se balançant dans la brise, et le peuple Rapa Nui les récoltait autrefois

the crater's cliffs that the truly important activity took place. Here, the 그|분화구의|절벽|~하는|그|진정으로|중요한|활동|일어난|장소|여기|그 le|cratère|falaises|que|la|vraiment|importante|activité|a pris|place|ici| los|acantilados del cráter|que|que|la|verdaderamente|importante|actividad|tuvo|lugar|aquí| 분화구 절벽의 외부 경사면에서 이루어졌습니다. 여기서, los acantilados del cráter donde tuvo lugar la actividad verdaderamente importante. Aquí, el les falaises du cratère où l'activité vraiment importante avait lieu. Ici,

islanders chipped their statues directly from the bedrock, using a kind of stone 섬 주민들|조각했다|그들의|동상들|직접|부터|그|기반암|사용하여|하나의|종류|의|돌 insulaires|taillaient|leurs|statues|directement|à partir de|le|socle rocheux|utilisant|une|sorte|de|pierre los isleños|tallaron|sus|estatuas|directamente|de|la|roca madre|usando|un|tipo|de|piedra 섬 주민들은 바닥암에서 직접 조각상을 깎아냈으며, 밀도가 높은 현무암으로 만들어진 톡키라는 일종의 석조를 사용했습니다. pueblo isleño esculpía sus estatuas directamente de la roca madre, utilizando una especie de piedra les insulaires taillaient leurs statues directement dans le socle rocheux, utilisant une sorte de pierre

chisel known as a toki that was made of dense basalt, perfectly suited for chisel|알려진|~로|하나의|도끼|그것이|~였다|만들어진|~의|밀도가 높은|현무암|완벽하게|적합한|~에 대한 ciseau|connu|comme|un|toki|qui|était|fait|de|dense|basalte|parfaitement|adapté|pour 이것은 부드러운 화산재를 조각하는 데 완벽하게 적합했습니다. cincel conocido como toki que estaba hecho de basalto denso, perfectamente adecuado para ciseau connu sous le nom de toki qui était fait de basalte dense, parfaitement adapté pour

Work that might take a modern craftsman with a steel chisel one hour might take 작업|그|아마도|걸리다|한|현대의|장인|로|한|강철|chisel|한|시간|아마도|걸리다 travail|qui|pourrait|prendre|un|moderne|artisan|avec|un|en acier|ciseau|une|heure|pourrait|prendre trabajo|que|podría|tomar|un|moderno|artesano|con|un|acero|cincel|una|hora|podría|tomar 현대 장인이 강철 조각도로 한 시간에 끝낼 수 있는 작업이 이스터 섬 주민에게는 돌 톡키로 하루 또는 이틀이 걸릴 수 있습니다. El trabajo que podría tomarle a un artesano moderno con un cincel de acero una hora podría tomar Un travail qui pourrait prendre à un artisan moderne avec un ciseau en acier une heure pourrait prendre

an Easter Islander with a stone toki a whole day or two days to complete. And 하나의|이스터|섬 주민|가진|하나의|돌|도구|하나의|온전한|하루|또는|두|하루들|~하기 위해|완성하다|그리고 un|de Pâques|insulaire|avec|un|en pierre|toki|un|entier|jour|ou|deux|jours|à|terminer|et un|de Pascua|isleño|con|un|piedra|toki|un|entero|día|o|dos|días|para|completar|y 그리고 a un isleño de Pascua con un toki de piedra un día entero o dos días para completar. Y à un habitant de l'île de Pâques avec un toki en pierre une journée entière ou deux jours pour le terminer. Et

year for a team of 12 people to carve. 이 채석장의 한 가지 매력적인 측면은 여기 버려진 미완성 모아이가 엄청나게 많다는 것입니다. 총 397개입니다. año para que un equipo de 12 personas la esculpa. année à une équipe de 12 personnes pour être sculptée.

One fascinating aspect of this quarry is that there are a huge number of 하나|매혹적인|측면|의|이|채석장|이다|~라는|거기|있다|하나의|거대한|수|의 un|fascinant|aspect|de|cette|carrière|est|que|il y a|sont|un|énorme|nombre|de un|fascinante|aspecto|de|esta|cantera|es|que|hay|hay|un|enorme|número|de 이는 섬의 총 인구 887명의 거의 절반에 해당하며, 이는 이러한 조각이 얼마나 어려운지를 보여줍니다. Un aspecto fascinante de esta cantera es que hay un gran número de Un aspect fascinant de cette carrière est qu'il y a un nombre énorme de

incomplete Moai abandoned here, 397 in total. That's nearly half of the island's Moai incompletos abandonados aquí, 397 en total. Eso es casi la mitad de la población total de la isla de Moai inachevés abandonnés ici, 397 au total. C'est presque la moitié de la population totale de l'île,

total population of 887, and this shows just how difficult the carving of these 887, y esto muestra lo difícil que era la talla de estas qui est de 887, et cela montre à quel point la sculpture de ces

statues was. These abandoned Moai have been discarded for different reasons, 조각상은. 이 버려진 모아이들은 여러 가지 이유로 폐기되었습니다, estatuas. Estos Moai abandonados han sido descartados por diferentes razones, statues était difficile. Ces Moai abandonnés ont été rejetés pour différentes raisons,

some more obvious than others. On some statues, it's clear that the workmen 몇몇|더|명백한|~보다|다른 것들|~에|몇몇|동상들|그것은|분명하다|~라는|그|작업자들 certains|plus|évidents|que|d'autres|||||||| algunos|más|obvios|que|otros|en|algunas|estatuas|es|claro|que|los|trabajadores 그 중 일부는 다른 것들보다 더 명백합니다. 일부 조각상에서는 작업자들이 algunos más obvios que otros. En algunas estatuas, está claro que los trabajadores certains plus évidents que d'autres. Sur certaines statues, il est clair que les ouvriers

discovered a seam of hard rock somewhere on the Moai's body, which would have been 발견했다|하나의|줄기|의|단단한|돌|어딘가에|에|그|모아이의|몸|그것이|~할 것이다|가졌을|되어졌을 ont découvert|une|veine|de|dure|roche|quelque part|sur|le|Moai|corps|ce qui|conditionnel|aurait|été descubrieron|una|veta|de|dura|roca|en algún lugar|en|el|Moai|cuerpo|que|habría|tenido|sido 모아이의 몸 어딘가에서 단단한 암석의 줄기를 발견했음을 알 수 있으며, 이는 descubrieron una veta de roca dura en alguna parte del cuerpo del Moai, lo que habría sido ont découvert un filon de roche dure quelque part sur le corps du Moai, ce qui aurait été

virtually impossible to carve with their stone tools. Others have obvious flaws or 사실상|불가능한|~하는|조각하다|~로|그들의|돌|도구|다른 것들은|가지고 있다|명백한|결함|또는 ||||||||d'autres|ont|évidents|défauts|ou ||||||||otros|tienen|obvios|fallas|o 그들의 석재 도구로 조각하기에는 사실상 불가능했을 것입니다. 다른 조각상들은 명백한 결함이나 prácticamente imposible de esculpir con sus herramientas de piedra. Otros tienen fallas obvias o virtuellement impossible à sculpter avec leurs outils en pierre. D'autres présentent des défauts évidents ou

cracks in them, while some Moai have fallen over while raising them. Other 균열|안에|그들|~하는 동안|몇몇|모아이|가지고 있다|넘어졌다|넘어져서|~하는 동안|세우는|그들|다른 ||eux|||||||||| ||||||||||||otros 균열이 있으며, 일부 모아이는 세우는 과정에서 넘어졌습니다. 다른 grietas en ellos, mientras que algunos Moai se han caído mientras los levantaban. Otros des fissures, tandis que certains Moai sont tombés lors de leur élévation. D'autres

Moai simply seem to have been too ambitious in size. The largest of these, 모아이|단순히|보인다|~에|가지고|되어|너무|야심찬|~에서|크기|그|가장 큰|의|이들 les Moai|simplement|semblent|à|avoir|été|trop|ambitieux|en|taille|le|plus grand|de|ces Moai|simplemente|parecen|a|haber|estado|demasiado|ambiciosos|en|tamaño|el|más grande|de|estos 모아이(Moai)는 단순히 크기에서 너무 야심차게 보였습니다. 이 중 가장 큰 모아이인 Los Moai simplemente parecen haber sido demasiado ambiciosos en tamaño. El más grande de ellos, Les Moai semblent tout simplement avoir été trop ambitieux en taille. Le plus grand d'entre eux,

nicknamed El Gigante, is nearly 22 meters in height. That's twice the height of a 엘 기간테(El Gigante)는 높이가 거의 22미터에 달합니다. 이는 전화 기둥의 두 배 높이거나 apodado El Gigante, mide casi 22 metros de altura. Eso es el doble de la altura de un surnommé El Gigante, mesure près de 22 mètres de hauteur. C'est deux fois la hauteur d'un

telephone pole or the size of a six-story building. El Gigante, still 6층 건물의 크기입니다. 엘 기간테는 여전히 절벽에 누워 있으며, poste telefónico o el tamaño de un edificio de seis pisos. El Gigante, aún poteau téléphonique ou la taille d'un immeuble de six étages. El Gigante, toujours

lying on his back in the cliff face, is almost twice the size of any Moai ever 완성된 어떤 모아이보다 거의 두 배의 크기입니다. 이 거대한 조각상은 tumbado de espaldas en la cara del acantilado, es casi el doble del tamaño de cualquier Moai jamás allongé sur le dos dans la falaise, est presque deux fois la taille de tout Moai jamais

it's hard to imagine how the islanders ever intended to move it. We might 그것은|어렵다|~하는|상상하다|어떻게|그|섬 주민들|언제든지|의도했는지|~하는|옮기다|그것을|우리는|~일지도 모른다 il est|difficile|de|imaginer|comment|les|insulaires|jamais|prévu|de|déplacer|elle|nous|pourrions es|difícil|a|imaginar|cómo|los|isleños|alguna vez|intentaron|a|mover|eso|| 섬 주민들이 그것을 어떻게 옮길 계획이었는지 상상하기 어렵다. 우리는 es difícil imaginar cómo los isleños alguna vez pretendieron moverla. Podríamos il est difficile d'imaginer comment les insulaires avaient l'intention de la déplacer. Nous pourrions

imagine an ambitious ancient craftsman overseeing the carving of this vast 상상하다|하나의|야망 있는|고대의|장인|감독하는|그|조각|의|이|광대한 imaginer|un|ambitieux|ancien|artisan|supervisant|la|sculpture|de|cette|vaste imaginar|un|ambicioso|antiguo|artesano|supervisando|la|talla|de|esta|vasta 야심찬 고대 장인이 이 거대한 조각상을 조각하는 것을 감독하는 모습을 상상할 수 있다. imaginar a un ambicioso artesano antiguo supervisando el tallado de esta vasta imaginer un artisan ancien ambitieux supervisant la sculpture de cette vaste

statue, determined to create the largest Moai that the island has ever seen. Or 동상|결심한|~할|만들다|그|가장 큰|모아이|~인|그|섬|가지고|지금까지|본|아니면 statue|déterminé|à|créer|le|plus grand|Moai|que|l'|île|a|jamais|vu|ou estatua|determinado|a|crear|el|más grande|Moai|que|la|isla|ha|jamás|visto|o 섬에서 본 적이 없는 가장 큰 모아이를 만들겠다는 결심을 가지고. estatua, decidido a crear el Moai más grande que la isla haya visto jamás. O statue, déterminé à créer le plus grand Moai que l'île ait jamais vu. Ou

truly enormous protective spirit to defend their island against a threat. To 정말|거대한|보호하는|영혼|~을 위해|방어하다|그들의|섬|~에 맞서|하나의|위협| ||||Pour|||||un|| verdaderamente|enorme|protector|espíritu|para|defender|su|isla|contra|una|amenaza| 정말 거대한 보호 영혼을 소환해야 한다고 믿었을지도 모른다. verdaderamente enorme espíritu protector para defender su isla contra una amenaza. Para esprit protecteur véritablement énorme pour défendre leur île contre une menace. Pour

get a sense for how these people must have felt about these statues, let's 이해하다|하나의|감정|에 대한|어떻게|이|사람들|반드시|가졌던|느꼈던|에 대해|이|동상들|우리 함께 하자 |une|||||||||||| obtener|un|sentido|de|cómo|estas|personas|deben|haber|sentido|acerca de|estas|estatuas|vamos 이 사람들이 이 동상들에 대해 어떻게 느꼈을지 감을 잡아보려면, tener una idea de cómo se sentían estas personas acerca de estas estatuas, imaginemos avoir une idée de ce que ces gens ont pu ressentir à propos de ces statues, imaginons-nous

imagine ourselves into the role of a team of Moai carvers during the golden 라파 누이 동상 조각의 황금 시대에 모아이 조각가 팀의 역할에 que somos un equipo de talladores de Moai durante la época dorada. dans le rôle d'une équipe de sculpteurs de Moai pendant l'âge d'or.

age of Rapa Nui statue carving. The work would have been slow and painstaking, but 나이|의|라파|누이|동상|조각|그|작업|~할 것이다|가질|되어왔던|느린|그리고|고통스러운|그러나 âge|de|Rapa|Nui|statue|sculpture|Le|travail|conditionnel de would|auxiliaire avoir|été|lent|et|pénible|mais edad|de|Rapa|Nui|estatua|tallado|el|trabajo|verbo auxiliar condicional|habría|sido|lento|y|minucioso|pero 상상해 보아야 합니다. 작업은 느리고 힘든 과정이었겠지만, la época de la talla de estatuas de Rapa Nui. El trabajo habría sido lento y meticuloso, pero l'âge de la sculpture des statues Rapa Nui. Le travail aurait été lent et minutieux, mais

it would also have carried a great deal of responsibility. While you were carving 그것|~할 것이다|또한|가졌다|지고|하나|큰|많은|의|책임|~하는 동안|너|~였다|조각하고 cela|conditionnel de would|aussi|auxiliaire avoir|porté|une|grande|quantité|de|responsabilité|||| eso|verbo auxiliar condicional|también|habría|llevado|una|gran|cantidad|de|responsabilidad|mientras|tú|estabas|tallando 그것은 또한 많은 책임을 동반했을 것입니다. 당신이 모아이를 조각하는 동안, también habría conllevado una gran responsabilidad. Mientras tallabas il aurait également impliqué une grande responsabilité. Pendant que vous sculptiez

a Moai, you weren't working in the fields and so your community was 하나의|모아이|너|~하지 않았어|일하고 있는|~에서|그|밭들|그리고|그래서|너의|공동체|~였다 un|Moai|tu|n'étais pas|en train de travailler|dans|les|champs|et|donc|ta|communauté|était un|Moai|tú|no estabas|trabajando|en|los|campos|y|así|tu|comunidad|estaba 당신은 밭에서 일하지 않았고, 그래서 당신의 공동체는 un Moai, no estabas trabajando en los campos y por lo tanto tu comunidad estaba un Moai, vous ne travailliez pas dans les champs et donc votre communauté était

investing in your work. There must have been a lot of pride tied up in the 투자하는|에|너의|일|거기|반드시|있었던|존재했던|많은|많은|의|자부심|묶인|위에|에|그 |dans|||||||||||||| invirtiendo|en|tu|trabajo|allí|debe|haber|habido|un|mucho|de|orgullo|atado|arriba|en|el 당신의 일에 투자하는 것. 이 조각상들을 만드는 데에도 많은 자부심이 있었을 것이다. invirtiendo en tu trabajo. Debe haber habido mucho orgullo asociado a la investie dans votre travail. Il devait y avoir beaucoup de fierté liée à cela.

creation of these statues too. Before the carving could even begin, there would 창조|의|이|조각상들|도|전에|그|조각|할 수|심지어|시작하다|그곳에|~할 것이다 création|de|ces|statues|aussi|Avant que|la|sculpture|pouvait|même|commencer|il|aurait creación|de|estas|estatuas|también|antes|la|talla|podría|incluso|comenzar|allí|verbo auxiliar condicional 조각이 시작되기 전에, 아마도 의식과 의례가 있어야 했을 것이다. la creación de estas estatuas también. Antes de que pudiera comenzar la talla, habría la création de ces statues aussi. Avant que la sculpture puisse même commencer, il y aurait

likely have been ceremonies and rites that had to take place, chants and 아마도|있었던|존재했던|의식들|그리고|의례들|그것들이|해야|할|이루어져야|장소|노래들|그리고 ||||||||pour|||| ||||||||a|||| 부르는 주문과 기도가 있었고, probablemente habido ceremonias y ritos que debían llevarse a cabo, cantos y probablement eu des cérémonies et des rites qui devaient avoir lieu, des chants et

incantations designed to summon the protective spirit of the ancestor to ||à||le|||||| 조상의 보호 영혼을 불러내어 돌에 깃들게 하려는 의도가 담겨 있었다. conjuros diseñados para invocar el espíritu protector del ancestro para des incantations conçues pour invoquer l'esprit protecteur de l'ancêtre pour

inhabit the stone. There's an apocryphal quote often attributed to the sculptor 조각가에게 자주 인용되는 전설적인 인용구가 있다. habitar la piedra. Hay una cita apócrifa a menudo atribuida al escultor habiter la pierre. Il y a une citation apocryphe souvent attribuée au sculpteur

Michelangelo. Every block of stone has a statue inside it and it is the task of 미켈란젤로|모든|덩어리|의|돌|가지고 있다|하나의|조각상|안에|그것|||이다|그|임무|의 Michel-Ange|chaque|bloc|de|pierre|a|une|statue|à l'intérieur|elle|et|c'est|est|la|tâche|de Miguel Ángel|cada|bloque|de|piedra|tiene|una|estatua|dentro|él|y|eso|es|la|tarea|de 미켈란젤로. 모든 돌 블록 안에는 조각상이 있으며, 그것을 발견하는 것은 Miguel Ángel. Cada bloque de piedra tiene una estatua dentro de él y es tarea del Michel-Ange. Chaque bloc de pierre a une statue à l'intérieur et c'est la tâche de

the sculptor to discover it. Whether or not he actually said this, this must have 그|조각가|~에게|발견하다|그것|~인지|아니면|~않고|그|실제로|말했다|이것||~해야 한다|가졌다 les|||||||||||||| la|||||||||||||| 조각가의 임무이다. 그가 실제로 이렇게 말했다고 하더라도, 이것은 아마도 escultor descubrirla. Ya sea que realmente lo dijera o no, esto debe haber sido le sculpteur de la découvrir. Qu'il l'ait réellement dit ou non, cela devait être quelque chose comme ce que les gens de Rapa Nui ressentaient au fur et à mesure que les mois passaient et

been something like what the people of Rapa Nui felt as the months passed and ||||la|||||||la||| 라파 누이 사람들의 마음속에 있었던 감정과 비슷했을 것이다. 시간이 지나면서 algo parecido a lo que sentían los habitantes de Rapa Nui a medida que pasaban los meses y la grande statue, sa tête, ses bras et son corps, se matérialisaient lentement de la falaise.

the great statue, its head and arms and body, slowly materialized from the cliff 그들 앞의 절벽에서 위대한 조각상, 그 머리와 팔과 몸이 천천히 나타났다. la gran estatua, su cabeza, brazos y cuerpo, se materializaba lentamente del acantilado.

face in front of them. 얼굴|안|앞|의|그들 visage|dans|devant|de|eux cara|en|frente|de|ellos cara frente a ellos. le visage devant eux.

at the cliff. One surviving folk song even derives its rhythm from the 절벽에서|그|절벽|하나|살아남은|민속|노래|심지어|유래한다|그것의|리듬|~로부터|그 |la||||||||||| en|el|acantilado|una|sobreviviente|folclórica|canción|incluso|deriva|su|ritmo|de|la 하나의 전해지는 민속 노래는 두 개의 돌을 부딪히는 소리에서 리듬을 얻어, en el acantilado. Una canción popular que sobrevive incluso deriva su ritmo de la dans la falaise. Une chanson folklorique survivante tire même son rythme de la

striking together of two stones, emulating the sounds of the toki tools 두드림|함께|의|두|돌|흉내내는|그|소리|의|그|토키|도구들 frapper|ensemble|de|deux|pierres|imitant|les|sons|de|les|toki|outils golpeando|juntos|de|dos|piedras|emulando|los|sonidos|de|las|toki|herramientas 토키 도구가 동상을 깎아내는 소리를 모방합니다. el golpeo de dos piedras, emulando los sonidos de las herramientas toki frapper ensemble deux pierres, imitant les sons des outils toki

napping away at the statue. Here it is, recorded especially for this podcast by 낮잠을 자는|멀리|~에|그|동상|여기|그것|이다|녹음된|특히|~을 위해|이|팟캐스트|~에 의해 taillant|loin|sur|la|statue|ici|cela|est|enregistré|spécialement|pour|ce|podcast|par tallando|lejos|en|la|estatua|aquí|esto|está|grabado|especialmente|para|este|podcast|por 여기 있습니다. 이 팟캐스트를 위해 특별히 녹음되었습니다. trabajando en la estatua. Aquí está, grabado especialmente para este podcast por taillant la statue. La voici, enregistrée spécialement pour ce podcast par

children from the Toki School of Music on Easter Island. The workers' hands must 아이들|~에서|그|토키|학교|의|음악|~에|이스터|섬|그|노동자들의|손|반드시 enfants|de|l'|Toki|École|de|Musique|sur|Pâques|Île|||| niños|de|la|Toki|Escuela|de|Música|en|Pascua|Isla|los|trabajadores|manos|deben 이스터 섬의 토키 음악 학교의 아이들. 노동자들의 손은 niños de la Escuela de Música Toki en la Isla de Pascua. Las manos de los trabajadores debían des enfants de l'École de Musique Toki sur l'île de Pâques. Les mains des travailleurs devaient

have been covered in the blackish dust of the stone and they would take breaks 하다|되어|덮인|안에|그|검은색의|먼지|의|그|돌|그리고|그들|~할 것이다|취하다|휴식 avoir|été|couvertes|de|la|noirâtre|poussière|de|la|pierre|et|ils|conditionnel|prendre|pauses haber|estado|cubiertas|en|el|negro|polvo|de|la|piedra|y|ellos|verbo auxiliar condicional|tomar|descansos 돌의 검은 먼지로 덮여 있었고, 그들은 휴식을 취하며 estar cubiertas con el polvo negruzco de la piedra y tomarían descansos être couvertes de la poussière noirâtre de la pierre et ils prenaient des pauses

to eat meals of sweet potato and taro, along with the chicken baked white in 먹다|식사|식사|의|고구마|고구마|과|타로|함께|와|그|치킨|구운|흰색|안에 à|manger|repas|de|douce|patate|et|taro|avec|le|le|poulet|cuit|blanc|dans para|comer|comidas|de|dulce|papa|y|taro|junto|con|el|pollo|horneado|blanco|en 고구마와 타로, 그리고 근처의 땅 오븐에서 구운 흰색 닭고기를 먹곤 했다. comer comidas de batata y taro, junto con el pollo horneado blanco en manger des repas de patates douces et de taro, avec le poulet cuit au four blanc dans

earth ovens nearby. After much arduous work, the whole outline of the Moai would 지구|오븐|근처에|후에|많은|힘든|작업|그|전체|윤곽|의|그|모아이|~할 것이다 terre|fours|à proximité|après|beaucoup|ardu|travail|le|tout|contour|de|le|Moai|verbe auxiliaire pour le conditionnel passé tierra|hornos|||mucho|arduo|trabajo|el|todo|contorno|de|los|Moai|verbo auxiliar condicional 많은 힘든 작업 끝에 모아이의 전체 윤곽이 hornos de tierra cercanos. Después de mucho trabajo arduo, todo el contorno del Moai se des fours à terre à proximité. Après beaucoup de travail ardu, l'ensemble du contour du Moai serait

be carved out. They would then deepen the cuts and hollow out the cliff behind the 조각되다|조각된|밖으로|그들|~할 것이다|그 다음|깊게 하다|그|절단|그리고|비우다|밖으로|그|절벽|뒤에|그 ||dehors|||||la|||||la||| ||afuera|||||el|||||la||| 조각되었다. 그들은 그 후 절단을 깊게 하고 절벽 뒤를 비우기 시작했다. tallaría. Luego profundizarían los cortes y vaciarían el acantilado detrás de la taillé. Ils approfondiraient ensuite les coupes et creuseraient la falaise derrière la

statue too, clambering into the narrow space and lying on their bellies as they 동상|도|기어오르는|안으로|그|좁은|공간|그리고|누워있는|엎드려|그들의|배|~처럼|그들 ||escaladant|dans|l'|étroit|espace|et|étant allongé|sur|leur|ventres|alors que|ils ||trepando|en|el|estrecho|espacio|y|acostándose|sobre|sus|vientres|mientras|ellos 조각상도, 좁은 공간으로 기어 들어가 배를 대고 누워 있었다. estatua también, trepando al espacio estrecho y acostándose sobre sus barrigas mientras statue aussi, grimpant dans l'espace étroit et s'allongeant sur le ventre alors qu'ils

carved. But even with the back carved out, the statue would still be attached to 조각된||||그|||||조각상|~할 것이다|여전히|~이|붙어 있는|~에 sculpté|mais|même|avec|le|dos|sculpté|enlevé|la|statue|verbe auxiliaire pour le conditionnel|encore|être|attachée|à tallado|pero|incluso|con|la|parte de atrás|tallada|afuera|la|estatua|verbo auxiliar condicional|todavía|estaría|unida|a 그러나 뒷부분이 조각되었더라도, 조각상은 여전히 척추를 따라 길게 뻗은 좁은 키를 통해 아래의 기반암에 붙어 있을 것이다. 그래서, tallado. Pero incluso con la parte trasera tallada, la estatua seguiría estando unida a sculpté. Mais même avec le dos sculpté, la statue serait toujours attachée à

the bedrock below with a narrow keel that ran the length of its spine. And so, 그|기반암|아래에|~와 함께|하나의|좁은|용골|그것이|뻗어 있었다|그|길이|~의|그것의|척추|그리고|그래서 la|||||||que|||||||| el|||||||||el|||||| 과정의 마지막이자 가장 힘든 단계가 시작될 것이다. 그들은 모아이를 지탱하기 위해 돌과 흙을 모을 것이다. la roca madre de abajo con una quilla estrecha que corría a lo largo de su columna vertebral. Y así, le socle en dessous par une quille étroite qui courait sur toute la longueur de sa colonne vertébrale. Et donc,

the final and most painstaking stage of the process would begin. They would 그래서 모아이가 넘어지지 않도록 할 것이다. comenzaría la etapa final y más laboriosa del proceso. Ellos la dernière et la plus laborieuse étape du processus commencerait. Ils allaient

gather up stones and earth in order to support the Moai so that it didn't fall reunirían piedras y tierra para soportar el Moai para que no cayera. rassembler des pierres et de la terre afin de soutenir le Moai pour qu'il ne tombe pas.

an incredible moment when that last stone umbilical cord was cut. It was the 하나의|믿을 수 없는|순간|언제|그|마지막|돌|제대의|끈|이었다|잘렸다|그것|이었다|그 un|incroyable|moment|quand|ce|dernier|pierre|ombilical|cordon|fut|coupé|cela|était|la un|increíble|momento|cuando|ese|último|piedra|umbilical|cordón|fue|cortado|eso|fue|la 마지막 돌 제무늬가 잘렸을 때 믿을 수 없는 순간이었을 것이다. 그것은 un momento increíble cuando se cortó ese último cordón umbilical de piedra. Fue la un moment incroyable lorsque ce dernier cordon ombilical de pierre a été coupé. C'était la

culmination of so much time and sweat of course, but it must have sent shivers 정점|의|그렇게|많은|시간|과|땀|의|물론|하지만|그것|반드시|했어야|보냈다|소름 |de||||||de||||||| |de||||||de||||||| 물론 많은 시간과 땀의 정점이었지만, 그들의 조상의 위대한 동상이 culminación de tanto tiempo y sudor, por supuesto, pero también debe haber enviado escalofríos culmination de tant de temps et de sueur bien sûr, mais cela a dû aussi faire frissonner

down their spines too, as the great statue of their ancestor broke free of 돌의 잠에서 깨어나고 마침내 살아있는 영혼으로 가득 차게 되었을 때, 그들의 척추를 따라 전율이 흘렀을 것이다. por sus espinas, mientras la gran estatua de su ancestro se liberaba de leur colonne vertébrale, alors que la grande statue de leur ancêtre se libérait de

its stony slumber and was finally filled with a living spirit. It's likely that 그것의|돌처럼|잠|그리고|있었다|마침내|채워졌다|~로|하나의|살아있는|영혼|그것은|가능성이 있다|~라는 son|pierreux|sommeil|et|était|enfin|rempli|de|un|vivant|esprit|il est|probable|que su|pedregoso|sueño|y|fue|finalmente|llenado|con|un|vivo|espíritu|es|probable|que 그럴 가능성이 높다. su sueño de piedra y finalmente fue llenado con un espíritu viviente. Es probable que son sommeil de pierre et a finalement été rempli d'un esprit vivant. Il est probable que

more ceremonies surrounded this moment, the chanting of holy men who wore white 더 많은|의식들|둘러싸여진|이|순간|그|기도|의|신성한|남자들|그들|입었던|흰색 plus|cérémonies|entouraient|ce|moment|le|chant|de|saints|hommes|qui|portaient|blanc más|ceremonias|rodearon|este|momento|el|canto|de|santos|hombres|que|llevaban|blanco 이 순간을 둘러싼 더 많은 의식들이 있었고, 흰 옷을 입은 성직자들의 chanting이 있었다. más ceremonias rodearan este momento, el canto de hombres santos que vestían de blanco plus de cérémonies entouraient ce moment, le chant des hommes saints qui portaient du blanc

plugs in their ears and the beating of drums. Over what must have been days, the 귀를|막고|그들의|귀|그리고|그|울림|의|북|지나|무엇|반드시|했던|있었던|날들|그 bouchons|dans|leurs|oreilles|et|le|battement|de|tambours|Pendant|ce que|doit|avoir|été|jours| tapones|en|sus|oídos|y|el|golpeo|de|tambores|sobre|lo que|debe|haber|sido|días| 그들은 귀에 플러그를 꽂고 드럼을 쳤다. 며칠이었을 것 같은 시간 동안, tapones en los oídos y el golpeo de tambores. Durante lo que debieron ser días, el bouchons dans les oreilles et le battement des tambours. Pendant ce qui devait être des jours, le

Moai was edged clear of its quarry resting place, with huge teams of workers 모아이|이었다|조금씩 밀려났다|완전히|의|그것의|채석장|쉬는|장소|와|거대한|팀들|의|노동자들 Moai|était|dégagé|clair|de|son|carrière|repos|endroit|avec|énormes|équipes|de|travailleurs Moai|fue|sacado|claro|de|su|cantera|descanso|lugar|con|enormes|equipos|de|trabajadores 모아이가 그 채석장에서 깨끗하게 제거되었고, 거대한 작업팀들이 Moai fue despegado de su lugar de extracción, con enormes equipos de trabajadores Moai a été dégagé de son lieu de carrière, avec d'énormes équipes de travailleurs

pulling ropes spun from the how tree. When the statue was clear, they slid it 당기고|밧줄|감겨진|에서|그|하우|나무|~할 때|그|동상|~였다|명확한|그들|미끄러뜨렸다|그것 tirer|cordes|filées|de|l'|hêtre|arbre|Quand|la|statue|était|dégagée|ils|glissèrent|elle tirando|cuerdas|hechas|de|el|árbol|árbol|||||||| 하우 나무로 만든 밧줄을 당겼다. 동상이 깨끗하게 제거되었을 때, 그들은 그것을 tirando cuerdas hechas de la madera del árbol how. Cuando la estatua estuvo despejada, la deslizaron tirant des cordes fabriquées à partir de l'arbre how. Lorsque la statue était dégagée, ils l'ont glissée

down the grassy slope of the volcano so that it could be stood upright at the 아래로|그|풀로 덮인|경사|의|그|화산|그래서|그것이|그것|할 수 있었다|되다|서다|똑바로|에|그 en bas|la|herbeux|pente|du||volcan|afin|que|elle|pouvait|être|mise|debout|à| |la||||||||eso|||||| 화산의 풀밭 경사로 미끄러뜨려 세울 수 있도록 했다. por la pendiente herbosa del volcán para que pudiera ser erguida en la le long de la pente herbeuse du volcan afin qu'elle puisse être redressée au

bottom of the slope. This was one of the most dangerous parts of the Moai's 경사면의 아래쪽|의|그|경사|이것|이었다|하나|의|그|가장|위험한|부분들|의|그|모아이의 bas|de|la|pente||||||||||| |del|el||||||el|||||| 경사의 바닥. 이것은 모아이의 여정에서 가장 위험한 부분 중 하나였다. base de la pendiente. Esta fue una de las partes más peligrosas del viaje del Moai, bas de la pente. C'était l'une des parties les plus dangereuses du voyage des Moai,

journey, as the great number of cracked and abandoned statues on the slope below 여행|~처럼|그|많은|수|의|금이 간|그리고|버려진|동상들|위에|그|경사면|아래에 voyage|car|le|grand|nombre|de|fissurées|et|abandonnées|statues|sur|la|pente|en dessous viaje|como|el|gran|número|de|agrietadas|y|abandonadas|estatuas|en|la|pendiente|abajo 아래 경사에 있는 많은 깨진 버려진 동상들이 우리에게 보여주듯이. ya que el gran número de estatuas agrietadas y abandonadas en la pendiente de abajo car le grand nombre de statues fissurées et abandonnées sur la pente en dessous

their necks in the refuse from the quarry, form some of the most iconic 그들의|목|에|그|폐기물|에서|그|채석장|형성하다|일부|의|가장|가장|상징적인 |||les|||||||de||| |||el|||los||||||| 가장 상징적인 것들 중 일부를 형성한다. el cuello en los desechos de la cantera, forman algunas de las imágenes más icónicas leurs cous dans les déchets de la carrière, forment certaines des images les plus emblématiques

images of Easter Island today, more familiar to the layman than the |||||plus|familières|pour|le|profane|que|les 오늘날 이스터 섬의 이미지, 일반인에게 더 친숙한 de la Isla de Pascua hoy, más familiares para el profano que para el de l'île de Pâques aujourd'hui, plus familières au profane que le

completed ones that stand on the Ahu platforms on the coast. This is why 완료된|것들|관계대명사|서 있는|위에|그|아후|플랫폼들|위에|그|해안|이것|이다|이유 terminés|ceux|qui|se tiennent|sur|les|Ahu|plateformes|sur|la|côte|Cela|est|pourquoi completados|aquellos|que|están|en|los|Ahu|plataformas|en|la|costa|esto|es|por qué 해안의 아후 플랫폼에 서 있는 완성된 것들보다. 이것이 사람들이 completados que se encuentran en las plataformas Ahu en la costa. Esta es la razón por la que les ones complétés qui se tiennent sur les plateformes Ahu sur la côte. C'est pourquoi

people talk about the stone heads of Easter Island, ignoring the fact that 사람들|이야기하다|에 대해|그|돌|머리|의|이스터|섬|무시하다|그|사실|~라는 것을 les gens|parlent|de|les|pierre|têtes|de|Pâques|Île|ignorant|le|fait|que la gente|habla|sobre|las|piedra|cabezas|de|Pascua|Isla|ignorando|el|hecho|que 이스터 섬의 돌 머리에 대해 이야기하는 이유이며, 대부분의 모아이에게는 la gente habla de las cabezas de piedra de la Isla de Pascua, ignorando el hecho de que les gens parlent des têtes de pierre de l'île de Pâques, ignorant le fait que

most of the Moai have bodies. At the bottom of the hill, the workmen would 대부분|의|그|모아이|가지고 있다|몸|에|그|바닥|의|그|언덕|그|일꾼들|~할 것이다 la plupart|des|les|Moai|ont|corps||||||||| la mayoría|de|los|Moai|tienen|cuerpos|en|la|parte inferior|de|la|colina|los|trabajadores|verbo auxiliar condicional 몸이 있다는 사실을 무시합니다. 언덕 아래에서, 일꾼들은 la mayoría de los Moai tienen cuerpos. Al pie de la colina, los trabajadores la plupart des Moai ont des corps. Au bas de la colline, les ouvriers

transport the statue into its final resting place on its Ahu. The carvers 운반하다|그|조각상|안으로|그것의|최종|안식|장소|위에|그것의|아후|그|조각가들 transporter|la|statue|dans|son|final|repos|lieu|sur|son|Ahu|Les|sculpteurs transportar|la|estatua|en|su|final|descanso|lugar|en|su|||escultores 조각상을 최종 안식처인 아후로 운반하기 위해. 조각가들은 transportar la estatua a su lugar de descanso final en su Ahu. Los talladores transporter la statue dans son lieu de repos final sur son Ahu. Les sculpteurs

could wipe the sweat from their foreheads and share congratulations, but 할 수 있었다|닦다|그|땀|~에서|그들의|이마|그리고|나누다|축하|하지만 pouvaient|essuyer|la|sueur|de|leurs|fronts|et|partager|félicitations|mais podrían|limpiar|el|sudor|de|sus|frentes|y|compartir|felicitaciones|pero 이마의 땀을 닦고 축하를 나눌 수 있었지만, podían secarse el sudor de la frente y compartir felicitaciones, pero pouvaient essuyer la sueur de leur front et partager des félicitations, mais

this was just the beginning of another long and arduous chapter in the Moai's 이것|이었다|단지|그|시작|의|또 다른|긴|그리고|힘든|장|에|그|모아이의 ceci|était|juste|le|début|de|un autre|long|et|ardu|chapitre|dans|le|Moai esto|fue|solo|el|comienzo|de|otro|largo|y|arduo|capítulo|en|el|Moai 이것은 모아이의 또 다른 길고 힘든 장의 시작에 불과했다. esto era solo el comienzo de otro largo y arduo capítulo en la historia del Moai. ce n'était que le début d'un autre chapitre long et ardu dans l'histoire du Moai.

journey. At this point, I think it's worth noting that we don't actually know for 여행|이|이|시점|나는|생각한다|그것은|가치가 있는|주목할|~라는 것|우리는|~하지 않는다|실제로|알다|~에 대한 voyage|à|ce|point|je|pense|il est|vaut|noter|que|nous|ne pas|vraiment|savons|pour viaje|en|este|punto|yo|pienso|es|vale|señalar|que|nosotros|no|realmente|sabemos|por 이 시점에서, 우리가 실제로 알지 못한다는 점을 언급할 가치가 있다고 생각한다. viaje. En este punto, creo que vale la pena señalar que en realidad no sabemos cómo voyage. À ce stade, je pense qu'il est important de noter que nous ne savons pas vraiment comment

something that obsessed early visitors to the island. They looked around at the 어떤 것|그것이|집착하게 만든|초기의|방문객들|에|그|섬|그들|보았다|주위에|에|그 ||||||le|||||| ||||||los|||||a| 섬을 방문한 초기 탐방객들을 사로잡았다. 그들은 라파 누이의 algo que obsesionaba a los primeros visitantes de la isla. Miraron a su alrededor en el quelque chose qui obsédait les premiers visiteurs de l'île. Ils regardaient autour d'eux dans le

seemingly barren landscape of Rapa Nui, at its grassy slopes seemingly devoid of apparemment|||de||||||||| 겉보기에는 황량한 풍경과, 큰 나무가 거의 없는 풀밭 경사를 바라보며 paisaje aparentemente árido de Rapa Nui, en sus laderas cubiertas de hierba aparentemente desprovistas de paysage apparemment stérile de Rapa Nui, sur ses pentes herbeuses apparemment dépourvues de

large trees, and asked how a people without metal tools, pulleys, or wheels 큰|나무들|그리고|물었다|어떻게|하나의|사람들|없이|금속|도구들|도르래들|또는|바퀴들 grands|arbres|et|demanda|comment|un|peuple|sans|métalliques|outils|poulies|ou|roues grandes|árboles|y|preguntaron|cómo|un|pueblo|sin|metal|herramientas|poleas|o|ruedas 금속 도구, 도르래, 바퀴가 없는 사람들이 어떻게 이 거대한 동상 500개 가까이를 árboles grandes, y preguntó cómo un pueblo sin herramientas de metal, poleas o ruedas de grands arbres, et a demandé comment un peuple sans outils en métal, poulies ou roues

could transport nearly 500 of these vast statues. The largest successfully 수송할|운반|거의|의|이|거대한|동상들|그|가장 큰|성공적으로 pouvait|transporter|près de|de|ces|vastes|statues|La|plus grande|avec succès podrían|transportar|casi|de|estas|vastas|estatuas|la|más grande|exitosamente 운반할 수 있었는지 물었다. 가장 큰 동상은 성공적으로 podía transportar casi 500 de estas vastas estatuas. El Moai más grande que se pouvait transporter près de 500 de ces vastes statues. Le plus grand Moai transporté avec succès,

transported Moai, nicknamed Paro, was 10 meters tall which is longer than a 운반된|모아이|별명이 붙여진|파로|이었다|미터|높이|그것은|이다|더 길다|보다|하나의 transportada|Moai|apodada|Paro|fue|metros|de altura|lo que|es|más largo|que|un 운반된 모아이, 별명은 파로, 높이는 10미터로 런던 버스보다 길다. transportó con éxito, apodado Paro, medía 10 metros de altura, que es más largo que un surnommé Paro, mesurait 10 mètres de haut, ce qui est plus long qu'un

London bus. It's estimated that this statue weighed about 82 tons, heavier 이 동상의 무게는 약 82톤으로, 승객과 연료가 가득 찬 보잉 737 항공기보다 무겁다. autobús de Londres. Se estima que esta estatua pesaba alrededor de 82 toneladas, más pesada autobus londonien. On estime que cette statue pesait environ 82 tonnes, plus lourde

than a Boeing 737 aircraft when fully loaded with passengers and fuel. The 보다|하나의|보잉|항공기|~할 때|완전히|적재된|~와 함께|승객들|그리고|연료|그 que|un|Boeing|avion|quand|complètement|chargé|de|passagers|et|carburant|Le que|un|Boeing|avión|cuando|completamente|cargado|con|pasajeros|y|combustible|los 고대 섬 주민들은 때때로 이러한 동상을 섬의 거칠고 기복이 심한 지형을 따라 20킬로미터의 거리까지 운반하곤 했다. que un avión Boeing 737 cuando está completamente cargado de pasajeros y combustible. El qu'un avion Boeing 737 lorsqu'il est entièrement chargé de passagers et de carburant. Le

20 kilometers across the island's rough, undulating terrain. It's a question that 킬로미터|가로질러|그|섬의|거친|물결치는|지형|그것은|하나의|질문|그 |||||||c'est|une|question|que ||los|||||||| 20 kilómetros a través del terreno áspero y ondulado de la isla. Es una pregunta que 20 kilomètres à travers le terrain accidenté et ondulé de l'île. C'est une question qui

has been asked of the islanders since Europeans first arrived. How did your ||||||||||comment|auxiliaire du passé|vos 유럽인들이 처음 도착한 이후로 섬 주민들에게 질문되어 왔습니다. 당신의 se ha hecho a los isleños desde que los europeos llegaron por primera vez. ¿Cómo hicieron su a été posée aux insulaires depuis l'arrivée des Européens. Comment avez-vous

ancestors move these statues? And for a long time, the islanders would always 조상들|옮겼다|이|동상들|그리고|동안|하나|긴|시간|그|섬 주민들|항상|항상 ancêtres|déplacent|ces|statues|et|depuis|un|long|temps|les|insulaires|verbe auxiliaire de conditionnel|toujours ancestros|mueven|estas|estatuas|y|por|un|largo|tiempo|los|isleños|verbo auxiliar condicional|siempre 조상들은 이 동상들을 어떻게 옮겼나요? 그리고 오랫동안 섬 주민들은 항상 ¿Los ancestros movieron estas estatuas? Y durante mucho tiempo, los isleños siempre les ancêtres déplacent ces statues ? Et pendant longtemps, les insulaires répondaient toujours

give the same reply. They would simply say they walked. Foreign visitors would 주다|그|같은|대답|그들|~할 것이다|단순히|말하다|그들|걸었다|외국의|방문객들|~할 것이다 |||||verbe auxiliaire de conditionnel||||||| daban|la|misma|respuesta|ellos|verbo auxiliar condicional|simplemente|decían|ellas|caminaban|extranjeros|visitantes|verbo auxiliar condicional 같은 대답을 했습니다. 그들은 단순히 걸었다고 말했습니다. 외국 방문객들은 daban la misma respuesta. Simplemente decían que caminaban. Los visitantes extranjeros la même chose. Ils disaient simplement qu'elles marchaient. Les visiteurs étrangers

always roll their eyes at this answer. They assumed this must be a piece of 항상|굴리다|그들의|눈|에|이|대답|그들은|가정했다|이것|반드시|이다|하나의|조각|의 |||||cela|||||doit|être|un|morceau|de |||||esto|||||verbo auxiliar modal|ser|una|pieza|de 이 대답에 항상 눈을 굴렸습니다. 그들은 이것이 지역 전설의 일종, 동상들이 siempre ponían los ojos en blanco ante esta respuesta. Asumían que esto debía ser un trozo de roulaient toujours des yeux à cette réponse. Ils supposaient que cela devait être un morceau de

local folklore, a kind of magical thinking that imagined the statues to be folclore local, una especie de pensamiento mágico que imaginaba que las estatuas eran folklore local, une sorte de pensée magique qui imaginait que les statues étaient

the living spirits of the ancestors. Some may even have thought that the Rapa Nui 그|살아있는|영혼들|의|그|조상들|일부|~일지도 모른다|심지어|가질|생각했|~라는 것을|그|라파|누이 les|vivants|esprits|des|les|ancêtres|certains|peuvent|même|avoir|pensé|que|les|Rapa|Nui los|vivos|espíritus|de|los|ancestros|algunos|pueden|incluso|haber|pensado|que|los|Rapa|Nui 조상의 살아있는 영혼들. 일부는 라파 누이가 그들을 조롱하고 있다고 생각했을지도 모르지만, los espíritus vivos de los ancestros. Algunos incluso pueden haber pensado que los Rapa Nui les esprits vivants des ancêtres. Certains ont même pu penser que les Rapa Nui

were making fun of them, but researchers today have discovered that there may be ~하고 있었다|만드는|재미|~에 대한|그들|그러나|연구자들|오늘|~하고 있다|발견했다|~라는|거기|~일지도 모른다|존재하다 étaient|en train de faire|rire|de|eux|mais|chercheurs|aujourd'hui|ont|découvert|que|il|peut|y avoir estaban|haciendo|burla|de|ellos|pero|investigadores|hoy|han|descubierto|que|allí|puede|haber 오늘날 연구자들은 이 전설에 더 많은 진실이 있을 수 있음을 발견했습니다. se estaban burlando de ellos, pero los investigadores de hoy han descubierto que puede haber se moquaient d'eux, mais les chercheurs d'aujourd'hui ont découvert qu'il pourrait y avoir

more truth to this legend than it seems. Early archaeologists believed that the 더|진실|에|이|전설|보다|그것|보인다|초기의|고고학자들|믿었다|그|그 ||||||||Les premiers|archéologues|croyaient|que|les ||||||||primeros|arqueólogos|creyeron|que|los 초기 고고학자들은 라파 누이가 큰 석상들을 나무 통나무를 롤러로 사용하여 제자리에 옮겼다고 믿었습니다. 1998년, más verdad en esta leyenda de lo que parece. Los arqueólogos tempranos creían que los plus de vérité dans cette légende qu'il n'y paraît. Les premiers archéologues croyaient que les

Rapa Nui moved the great stone statues into place using logs as rollers. In 1998, 라파|누이|옮겼다|그|거대한|돌|동상들|안으로|제자리에|사용하여|통나무들|로|롤러|1998년 |||||||||||||En |||||||||||||en 고고학자 조안 반 틸부르크는 이 이론을 성공적으로 테스트했습니다. Rapa Nui movían las grandes estatuas de piedra a su lugar usando troncos como rodillos. En 1998, Rapa Nui déplaçaient les grandes statues de pierre en utilisant des rondins comme rouleaux. En 1998,

large number of hardwood rollers to transport a statue for a short distance. 큰|수|의|단단한 나무|롤러|~하기 위해|운반하다|하나의|조각상|~을 위한|하나의|짧은|거리 grand|nombre|de|en bois dur|rouleaux|pour|transporter|une|statue|pour|une|courte|distance gran|número|de|madera dura|rodillos|para|transportar|una|estatua|por|una|corta|distancia 짧은 거리에서 동상을 운반하기 위해 많은 수의 경목 롤러. gran número de rodillos de madera dura para transportar una estatua a corta distancia. grand nombre de rouleaux en bois dur pour transporter une statue sur une courte distance.

But recent research has cast doubt on this theory and proposed an incredible 하지만|최근의|연구|해왔다|던졌다|의문|에 대한|이|이론|그리고|제안했다|하나의|믿을 수 없는 mais|récente|recherche|a|jeté|doute|sur|cette|théorie|et|proposé|une|incroyable pero|reciente|investigación|ha|echado|duda|sobre|esta|teoría|y|propuesto|una|increíble 하지만 최근 연구는 이 이론에 의문을 제기하고 놀라운 Pero investigaciones recientes han puesto en duda esta teoría y propuesto una increíble Mais des recherches récentes ont remis en question cette théorie et proposé une incroyable

alternate possibility, and the key to discovering how the statues were 대체|가능성|그리고|그|열쇠|~하는 데|발견하는|어떻게|그|조각상들|있었다 alternative|possibilité|et|la|clé|pour|découvrir|comment|les|statues|étaient alternativa|posibilidad|y|la|clave|para|descubrir|cómo|las|estatuas|fueron 대안 가능성을 제안했습니다. 동상이 어떻게 posibilidad alternativa, y la clave para descubrir cómo se transportaron las estatuas fue possibilité alternative, et la clé pour découvrir comment les statues ont été

actually moved lies in the ones that never made it to their intended 실제로|감동했다|있다|에|그|사람들|관계사|결코|도착했다|그것|에|그들의|의도된 en fait|déplacé|se trouve|dans|les|ceux|qui|jamais|fait|arrivé|à|leur|prévu en realidad|se trasladaron|yace|en|los|que|que|nunca|llegaron|allí|a|sus|destinados 실제로 이동했는지를 발견하는 열쇠는 그들이 의도한 en realidad, los movimientos se encuentran en aquellos que nunca llegaron a su destino en réalité, les mensonges se trouvent dans ceux qui n'ont jamais atteint leur destination prévue

locations. 위치들 emplacements ubicaciones 위치에 도달하지 못한 것들에 있습니다. final. emplacements.

Littered across Easter Island are the sad shapes of statues that broke during 흩어져 있는|가로질러|이스터|섬|있다|그|슬픈|형태|의|동상들|그|부서진|동안 éparpillées|à travers|Pâques|Île|sont|les|tristes|formes|de|statues|qui|se sont cassées|pendant esparcidos|por|Pascua|Isla|están|las|tristes|formas|de|estatuas|que|se rompieron|durante 이스터 섬에는 운송 중에 부서진 동상의 슬픈 형태가 흩어져 있다. Esparcidas por la Isla de Pascua están las tristes formas de estatuas que se rompieron durante Éparpillées à travers l'île de Pâques se trouvent les formes tristes de statues qui se sont brisées pendant

their transportation. Only about a fifth of the Moai ever carved would reach 그들의|교통수단|오직|약|하나|다섯분의 일|의|그|모아이|지금까지|조각된|~할 것이다|도달하다 ||seulement|environ|un|cinquième|de|les|Moai|jamais|sculptés|conditionnel de vouloir|atteindre su|transporte|solo|alrededor|un|quinto|de|los|Moai|alguna vez|esculpidos|verbo auxiliar condicional|alcanzar 조각된 모아이의 약 5분의 1만이 아후 플랫폼에 도착할 수 있었고, su transporte. Solo alrededor de una quinta parte de los Moai que alguna vez se tallaron llegarían leur transport. Seulement environ un cinquième des Moai jamais sculptés atteindraient

their destination on the Ahu platforms, and these total about 200. The rest, some 그들의|목적지|에|그|아후|플랫폼|그리고|이것들|총|약|그|나머지|일부 leur|destination|sur|les|Ahu|plateformes|et|celles-ci|totalisent|environ|le|reste|quelques su|destino|en|los|Ahu|plataformas|y|estos|total|alrededor||| 이들은 총 약 200개에 달한다. 나머지, 약 700개는 채석장에서 버려지거나 도로 옆에 방치되었다. su destino en las plataformas Ahu, y estos suman alrededor de 200. El resto, algunos leur destination sur les plateformes Ahu, et celles-ci totalisent environ 200. Le reste, quelques

700 more, were either abandoned in the quarry or along the roads. Stone heads 더|~였다|각각|버려졌다|~에서|그|채석장|또는|~을 따라|그|도로들|돌|머리들 de plus|étaient|soit|abandonnés|dans|la|carrière|ou|le long de|les|routes|| más|fueron|ya sea|abandonados|en|la|cantera|o|a lo largo|las|carreteras|| 돌 머리는 몸체에서 부서져 나갔고, 목이 잘린 동상들은 썩어가고 이끼로 덮여 있다. 700 más, fueron abandonados en la cantera o a lo largo de los caminos. Las cabezas de piedra 700 de plus, a été soit abandonné dans la carrière soit le long des routes. Les têtes en pierre

are cracked from bodies, decapitated statues lie moldering and moss-covered 이다|금이 간|~로부터|시체들|목이 잘린|동상들|놓여 있다|썩어가는|그리고|| sont|fissurées|de|corps|décapitées|statues|gisent|pourrissantes|et|| están|agrietadas|de|cuerpos|decapitadas|estatuas|yacen|en descomposición|y|| están agrietadas por los cuerpos, estatuas decapitadas yacen en descomposición y cubiertas de musgo sont fissurées par des corps, des statues décapitées gisent en décomposition et couvertes de mousse

in the long grass. For the ancient islanders, this must have been a 긴|그|긴|풀|위해|그|고대의|섬 주민들|이것|반드시|가졌던|있었던|하나의 |les|||||anciens|insulaires|cela|doit|avoir|été|une en|la|larga|hierba|para|los|antiguos|isleños|esto|debe|haber|sido|un 길고 긴 풀밭에서. 고대 섬 주민들에게 이것은 en la larga hierba. Para los antiguos isleños, esto debió haber sido un dans l'herbe longue. Pour les anciens insulaires, cela devait être un

heart-rending sight. A whole team had worked for a year or more, then ||광경|하나|전체|팀|했다|일했다|동안|한|년|또는|더|그때 ||spectacle|une|entière|équipe|avait|travaillé|pendant|un|an|ou|plus|ensuite corazón|desgarrador|vista|un|entero|equipo|había|trabajado|por|un|año|o|más|entonces 가슴 아픈 광경이었음에 틀림없다. 한 팀이 1년 이상 작업을 했고, 그 후 una vista desgarradora. Todo un equipo había trabajado durante un año o más, luego vue déchirante. Une équipe entière avait travaillé pendant un an ou plus, puis

successfully slid this statue down the slope of the volcano. Then, somewhere 성공적으로|미끄러뜨렸다|이|동상|아래로|그|경사|의|그|화산|그 다음에|어딘가 avec succès|glissé|cette|statue|en bas|la|pente|du||volcan|ensuite|quelque part exitosamente|deslizaron|esta|estatua|abajo|la|ladera|del|el|volcán|entonces|en algún lugar 이 동상을 화산의 경사면 아래로 성공적으로 미끌어뜨렸다. 그러고 나서, 어딘가에서 deslizó con éxito esta estatua por la ladera del volcán. Luego, en algún lugar avait réussi à faire glisser cette statue le long de la pente du volcan. Ensuite, quelque part

its journey, it had cracked and the broken statue would have to be abandoned 그것의|여정|그것|과거형 동사|금이 갔다|그리고|그|부서진|조각상|~할 것이다|가지다|~해야|되다|버려지다 son|voyage|elle|avait|fissuré|et|la|cassée|statue|verrait|devoir|à|être|abandonnée su|viaje|eso|había|agrietado|y|la|rota|estatua|verbo auxiliar condicional|haber|que|ser|abandonada 여정 중에 동상이 금이 가고, 부서진 동상은 도로 옆에 버려져야 했다. de su viaje, se había agrietado y la estatua rota tendría que ser abandonada dans son voyage, elle s'était fissurée et la statue brisée devrait être abandonnée

by the side of the road. These so-called road Moai have a number of interesting 도로의|그|옆|의|그|도로|이|||도로|모아이|가지고 있다|하나의|수|의|흥미로운 |||d'||||||||||||intéressantes |||de||||||||||||interesantes 이른바 도로 모아이들은 여러 가지 흥미로운 특징을 가지고 있다. al lado del camino. Estos llamados Moai de carretera tienen una serie de interesantes au bord de la route. Ces soi-disant Moai de route ont un certain nombre d'intérêts.

features. For instance, we know that the islanders waited to carve the eyes of 특징들|예를 들어|경우|우리는|알고 있다|~라는 것을|그|섬 주민들|기다렸다|~하기 위해|조각하다|그|눈|~의 caractéristiques||||||||||||| características|por|ejemplo|nosotros|sabemos|que|los|isleños|esperaron|para|tallar|los|ojos|de 특징. 예를 들어, 우리는 섬 주민들이 모아이의 눈을 조각하기 위해 동상들이 그들의 플랫폼에 놓일 때까지 기다렸다는 것을 알고 있습니다. características. Por ejemplo, sabemos que los isleños esperaron para tallar los ojos de caractéristiques. Par exemple, nous savons que les insulaires ont attendu pour sculpter les yeux de

the Moai until the statues were in place on their platforms. This may have had a 그|모아이|~까지|그|동상들|있었다|~에|놓여진|위에|그들의|플랫폼들|이것|~일지도 모른다|가지다|가졌던|하나의 les|Moaï|jusqu'à ce que|les|statues|étaient|en|place|sur|leurs|plateformes||||| las|Moai|hasta que|las|estatuas|estaban|en|lugar|en|sus|plataformas|esto|puede|haber|tenido|un 이것은 전 세계적으로 유사한 의식적 목적을 가졌을 수 있습니다. 예를 들어, 스리랑카에서는 새로운 부처 동상이 세워질 때 눈은 항상 마지막으로 칠해지는 부분입니다. los Moai hasta que las estatuas estaban en su lugar en sus plataformas. Esto puede haber tenido un les Moai jusqu'à ce que les statues soient en place sur leurs plateformes. Cela a pu avoir un

ceremonial purpose which has parallels around the world. For instance, in Sri 의식의|목적|그것은|가지고 있다|유사점|전 세계에|그|세계|예를 들어|사례|에|스리 cérémoniel|but|qui|a|parallèles|autour|du|monde|||| ||||||el||||| 그리고 화가는 작업하는 동안 성소에 들어갈 수 있는 유일한 사람입니다. propósito ceremonial que tiene paralelismos en todo el mundo. Por ejemplo, en Sri but cérémoniel qui a des parallèles à travers le monde. Par exemple, au Sri

to be painted and only the painter is allowed in the shrine room while doing ~이 되다|~이|그려지다|그리고|오직|그|화가|~이다|허용된|안에|그|사원|방|~하는 동안|하는 à|être|peint|et|seulement|le|peintre|est|autorisé|dans|la|sanctuaire|salle|pendant que|faisant ser|pintados|pintados|y|solo|el|pintor|está|permitido|en|el|santuario|sala|mientras|hace ser pintadas y solo el pintor está permitido en la sala del santuario mientras trabaja. à peindre et seul le peintre est autorisé à entrer dans la salle du sanctuaire pendant qu'il travaille.

their work. But a team of archaeologists led by Terry Hunt and Carl Lipo also 그들의|작업|그러나|한|팀|의|고고학자들|이끌어진|에 의해|테리|헌트|그리고|칼|리포|또한 leur|travail|mais|une|équipe|d'|archéologues|dirigée|par|Terry|Hunt|et|Carl|Lipo|aussi su|trabajo|pero|un|equipo|de|arqueólogos|dirigido|por|Terry|Hunt|y|Carl|Lipo|también 그들의 작업. 그러나 테리 헌트와 칼 리포가 이끄는 고고학자 팀은 또한 Pero un equipo de arqueólogos liderado por Terry Hunt y Carl Lipo también Mais une équipe d'archéologues dirigée par Terry Hunt et Carl Lipo a également

their backs and when the cracked statues were abandoned on downhill 그들의|등|그리고|언제|그|금이 간|동상들|~였다|버려진|~에|내리막 leurs|dos|et|quand|les|fissurés|statues|étaient|abandonnées|sur|en descente sus|espaldas|y|cuando|las|agrietadas|estatuas|fueron|abandonadas|en|la ladera 등을 대고 누워 있다는 것을 알아차렸다. 그리고 균열이 있는 동상이 sus espaldas y cuando las estatuas agrietadas fueron abandonadas en la bajada leurs dos et quand les statues fissurées étaient abandonnées en descente

paths, they usually lay on their fronts. On flat ground, it was more like 50-50. 경로|그들|보통|눕다|위에|그들의|배|~에서|평평한|땅|그것|~였다|더|같았다 chemins|elles|généralement|étaient allongées|sur|leurs|ventres|sur|plat|sol|cela|était|plus|comme caminos|ellas|usualmente|yacían|sobre|sus|frentes|en|plano|suelo|eso|estaba|más|como 내리막길에 버려졌을 때, 보통 그들이 배를 대고 누워 있었다. 평지에서는 대략 50-50이었다. de los caminos, generalmente yacían sobre sus frentes. En terreno plano, era más como 50-50. sur les chemins, elles étaient généralement allongées sur le ventre. Sur un terrain plat, c'était plutôt 50-50.

And so, a theory began to emerge. Is it possible that the statues were 그리고|그래서|하나|이론|시작했다|~하는|나타나다|~인가|그것|가능한|~라는|그|동상들|있었다 et|donc|une|théorie|a commencé|à|émerger|est|cela|possible|que|les|statues|étaient y|así|una|teoría|comenzó|a|emerger|es|eso|posible|que|las|estatuas|fueron 그리고 그래서, 이론이 나타나기 시작했다. 동상이 Y así, comenzó a surgir una teoría. ¿Es posible que las estatuas fueran Et donc, une théorie a commencé à émerger. Est-il possible que les statues aient été

transported upright? Once this detail had been noticed, other details about the 운반된|수직으로|일단|이|세부사항|과거 완료형 조동사|수동태 조동사|발견되었|다른|세부사항들|에 대한|그 ||une fois que|ce|détail|avait|été|remarqué|d'autres|détails|sur| ||una vez|este|detalle|había|sido|notado|otros|detalles|sobre|los 직립으로 운반되었을 가능성이 있을까? 이 세부 사항이 주목되자, 다른 세부 사항들이 transportadas en posición vertical? Una vez que se notó este detalle, otros detalles sobre el transportées en position verticale ? Une fois ce détail remarqué, d'autres détails sur le

road Moai seemed to fall into place. For instance, the road Moai had bulkier, lower 도로|모아이|보였다|~에|떨어지다|~안으로|장소|예를 들어|사례|그|도로|모아이|가졌다|더 부피가 큰|더 낮은 route|Moai|semblait|à|tomber|dans|place|Pour|exemple|les||Moai||| camino|Moai|pareció|a|caer|en|su lugar|por|ejemplo|los|caminos|Moai|tenían|más voluminosos|bajos 도로 모아이와 관련하여 맞아떨어지는 것처럼 보였다. 예를 들어, 도로 모아이는 더 부피가 크고 낮은 el Moai de la carretera parecía encajar. Por ejemplo, el Moai de la carretera tenía mitades más robustas y bajas la route Moai semblait se mettre en place. Par exemple, la route Moai avait des moitiés plus volumineuses et plus basses

but Hunt and Lipo's theory seemed to make sense of this. The islanders were 헌트와 리포의 이론은 이것을 이해할 수 있게 해주었다. 섬 주민들은 pero la teoría de Hunt y Lipo parecía dar sentido a esto. Los isleños estaban mais la théorie de Hunt et Lipo semblait donner un sens à cela. Les insulaires étaient

designing the Moai in two phases. In the first, the transportation phase, the Moai 모아이를 두 단계로 설계하는 것. 첫 번째는 운송 단계로, 모아이는 diseñando los Moai en dos fases. En la primera, la fase de transporte, el Moai en train de concevoir les Moai en deux phases. Dans la première, la phase de transport, les Moai

were bottom-heavy like a bowling pin and once it had been rocked into place on ~였다|||처럼|하나의|볼링|핀|그리고|일단|그것|가졌다|되어|흔들린|~으로|자리|위에 étaient|||comme|un|quille|pin|et|une fois que|cela|avait|été|basculé|en|place|sur eran|||como|un|boliche|pino|y|una vez|eso|había|sido|movido|en|lugar|en 볼링핀처럼 아래가 무겁고, 제자리에 흔들어 놓은 후 tenían una base ancha como un boliche y una vez que se había colocado en su étaient lourdes en bas comme un quille de bowling et une fois qu'elles avaient été mises en place sur

its platform, it was then carved into its more slender and elegant final shape. 그것의|플랫폼|그것|~였다|그때|조각되었다|~로|그것의|더|날씬한|그리고|우아한|최종의|형태 sa|plateforme|cela|était|alors|sculpté|en|sa|plus|élancée|et|élégante|finale|forme ||||||||||y||| 더 날씬하고 우아한 최종 형태로 조각되었다. plataforma, se esculpió en su forma final más delgada y elegante. leur plateforme, elles étaient ensuite sculptées dans leur forme finale plus mince et élégante.

teams of islanders with ropes, so that the statues actually seemed to walk over 동상이 실제로 걷는 것처럼 보이게 했다고 제안했다. equipos de isleños con cuerdas, de modo que las estatuas parecían realmente caminar sobre des équipes d'insulaires avec des cordes, de sorte que les statues semblaient réellement marcher sur

able to successfully walk a scale model of a Moai cast in concrete, rocking it 할 수 있는|(동사 원형을 나타내는 조사)|성공적으로|걷다|하나의|축척|모형|의|하나의|모아이|주조된|에|콘크리트|흔들며|그것을 capables|de|avec succès|marcher|un|à l'échelle|modèle|de|un|Moai|coulé|en|béton|le balançant|elle capaces|de|exitosamente|caminar|un|escala|modelo|de|un|Moai|hecho|en|concreto|balanceándolo|eso 그들은 콘크리트로 주조된 모아이의 축소 모형을 성공적으로 걷게 할 수 있었고, 그것을 capaces de caminar con éxito un modelo a escala de un Moai hecho de concreto, balanceándolo capable de faire marcher avec succès un modèle réduit d'un Moai en béton, le faisant

back and forth along the road with three teams holding ropes. In this way, 뒤로|그리고|앞으로|따라|그|도로|함께|세|팀들|잡고 있는|밧줄들|이|이|방법 ||||la||||||||| ||||la||||||||| 세 팀이 로프를 잡고 도로를 따라 앞뒤로 흔들었다. 이렇게, de un lado a otro por el camino con tres equipos sosteniendo cuerdas. De esta manera, balancer d'avant en arrière le long de la route avec trois équipes tenant des cordes. De cette manière,

the statue could literally walk down the path, just as the ancient folklore 그|동상|할 수 있었다|문자 그대로|걷다|아래로|그|길|마치|처럼|그|고대의|민속 이야기 le|||||||||||ancien|folklore 그 동상은 고대 전설에서 la estatua podría literalmente caminar por el camino, tal como lo dice el antiguo folclore la statue pouvait littéralement marcher sur le chemin, tout comme le folklore ancien.

recounted. The team managed to move the statue at a rate of about a hundred 이야기했다|그|팀|성공적으로|에|옮기다|그|동상|에|약|속도|의|약|한|백 raconté|l'|équipe|a réussi|à|déplacer|la|statue|à|un|rythme|d'|environ|une|cent relató|el|equipo|logró|a|mover|la|estatua|a|un|ritmo|de|alrededor|un|cien 말한 것처럼 실제로 길을 따라 걸을 수 있었다. 팀은 동상을 약 백의 속도로 이동시키는 데 성공했다. relatado. El equipo logró mover la estatua a una velocidad de aproximadamente cien raconter. L'équipe a réussi à déplacer la statue à un rythme d'environ une centaine

meters in an hour, meaning it could have walked around a kilometer in a day. 미터|에|한|시간|의미하므로|그것|할 수 있었던|가|걸었을|약|한|킬로미터|에|한|하루 mètres|en|une|heure|ce qui signifie|cela|pouvait|avoir|marché|autour de|un|kilomètre|en|une|jour |en|||||||||un||||día 시간당 미터, 즉 하루에 약 1킬로미터를 걸었을 가능성이 있습니다. metros en una hora, lo que significa que podría haber caminado alrededor de un kilómetro en un día. de mètres en une heure, ce qui signifie qu'elle aurait pu parcourir environ un kilomètre en une journée.

If this is indeed how the statues were moved, it must have been an incredible sight to see. 만약|이것이|이다|정말로|어떻게|그|동상들이|과거형 동사|옮겨졌다면|그것은|반드시|||하나의|믿을 수 없는|광경|~하는|보다 Si|cela|est|en effet|comment|les|statues|étaient|déplacées|cela|doit|avoir|été|une|incroyable|spectacle|à|voir si|esto|es|de hecho|cómo|las|estatuas|fueron|movidas|eso|debe|haber|sido|una|increíble|vista|para|ver 이것이 정말로 동상들이 이동한 방식이라면, 그것은 정말로 놀라운 광경이었을 것입니다. Si esta es realmente la forma en que se movieron las estatuas, debe haber sido una vista increíble de ver. Si c'est vraiment ainsi que les statues ont été déplacées, cela a dû être un spectacle incroyable à voir.

The tallest Moai weighed over 80 tons and each one of the statues' 그|가장 큰|모아이|무게가 나갔다|넘는|톤|그리고|각각의|하나|의|그|조각상들의 le|plus grand|Moai|pesait|plus de|tonnes|et|chaque|un|des|les|statues el|más alto|Moai|pesaba|más de|toneladas|y|cada|uno|de|las|estatuas 가장 큰 모아이의 무게는 80톤이 넘었고, 각 동상의 El Moai más alto pesaba más de 80 toneladas y cada una de las estatuas Le Moai le plus grand pesait plus de 80 tonnes et chacune des statues

footsteps would have thundered on the earth, so that it really seemed like a 발자국|~할 것이다|가질|우르릉 쾅쾅 울렸을|위에|그|땅|그래서|그것이|그것|정말|보였다|처럼|하나의 les pas|conditionnel|auxiliaire|tonner|sur|la|terre|donc|que|cela|vraiment|semblait|comme|un pasos|verbo auxiliar condicional|habría|retumbado|en|la|tierra|así|que|eso|realmente|parecía|como|un 발자국은 지구를 울릴 것이므로, 정말로 거인이 플랫폼을 향해 나아가는 것처럼 보였을 것입니다. los pasos habrían retumbado en la tierra, de modo que realmente parecía que un les pas auraient tonné sur la terre, si bien qu'il semblait vraiment qu'un

giant was stamping its way towards the platform. There would have likely been a 거인|~하고 있었다|발을 구르며|그것의|길|향해|그|플랫폼|거기|~할 것이다|~했을|아마도|있었던|하나의 ||||||la||||||| ||||||la||||||| 아마도 그런 일이 있었을 것입니다. gigante estaba pisando su camino hacia la plataforma. Probablemente habría habido un géant se dirigeait vers la plateforme. Il y aurait probablement eu un

huge amount of ceremonial activity around the walking of these statues too, 거대한|양|의|의식의|활동|주위에|그|걷기|의|이|동상들|또한 |||||||||||aussi ||||||la||||| 이 동상들을 걷는 것에 대한 엄청난 의식 활동이 있다. enorme cantidad de actividad ceremonial alrededor de la caminata de estas estatuas también, énorme amount d'activité cérémonielle autour de la marche de ces statues aussi,

people coming from all over the island to watch, singing and dancing and all les gens|venant|de|partout|sur|l'|île|pour|regarder|chantant|et|dansant|et|tout 사람들이 섬 곳곳에서 와서 구경하고, 노래하고 춤추고 모든 종류의 활동을 한다. gente viniendo de toda la isla para ver, cantando y bailando y todo. des gens venant de toute l'île pour regarder, chanter et danser et tout.

kinds of activity. For the days and weeks it took to transport one of these 종류|의|활동|~에 대해|그|일|과|주|그것|걸렸다|~에|운송하다|하나|의|이것들 sortes|de|activité|||||||||||| tipos|de|actividad|por|los|días|y|semanas|eso|tomó|para|transportar|una|de|estas 이 동상 중 하나를 운반하는 데 걸린 날과 주 동안, 정말로 신이 지구에 내려온 것 같은 기분이 들었을 것이다. tipos de actividad. Durante los días y semanas que tomó transportar una de estas types d'activité. Pour les jours et les semaines qu'il a fallu pour transporter l'une de ces

statues, it would have really felt like a god had come down to earth. I love the 조각상|그것|~할 것이다|가졌을|정말|느꼈을|처럼|하나의|신|가졌던|내려오다|아래로|~에|지구|나는|사랑한다|그 statues|cela|conditionnel de vouloir|avoir|vraiment|ressenti|comme|un|dieu|avait|venu|descendu|sur|terre||| |eso|habría|verbo auxiliar|realmente|sentido|como|un|dios|había|venido|abajo|a|la tierra||| 나는 리포와 헌트의 이론 뒤에 있는 로맨스와 상상력이 좋고, 그들이 구축한 것에 대해 생각한다. estatuas, realmente habría parecido que un dios había descendido a la tierra. Me encanta el statues, on aurait vraiment eu l'impression qu'un dieu était descendu sur terre. J'aime le

romance and imagination behind Lipo and Hunt's theory and I think they build a 로맨스|그리고|상상력|뒤에|리포|그리고|헌트의|이론|그리고|나는|생각한다|그들|구축하다|하나의 romance|et|imagination|derrière|Lipo|et|de Hunt|théorie|et|je|pense|ils|construisent|un romance|y|imaginación|detrás|Lipo|y|Hunt|teoría|y|yo|pienso|ellos|construyen|un romance y la imaginación detrás de la teoría de Lipo y Hunt y creo que construyen un romantisme et l'imagination derrière la théorie de Lipo et Hunt et je pense qu'ils construisent un

convincing case that this was indeed how the statues were moved. But you might ask, 설득력 있는|주장|~라는|이것|~였다|정말로|어떻게|그|조각상들|~되었다|옮겨졌다|그러나|당신|~할지도 모른다|물어보다 |||||||||||mais|tu|pourrais|demander |||||||||||pero|tú|podrías|preguntar 이것이 실제로 동상이 어떻게 이동되었는지를 설득력 있게 설명하는 사례입니다. 하지만 당신은 물어볼 수 있습니다, caso convincente de que así fue como se movieron las estatuas. Pero podrías preguntar, argument convaincant que c'est en effet ainsi que les statues ont été déplacées. Mais vous pourriez demander,

the story of this society's collapse? Well, actually, this question has come to 이|이야기|의|이|사회의|붕괴|음|사실은|이|질문|해왔다|왔다|에 l'|histoire|de|cette|société|effondrement|eh bien|en fait|cette|question|a|venu|à el||de|||||||||| 사실, 이 질문은 la historia del colapso de esta sociedad? Bueno, en realidad, esta pregunta ha llegado a l'histoire de l'effondrement de cette société ? Eh bien, en fait, cette question a pris

take on an enormous significance for the mystery of what happened on Easter 가져다주다|대한|하나의|엄청난|중요성|에 대한|그|수수께끼|의|무엇|일어난|에|부활절 ||||||la|||||| 이스터 섬에서 일어난 일의 미스터리에 대해 엄청난 중요성을 띠게 되었습니다. tener una enorme importancia para el misterio de lo que sucedió en la Isla de Pascua. une énorme signification pour le mystère de ce qui s'est passé sur l'île de Pâques.

Island. The traditional narrative, if you remember, was that the Rapa Nui Islanders |la|traditionnelle|narration|si|tu|te souviens|était|que|les|Rapa|Nui|insulaires 전통적인 서사에 따르면, 기억하신다면, 라파 누이 섬 주민들은 La narrativa tradicional, si recuerdas, era que los isleños Rapa Nui Le récit traditionnel, si vous vous en souvenez, était que les habitants Rapa Nui

became so obsessed with building their statues that they destroyed their 되었다|그렇게|집착하게|하는 것에|세우는 것|그들의|동상들|그래서|그들|파괴했다|그들의 devinrent|si|obsédés|par|la construction|de leurs|statues|que|ils|détruisirent|leur se volvió|tan|obsesionado|con|construir|sus|estatuas|que|ellos|destruyeron|su 그들은 자신의 동상을 세우는 데 너무 집착하게 되어 그들의 se volvieron tan obsesionados con construir sus estatuas que destruyeron su devenus si obsédés par la construction de leurs statues qu'ils ont détruit leur

environment to do so. The islanders cut down all their trees, the theory says, in 환경|~하기 위해|하다|그렇게|그|섬 주민들|베었다|아래로|모든|그들의|나무들||이론|말한다|~안에 environnement|pour|faire|cela|La|insulaires|coupèrent|à bas|tous|leurs|arbres|la|théorie|dit|dans medio ambiente|para|hacer|eso|el|isleños|cortaron|abajo|todos|sus|árboles|la|teoría|dice|en 환경을 파괴했다고 이론은 말합니다. 섬 주민들은 모든 나무를 베어냈고, entorno para hacerlo. Los isleños talaron todos sus árboles, dice la teoría, en environnement pour ce faire. Les insulaires ont abattu tous leurs arbres, selon la théorie,

order to use as scaffolds and rollers to transport them. If this was the case, then 주문|~하기 위해|사용하다|~로|비계|그리고|롤러|~하기 위해|운반하다|그들|만약|이것|이었다|그|경우|그러면 but|pour|utiliser|comme|échafaudages|et|rouleaux|pour|transporter|les|||||| orden|para|usar|como|andamios|y|rodillos|para|transportar|ellos|si|esto|fue|el|caso|entonces 그것을 비계와 롤러로 사용하여 운반하기 위해서였습니다. 만약 이게 사실이라면, orden de usarlos como andamios y rodillos para transportarlos. Si este fue el caso, entonces afin de les utiliser comme échafaudages et rouleaux pour les transporter. Si c'était le cas, alors

this seemed the obvious answer to why the island was so deforested, why its 이것|보였다|그|명백한|대답|에 대한|왜|그|섬|이었다|그렇게|벌채되었는지|왜|그것의 cela|semblait|la|évidente|réponse|à|pourquoi|l'|île|était|si|déforestée|pourquoi|sa esto|pareció|la|obvia|respuesta|a|por qué|la|isla|estaba|tan|deforestada|por qué|su 이것이 섬이 그렇게 황폐해진 이유, 그리고 그 이유가 명백해 보였습니다. esta parecía la respuesta obvia a por qué la isla estaba tan deforestada, por qué su cela semblait être la réponse évidente à la raison pour laquelle l'île était si déforestée, pourquoi son

ecology collapsed and its society followed. But if Lipo and Hunt were 생태계|붕괴되었고|그리고|그|사회|따랐다|그러나|만약|리포|그리고|헌트|있었다 ||et|||||||et||étaient ||y|||||||y||fueron 생태계가 붕괴되었고 그 사회도 따라갔습니다. 그러나 리포와 헌트가 ecología colapsó y su sociedad siguió. Pero si Lipo y Hunt estaban écologie s'est effondrée et sa société a suivi. Mais si Lipo et Hunt avaient raison et que les statues étaient déplacées en place, alors très peu de bois était

correct and the statues were walked into place, then very little wood was ||||||||alors|très|peu|bois|était 옳고 동상이 제자리에 놓여졌다면, 필요한 나무는 매우 적었고 Moai가 en lo correcto y las estatuas fueron trasladadas a su lugar, entonces se necesitaba muy poca madera y toda la narrativa de los Moai causando el colapso de la nécessaire et toute la narration des Moai causant l'effondrement de la

needed and the whole narrative of the Moai causing the collapse of the 필요하고||그|전체|이야기|의|그|모아이|초래하는|그|붕괴|의|그 |et|toute|entière|narration|de|les|Moai|causant|l'|effondrement|de| 섬의 생태계 붕괴를 초래했다는 전체 서사가 의문에 처하게 됩니다. 그래서 부활절 섬의 전체 미스터리는

island's ecology comes into question. So, the whole mystery of Easter Island 섬의|생태계|오는|들어가는|질문|그래서|그|전체|신비|의|이스터|섬 de l'île|écologie|vient|en|question|donc|le|tout|mystère|de|Pâques|île de la isla|ecología|entra|en|cuestión|así que|el|todo|misterio|de|Pascua|Isla 동상이 굴러갔는지 아니면 그렇지 않았는지에 대한 이 질문에 달려 있는 것 같습니다. la ecología de la isla entra en cuestión. Así que, todo el misterio de la Isla de Pascua l'écologie de l'île est remise en question. Donc, tout le mystère de l'île de Pâques

seems to hinge on this question of whether the statues rolled or whether ~처럼 보인다|~에|의존하다|~에|이|질문|~의|~인지|그|동상들|굴러갔는지|아니면|~인지 semble|de|dépendre|de|cette|question|de|si|les|statues|roulèrent|ou|si parece|a|depender|de|esta|pregunta|de|si|las|estatuas|rodaron|o|si parece depender de esta pregunta de si las estatuas rodaron o si semble dépendre de cette question de savoir si les statues ont été roulées ou si

they walked. So, what do we know about the loss of trees on Easter Island? One thing 그들|걸었다|그래서|무엇|(동사)|우리|알고있다|에 대해|그|손실|의|나무들|에|이스터|섬|하나|것 ||donc|que|est-ce que|nous|savons|sur|la|perte|de|arbres|sur|Pâques|île|| ||así que|qué|hacemos|nosotros|sabemos|sobre|la|pérdida|de|árboles|en|Pascua|Isla|| 그들은 걸었다. 그렇다면 이스터 섬의 나무 손실에 대해 우리가 아는 것은 무엇일까? 한 가지 caminaron. Entonces, ¿qué sabemos sobre la pérdida de árboles en la Isla de Pascua? Una cosa elles ont marché. Alors, que savons-nous de la perte d'arbres sur l'île de Pâques ? Une chose

we can say for sure, the subtropical palm forest that the first settlers found on 우리는|할 수 있다|말할|확실히|확실히|그|아열대의|야자|숲|그|첫|첫|정착민들|발견한|위에 nous|pouvons|dire|pour|sûr|la|subtropicale|palmier|forêt|que|les|premiers|colons|trouvèrent|sur nosotros|podemos|decir|con|certeza|el|subtropical|palma|bosque|que|los|primeros|colonos|encontraron|en 확실히 말할 수 있는 것은, 최초의 정착민들이 발견한 아열대 야자수 숲은 que podemos decir con certeza, el bosque de palmeras subtropicales que los primeros colonos encontraron en que nous pouvons dire avec certitude, c'est que la forêt de palmiers subtropicaux que les premiers colons ont trouvée sur

the island wouldn't long survive the arrival of humans. One of the earliest 그|섬|~하지 않을 것이다|오래|생존하다|그|도착|의|인간들|하나|의|그|가장 초기의 la|île|ne|longtemps|survivrait|l'|arrivée|de|humains|||| la|isla|no|mucho|sobreviviría|la|llegada|de|humanos|uno|de|los|más tempranos 인간의 도착과 함께 오래가지 못할 것이라는 점이다. 이 산림 파괴의 가장 초기 la isla no sobreviviría mucho tiempo a la llegada de los humanos. Una de las primeras l'île ne survivrait pas longtemps à l'arrivée des humains. L'une des premières

casualties of this deforestation was the largest of the island's trees, the Rapa 희생자들|의|이|삼림 파괴|이었다|그|가장 큰|의|그|섬의|나무들|그|라파 victimes|de|cette|déforestation|était|le|plus grand|des|les|île|arbres|le|Rapa ||este|||la||||||| 희생자 중 하나는 섬에서 가장 큰 나무인 라파 누이 야자수였다. 이 거대한 나무가 어떻게 자랐는지 추측하고 싶다면, 우리는 víctimas de esta deforestación fue el más grande de los árboles de la isla, la palma Rapa victimes de cette déforestation fut le plus grand des arbres de l'île, le Rapa

Nui palm. If we want to guess at how this enormous tree grew, we can look at ||si|nous|voulons|à|deviner|à|comment|cet|énorme|arbre|a grandi|nous|pouvons|regarder|à Nui. Si queremos adivinar cómo creció este enorme árbol, podemos mirar a su Nui palmier. Si nous voulons deviner comment cet énorme arbre a poussé, nous pouvons regarder

years to reach its full height and until then it doesn't produce a single fruit. 년|에|도달하다|그것의|완전한|높이|그리고|까지|그때|그것|하지 않는다|생산하다|하나의|단일한|열매 années|pour|atteindre|sa|pleine|hauteur|et|jusqu'à|alors|il|nepas|produit|un|seul|fruit años|para|alcanzar|su|completa|altura|y|hasta|entonces|él|no|produce|un|solo|fruto 년이 지나야 완전한 높이에 도달하며 그때까지는 단 하나의 열매도 생산하지 않는다. años para alcanzar su altura completa y hasta entonces no produce un solo fruto. des années pour atteindre sa pleine hauteur et jusqu'à ce moment-là, il ne produit pas un seul fruit.

This slow-growing and slow-reproducing tree would have been one of the most 이|||그리고|||나무|~일 것이다|||하나|의|가장|가장 cet|||et|||arbre|conditionnel|avoir|été|un|des|plus|affectés este|||y|||árbol|habría|tenido|sido|uno|de|los|más 이 느리게 자라고 느리게 번식하는 나무는 인간의 도래로 가장 큰 영향을 받았을 것이다. Este árbol de crecimiento lento y reproducción lenta habría sido uno de los más Cet arbre à croissance lente et à reproduction lente aurait été l'un des plus

affected by the arrival of humans. Some theorists, Jared Diamond included, have 영향을 받은|~에|그|도착|의|인간들|일부|이론가들|제레드|다이아몬드|포함하여|가지고 있다 ||le|||||||||avoir afectados|por|la|llegada|de|humanos|algunos|teóricos|Jared|Diamond|incluido|han 일부 이론가들, 자레드 다이아몬드도 포함하여, afectados por la llegada de los humanos. Algunos teóricos, incluido Jared Diamond, han affectés par l'arrivée des humains. Certains théoriciens, y compris Jared Diamond, ont

argued that the Easter Island palm would have been in high demand for use 이스터 섬의 야자수가 사용을 위해 높은 수요가 있었을 것이라고 주장했다. argumentado que la palma de la Isla de Pascua habría estado en alta demanda para su uso soutenu que le palmier de l'île de Pâques aurait été en forte demande pour son utilisation

found that the palm would have been exceptionally badly suited for this job. 발견했다|~라는 것을|그|손바닥|~할 것이다|가지다|되었던|특히|나쁘게|적합한|~에 대한|이|일 |qui|les|||||||||| encontrado|que|la|palma|habría|tenido|estado|excepcionalmente|mal|adecuado|para|este|trabajo 야자수는 이 작업에 매우 부적합했을 것이라는 사실이 밝혀졌습니다. encontrado que la palma habría sido excepcionalmente inadecuada para este trabajo. découvert que le palmier aurait été exceptionnellement mal adapté à ce travail.

The hard outer shell of the palm trunk conceals a soft center that would have 그|단단한|바깥쪽의|껍질|의|그|야자|줄기|숨긴다|하나의|부드러운|중심|그것이|~할 것이다|가질 la|dura|exterior|cáscara|de|el|palma|tronco|oculta|un|blando|centro|que|habría|tenido 야자수 줄기의 단단한 외피는 무거운 돌 조각상 아래에서 즉시 부서질 수 있는 부드러운 중심부를 숨기고 있습니다. La dura cáscara exterior del tronco de la palma oculta un centro blando que habría La dure coque extérieure du tronc de palmier cache un centre mou qui aurait

been instantly crushed beneath the heavy stone statues. Diamond has even argued 다이아몬드는 심지어 야자수가 큰 카누를 만들기 위해 베어졌을 수도 있다고 주장했습니다. 그러나 어디에도 sido instantáneamente aplastado bajo las pesadas estatuas de piedra. Diamond incluso ha argumentado été instantanément écrasé sous les lourdes statues en pierre. Diamond a même soutenu

that the palm may have been cut down in order to build large canoes, but nowhere 그|그|야자수|아마|가질|되어|잘린|아래로|안에|위해|~할|짓다|큰|카누|그러나|어디에도 que|le|palmier|peut|avoir|été|coupé|à terre|dans|but|à|construire|grandes|pirogues|mais|nulle part que|la|palma|puede|haber|sido|cortada|abajo|en|orden|a|construir|grandes|canoas|pero|en ninguna parte que la palma puede haber sido cortada para construir grandes canoas, pero en ninguna parte que le palmier a pu être abattu pour construire de grandes pirogues, mais nulle part

else in Polynesia are canoes built from palm trunks and they would be very 다른|에|폴리네시아|이다|카누|지어진|로부터|야자|줄기|그리고|그들|할 것이다|이다|매우 más|en|Polinesia|son|canoas|construidas|de|palma|troncos|y|ellos|verbo auxiliar condicional|serían|muy 폴리네시아의 다른 곳에서는 야자수 통으로 만들어진 카누가 있으며, 이는 매우 más de Polinesia se construyen canoas a partir de troncos de palma y serían muy ailleurs en Polynésie les pirogues ne sont construites à partir de troncs de palmier et elles seraient très

unsuitable for this purpose. So, what did happen to Easter Island's trees? Well, 부적합한|위한|이|목적|그래서|무엇|(과거 동사 보조어)|일어났습니까|에|이스터|섬의|나무들|음 ||cela|||||||||| ||||así que|qué|verbo auxiliar pasado|sucedió|a|Pascua|de la Isla de Pascua|árboles|bueno 이 목적에 적합하지 않을 것입니다. 그렇다면 이스터 섬의 나무들은 어떻게 되었을까요? 음, inadecuadas para este propósito. Entonces, ¿qué pasó con los árboles de la Isla de Pascua? Bueno, inappropriées à cet usage. Alors, que s'est-il passé avec les arbres de l'île de Pâques ? Eh bien,

undoubtedly, much of the forest was cut down by humans, but they didn't do this 확실히 많은 숲이 인간에 의해 베어졌지만, 그들은 이것을 sin duda, gran parte del bosque fue talada por humanos, pero no lo hicieron sans aucun doute, une grande partie de la forêt a été abattue par les humains, mais ils ne l'ont pas fait

unconsciously or foolishly. They did it for the same reason that people in 무의식적으로|또는|어리석게|그들|했다|그것을|위해|그|같은|이유|~하는|사람들|~에서 inconsciemment|ou|bêtement|ils|ont fait|cela|pour|la|même|raison|que|les gens|en inconscientemente|o|tontamente|ellos|hicieron|eso|por|la|misma|razón|que|las personas|en 무의식적으로 또는 어리석게 하지는 않았습니다. 그들은 아이슬란드나 영국의 사람들이 숲을 베어낸 것과 같은 이유로, 농부였기 때문에 그렇게 했습니다. 그 inconscientemente o tontamente. Lo hicieron por la misma razón que las personas en inconsciemment ou de manière insensée. Ils l'ont fait pour la même raison que les gens en

Iceland or England cut down their forests, because they were farmers. The 아이슬란드|또는|잉글랜드|베어|아래로|그들의|숲|왜냐하면|그들|~였다|농부들| |||||||||||Les Islandia|o|Inglaterra|cortaron|abajo|sus|bosques|porque|ellos|eran|agricultores|los Islandia o Inglaterra talaron sus bosques, porque eran agricultores. El Islande ou en Angleterre abattent leurs forêts, parce qu'ils étaient agriculteurs. Le

Rapa Nui, like all Polynesians, farmed energy-rich foods like sweet potatoes, 라파|누이|처럼|모든|폴리네시아인들|농사짓다|||음식들|처럼|고구마|감자 ||||||||aliments||| Rapa|Nui|como|todos|polinesios|cultivaron|||alimentos|como|| 라파 누이(Rapa Nui)는 모든 폴리네시아인들처럼 고구마와 같은 에너지가 풍부한 식품을 재배했습니다. Rapa Nui, como todos los polinesios, cultivaba alimentos ricos en energía como batatas, Rapa Nui, comme tous les Polynésiens, cultivait des aliments riches en énergie comme les patates douces,

taro, and sugar cane. These abundant foods were vastly more productive than whatever 타로와 사탕수수도 재배했습니다. 이러한 풍부한 식품들은 그들이 숲에서 수집할 수 있었던 어떤 식품보다도 생산성이 훨씬 높았습니다. taro y caña de azúcar. Estos alimentos abundantes eran mucho más productivos que cualquier cosa le taro et la canne à sucre. Ces aliments abondants étaient de loin plus productifs que tout ce que

food they could have gathered from the forest. So, much of this deforestation was 음식|그들|할 수 있었던|가질|모은|에서|그|숲|그래서|많은|의|이|삼림 벌채|였다 nourriture|ils|pouvaient|avoir|rassemblé|de|la|forêt|Donc|beaucoup|de|cette|déforestation|était comida|ellos|podrían|haber|recolectado|de|el|bosque|así que|mucho|de|esta|deforestación|fue 그래서 이러한 많은 산림 파괴는 통제되고 의식적인 것이었으며, 실제로 이 사람들의 삶의 질을 향상시켰습니다. alimentos que podrían haber recolectado del bosque. Así que, gran parte de esta deforestación fue nourriture qu'ils auraient pu rassembler dans la forêt. Donc, une grande partie de cette déforestation était

controlled and conscious and actually improved the quality of these people's 통제된|그리고|의식적인|그리고|실제로|향상시켰다|그|질|의|이|사람들 contrôlée|et|consciente|et|en fait|améliorée|la|qualité|de|ces|vies controlada|y|consciente|y|de hecho|mejoró|la|calidad|de|estas|las personas 하지만 그것이 부활절 섬에서 생태적 붕괴가 없었다는 것을 의미하지는 않습니다. controlada y consciente y, de hecho, mejoró la calidad de vida de estas personas. contrôlée et consciente et a en fait amélioré la qualité de vie de ces personnes.

lives. But that isn't to say there wasn't an ecological collapse on Easter Island. 삶|하지만|그것|아니다|~에|말하다|거기|없었다|하나의|생태학적|붕괴|~에|부활절|섬 vies|Mais|cela|n'est|à|dire|il y a|n'y avait pas|un|écologique|effondrement|sur|Pâques|Île |pero|eso|no es|a|decir|allí|no hubo|un|ecológico|colapso|en|Pascua|Isla Pero eso no quiere decir que no hubo un colapso ecológico en la Isla de Pascua. Mais cela ne veut pas dire qu'il n'y a pas eu un effondrement écologique sur l'île de Pâques.

within a matter of centuries, and by far the largest factor appears to have been 내에서|하나의|문제|의|세기들|그리고|에 의해|훨씬|그|가장 큰|요인|나타나는 것 같다|에|가지다|되어왔다 dans|un|matière|de|siècles|et|par|de loin|le|plus grand|facteur|semble|à|avoir|été dentro|un|asunto|de|siglos|y|por|lejos|el|más grande|factor|parece|a|haber|sido 몇 세기 만에, 그리고 가장 큰 요인은 보이는 것처럼 en el transcurso de unos siglos, y el factor más grande parece haber sido en l'espace de quelques siècles, et de loin le plus grand facteur semble avoir été

something very small. That's one of the animal companions that the original 무언가|매우|작다|그것은|하나|의|그|동물|동반자들|그|원래의|원래의 quelque chose|très|petit|c'est|un|des|les|animal|compagnons|que|les|originaux algo|muy|pequeño|eso es|uno|de|los|animales|compañeros|que|los|originales 아주 작은 것이었습니다. 그것은 원주율의 정착자들이 함께 가져온 동물 동반자 중 하나인 algo muy pequeño. Ese es uno de los compañeros animales que los originales quelque chose de très petit. C'est l'un des compagnons animaux que les premiers

settlers brought with them, the Polynesian rat. Wherever these Pacific 정착민들|가져온|함께|그들|그|폴리네시아의|쥐|어디서나|이|태평양의 |ont apporté|avec|eux|||||| |trajeron|con|ellos|||||| 폴리네시아 쥐입니다. 이 태평양 탐험가들이 가는 곳마다, 그들은 동물들을 함께 데려갔습니다. colonizadores trajeron con ellos, la rata polinesia. Dondequiera que estos exploradores del Pacífico colons ont emportés avec eux, le rat polynésien. Partout où ces explorateurs du Pacifique

explorers went, they brought animals with them. Each Polynesian island got 탐험가들|갔다|그들|가져왔다|동물들|함께|그들|각|폴리네시아의|섬|얻었다 |||||||chaque|polynésien|île|a reçu |||||||cada|polinesio|isla|obtuvo 각 폴리네시아 섬은 동물들을 받았습니다. fueron, llevaron animales con ellos. Cada isla polinesia recibió allaient, ils apportaient des animaux avec eux. Chaque île polynésienne a reçu

some combination of these four animals, pigs, dogs, chickens, and rats. On Rapa Nui, 어떤|조합|의|이|네|동물들|돼지들|개들|닭들|그리고|쥐들|에|라파|누이 une certaine|combinaison|de|ces|quatre|animaux|cochons|chiens|poules|et|rats|sur|Rapa|Nui alguna|combinación|de|estos|cuatro|animales|cerdos|perros|gallinas|y|ratas|en|Rapa|Nui 이 네 가지 동물, 즉 돼지, 개, 닭, 쥐의 조합. 라파 누이에서는, una combinación de estos cuatro animales, cerdos, perros, gallinas y ratas. En Rapa Nui, une combinaison de ces quatre animaux, cochons, chiens, poules et rats. Sur Rapa Nui,

stowed away on the canoes, just as they do on larger vessels, but rat has 숨겨진|가|위에|그|카누|마치|처럼|그들|하는|위에|더 큰|선박|그러나|쥐|가지고 있다 ||sur|||||||||||| ||en|||||||||||| 카누에 숨어들었을 것이라고 주장했지만, 쥐는 사실 폴리네시아인들이 역사적으로 viajado escondidas en las canoas, tal como lo hacen en embarcaciones más grandes, pero la rata ha se cacher dans les canoës, tout comme ils le font sur des navires plus grands, mais le rat a

actually been a foodstuff that Polynesians have relied on throughout |||||||||tout au long de 의존해온 식량이었습니다. 결코 진미가 아니었고, 음식으로 여겨진 것 같습니다. sido en realidad un alimento del que los polinesios han dependido a lo largo de en réalité été un aliment sur lequel les Polynésiens ont compté tout au long de

history. It was never a delicacy and seems to have been considered a food of 역사|그것|이었다|결코|하나의|진미|그리고|보인다|(동사 원형을 나타내는 전치사)|가지다|되어|여겨진|하나의|음식|의 histoire|cela|était|jamais|une|délicatesse|et|semble|à|avoir|été|considéré|un|aliment|des historia|eso|fue|nunca|un|manjar|y|parece|a|haber|sido|considerado|un|alimento|de historia. Nunca fue una delicadeza y parece haber sido considerado un alimento de histoire. Ce n'était jamais une délicatesse et semble avoir été considéré comme un aliment des

the common people, as rat bones are rarely found in the rubbish dumps of 그|일반의|사람들|~처럼|쥐|뼈|~이다|드물게|발견된다|~안에|그|쓰레기|매립지|~의 les|communs|gens|comme|rat|os|sont|rarement|trouvés|dans|les|déchets|décharges|de los|comunes|pueblos|como|rata|huesos|son|raramente|encontrados|en|los|basura|vertederos|de 서민들은, 쥐 뼈가 고급 주택의 쓰레기 더미에서 거의 발견되지 않기 때문에. la gente común, ya que los huesos de rata rara vez se encuentran en los vertederos de gens ordinaires, car les os de rat se trouvent rarement dans les décharges des

high-status houses. However, they were a good and reliable source of protein on ||집들|그러나|그들|있었다|하나의|좋은|그리고|신뢰할 수 있는|공급원|의|단백질|에 ||maisons||||||||||| ||casas|sin embargo|ellos|eran|una|buena|y|confiable|fuente|de|proteína|en 그러나 그들은 긴 항해에서 좋은 단백질 공급원이었습니다. casas de alto estatus. Sin embargo, eran una buena y confiable fuente de proteína en maisons de haute statut. Cependant, ils étaient une bonne et fiable source de protéines lors

long voyages. I can't speak to personal experience, but accounts I've read say 긴|항해들|나는|할 수 없다|말하다|에|개인적인|경험|그러나|이야기들|내가|읽은|말한다 longs|voyages|je|ne peux pas|parler|à|personnelle|expérience|mais|récits|j'ai|lus|disent largos|viajes|yo|no puedo|hablar|a|experiencia||pero|relatos|he|leído|dicen 개인적인 경험에 대해서는 말할 수 없지만, 제가 읽은 계정에 따르면. viajes largos. No puedo hablar por experiencia personal, pero los relatos que he leído dicen de longs voyages. Je ne peux pas parler d'expérience personnelle, mais les récits que j'ai lus disent

that rat tastes oily and gamey, a little like rabbit. Another advantage to 쥐는 기름지고 사냥감 같은 맛이 나며, 약간 토끼와 비슷하다고 합니다. 또 다른 장점은. esa rata sabe a aceitosa y a caza, un poco como el conejo. Otra ventaja de ce rat a un goût huileux et sauvage, un peu comme le lapin. Un autre avantage de

this source of food is that rats reproduce incredibly quickly. Once the 이 식량 공급원이 쥐가 믿을 수 없을 만큼 빠르게 번식한다는 것입니다. 한 번. esta fuente de alimento es que las ratas se reproducen increíblemente rápido. Una vez que el cette source de nourriture est que les rats se reproduisent incroyablement vite. Une fois que le

Polynesian rat was introduced to Easter Island, its spread would have been 폴리네시아 쥐가 이스터 섬에 도입되었다면, 그 확산은 멈출 수 없었을 것이다. rata polinesia fue introducida en la Isla de Pascua, su propagación habría sido rat polynésien a été introduit sur l'île de Pâques, sa propagation aurait été

unstoppable. The millions of giant palm trees covering the island would have 섬을 덮고 있는 수백만 그루의 거대한 야자수는 그들에게 그들이 가장 좋아하는 음식인 야자 열매를 거의 무한히 공급했을 것이다. imparable. Los millones de gigantescas palmeras que cubren la isla habrían inarrêtable. Les millions de palmiers géants couvrant l'île auraient

Recent lab studies have shown that the reproductive potential of rats under 최근|실험실|연구|하다|보여주었다|~라는 것을|그|번식|잠재력|의|쥐|~하에 récentes|en laboratoire|études|ont|montré|que|le|reproductif|potentiel|des|rats|dans recientes|laboratorio|estudios|han|mostrado|que|el|reproductivo|potencial|de|ratas|bajo 사실, 쥐의 개체수는 엄청날 수 있었을 것이다. Estudios recientes de laboratorio han demostrado que el potencial reproductivo de las ratas bajo Des études en laboratoire récentes ont montré que le potentiel reproductif des rats dans

these ideal conditions can be enormous. In fact, the rat population could have 이러한|이상적인|조건들|할 수 있다|이다|거대하다|사실|사실|그|쥐|개체수|할 수 있었다|가질 |||peut|être|énorme|En|fait|la|rat|population|pourrait|avoir estas|ideales|condiciones|pueden|ser|enormes|en|hecho|la|rata|población|podría|haber estas condiciones ideales puede ser enorme. De hecho, la población de ratas podría haber ces conditions idéales peut être énorme. En fait, la population de rats aurait pu

doubled every 47 days until they reached a population of up to 3 million and the 47일마다 두 배로 증가하여 인구가 300만에 도달할 때까지 계속되었고 duplicado cada 47 días hasta alcanzar una población de hasta 3 millones y el doubler tous les 47 jours jusqu'à atteindre une population de jusqu'à 3 millions et le

island was completely overrun. The rats would have quickly eaten the seeds and 섬|이었다|완전히|초토화되었다|그|쥐들|~할 것이다|가질|빠르게|먹었을|그|씨앗들| île|était|complètement|envahie|Les|rats|conditionnel|avoir|rapidement|mangé|les|graines|et isla|fue|completamente|invadida|los|ratas|verbo auxiliar condicional|habrían|rápidamente|comido|las|semillas|y 섬은 완전히 초토화되었습니다. 쥐들은 씨앗과 la isla fue completamente invadida. Las ratas habrían comido rápidamente las semillas y l'île était complètement envahie. Les rats auraient rapidement mangé les graines et

palm nuts from the trees, preventing the forest from regenerating. In Anakena 야자|열매|~에서|그|나무들|방지하는|그|숲|~이|재생하는|~에서|아나케나 noix de palme|noix|des|les|arbres|empêchant|la|forêt|de|régénérer|| palma|nueces|de|los|árboles|previniendo|el|bosque|de|regenerarse|en|Anakena 나무에서 열리는 야자열매를 빠르게 먹어치워 숲이 재생되는 것을 방해했을 것입니다. 아나케나 nueces de palma de los árboles, impidiendo que el bosque se regenerara. En Anakena les noix de palme des arbres, empêchant la forêt de se régénérer. À Anakena

palm nut shells, showing the tooth marks of rats. As well as damaging the forests, 야자|열매|껍질|보여주는|그|이|자국|의|쥐|~로서|잘|~처럼|파괴하는|그|숲 ||||les||||||||||forêts palma|nuez|cáscaras|mostrando|las|diente|marcas|de|ratas|así|también|como|dañando|los|bosques cáscaras de nueces de palma, mostrando las marcas de dientes de las ratas. Además de dañar los bosques, coquilles de noix de palme, montrant les marques de dents des rats. En plus de nuire aux forêts,

islanders hadn't trapped and eaten. And since the seabirds fertilized the soil 섬 주민들|하지 않았다|잡았고|그리고|||~때문에|그|바다새들|비옥하게 했다|그|토양 |||et|||puisque|les|oiseaux de mer|fertilisaient|le|sol isleños|no habían|atrapado|y|comido|y|ya que|las|aves marinas|fertilizaban|el|suelo 그리고 바다새들이 그들의 배설물로 토양을 비옥하게 했기 때문에, los isleños no habían atrapado y comido. Y dado que las aves marinas fertilizaban el suelo les insulaires n'avaient pas piégés et mangés. Et puisque les oiseaux de mer fertilisaient le sol

with their droppings, this would have spelled disaster for the biodiversity of ~와 함께|그들의|배설물|이것|~할 것이다|~했을|의미했을|재앙|~에 대한|그|생물다양성| |||cela|conditionnel de vouloir|auxiliaire avoir|signifié|désastre|pour|la|biodiversité|de con|sus|excrementos|esto|verbo auxiliar condicional|habría|significado|desastre|para|la|biodiversidad|de 이것은 이스터 섬의 생물 다양성에 재앙을 의미했을 것이다. con sus excrementos, esto habría significado un desastre para la biodiversidad de avec leurs déjections, cela aurait signifié un désastre pour la biodiversité de

Easter Island. But the question is, did this loss of trees cause a societal 이스터|섬|그러나|그|질문|이다|(과거형 동사)|이|손실|의|나무들|초래하다|하나의|사회적 ||mais|la|question|est|passé simple de faire|cette|perte|de|arbres|causé|une|sociétale Pascua|Isla|pero|la|pregunta|es|verbo auxiliar pasado|esto|pérdida|de|árboles|causó|una|social 하지만 질문은, 이러한 나무의 손실이 라파 누이에서 사회적 붕괴를 초래했는가? la Isla de Pascua. Pero la pregunta es, ¿causó esta pérdida de árboles una sociedad l'île de Pâques. Mais la question est, cette perte d'arbres a-t-elle causé une

collapse on Rapa Nui? The answer to that question is almost certainly not. 붕괴|에|라파|누이|그|대답|에|그|질문|이다|거의|확실히|아니다 effondrement|sur|Rapa|Nui|La|réponse|à|cette|question|est|presque|certainement|non colapsar|en|Rapa|Nui|la|respuesta|a|esa|pregunta|es|casi|ciertamente|no 그 질문에 대한 대답은 거의 확실히 아니다. ¿Colapso en Rapa Nui? La respuesta a esa pregunta casi con certeza es no. l'effondrement sur Rapa Nui ? La réponse à cette question est presque certainement non.

This isn't to say that the loss of palm forests on Rapa Nui didn't present a 이것|아니다|~하기 위한|말하다|~라는|그|손실|의|야자|숲|에|라파|누이|하지 않았다|제시하다|하나의 Cela|n'est pas|à|dire|que|la|perte|de|palmier|forêts|sur|Rapa|Nui|n'a pas|présenté|un esto|no es|para|decir|que|la|pérdida|de|palmas|bosques|en|Rapa|Nui|no|presentó|un 이것은 라파 누이의 야자수 숲의 손실이 섬 주민들에게 도전 과제를 제시하지 않았다는 것을 의미하지는 않는다. Esto no quiere decir que la pérdida de los bosques de palmeras en Rapa Nui no presentara un Cela ne veut pas dire que la perte des forêts de palmiers sur Rapa Nui n'a pas présenté un

number of challenges to the islanders. By around the year 1650, pollen studies 수|의|도전|에|그|섬 주민들|~까지|약|그|년|꽃가루|연구들 |de|||||||||| |de|||||||||| 1650년경, 꽃가루 연구에 따르면 número de desafíos para los isleños. Alrededor del año 1650, los estudios de polen certain nombre de défis pour les insulaires. Vers l'année 1650, les études de pollen

show that the deforestation of Easter Island was complete. Without tree cover, 보여주다|~라는 것을|그|벌채|의|이스터|섬|이었다|완전한|~없이|나무|덮개 |||||||||Sans|arbre|couverture |||||||||sin|árbol|cobertura 이스터 섬의 산림 파괴는 완전했다. muestran que la deforestación de la Isla de Pascua estaba completa. Sin cobertura arbórea, montrent que la déforestation de l'île de Pâques était complète. Sans couverture arborée,

the ocean winds could now blow right across the island. The wind and storms 그|바다|바람|할 수 있었다|이제|불다|바로|가로질러|그|섬|그|바람|그리고|폭풍 l'|océan|vents|pouvaient|maintenant|souffler|directement|à travers|l'|île|le|vent|et|tempêtes el|océano|vientos|podrían|ahora|soplar|directamente|a través de|la|isla|el|viento|y|tormentas 나무 덮개가 없으므로, los vientos del océano ahora podían soplar directamente a través de la isla. El viento y las tormentas les vents océaniques pouvaient maintenant souffler directement à travers l'île. Le vent et les tempêtes

threatened to blow away the topsoil and salt spray from the sea effectively 위협했다|~할|날려보내다|멀리|그|표토|그리고|염|분사|~로부터|그|바다|효과적으로 menaçaient|de|souffler|emporter|la|couche arable|et|sel|embruns|de|la|mer|efficacement amenazaron|a|soplar|lejos|la|capa superior del suelo|y|sal|rocío|del|el|mar|efectivamente 바다의 바람이 이제 섬을 가로질러 불 수 있었다. 바람과 폭풍은 amenazaban con llevarse la capa superior del suelo y el rocío salino del mar efectivamente menaçaient d'emporter la couche arable et les embruns salés de la mer salaient efficacement

salted the earth in coastal regions, damaging the soil further. But in all 소금으로 처리한|그|땅|에|해안|지역|손상시키는|그|토양|더||| salé|la|terre|dans|côtières|régions|endommageant|le|sol|davantage||| saló|la|tierra|en|costeras|regiones|dañando|el|suelo|más||| 해안 지역의 땅에 소금을 뿌려 토양을 더욱 손상시켰습니다. 그러나 모든 경우에 salinizaban la tierra en las regiones costeras, dañando aún más el suelo. Pero en todos la terre dans les régions côtières, endommageant davantage le sol. Mais dans tous

cases, the Rapa Nui islanders reacted to these challenges with ingenuity and 경우들|그|라파|누이|섬 주민들|반응했다|에|이러한|도전들|으로|독창성| cas|les|Rapa|Nui|insulaires|réagirent|à|ces|défis|avec|ingéniosité|et casos|los|Rapa|Nui|isleños|reaccionaron|a|estos|desafíos|con|ingenio|y 라파 누이 섬 주민들은 이러한 도전에 기발함과 창의성으로 대응했습니다. los casos, los isleños de Rapa Nui reaccionaron a estos desafíos con ingenio y les cas, les habitants de l'île Rapa Nui ont réagi à ces défis avec ingéniosité et

creativity. They transformed their island not into a desolate wasteland, but into 창의성|그들|변형시켰다|그들의|섬|~하지|~로|하나의|황량한|황무지|그러나|~로 créativité|ils|ont transformé|leur|île|pas|en|une|désolée|terre stérile|mais|en creatividad|ellos|transformaron|su|isla|no|en|un|desolado|terreno baldío|sino|en 그들은 자신의 섬을 황량한 황무지로 변모시키는 것이 아니라, creatividad. Transformaron su isla no en un yermo desolado, sino en créativité. Ils ont transformé leur île non pas en un désert désolé, mais en

archaeologists have found evidence of areas of the island where the islanders 고고학자들|가|발견했다|증거|의|지역|의|그|섬|어디서|그|섬 주민들 archéologues|ont|trouvé|preuve|de|zones|de|l'|île|où|les|insulaires arqueólogos|han|encontrado|evidencia|de|áreas|de|la|isla|donde|los|isleños 고고학자들은 섬 주민들이 살았던 섬의 지역에서 증거를 발견했습니다. los arqueólogos han encontrado evidencia de áreas de la isla donde los isleños les archéologues ont trouvé des preuves de zones de l'île où les insulaires

planted groves of palm trees and cultivated them. Around this time, they 심었다|숲|의|야자|나무|그리고|재배했다|그것들을|주위에|이|시간|그들 ont planté|bosquets|de|palmier|arbres|et|ont cultivé|les|vers|ce|temps|ils ||||||||alrededor|este|tiempo|ellos 야자수 숲을 심고 재배하기 시작했습니다. 이 시기에 그들은 plantaron grupos de palmeras y las cultivaron. Alrededor de este tiempo, ellos ont planté des bosquets de palmiers et les ont cultivés. À cette époque, ils

also began farming using a technique known as rock mulching. This involved 또한|시작했다|농사|사용하는|하나의|기술|알려진|로|돌|멀칭|이것|포함했다 aussi|commença|à cultiver|en utilisant|une|technique|connue|sous|roche|paillage|Cela|impliquait también|comenzó|a cultivar|usando|una|técnica|conocida|como|roca|acolchado|| 암석 멀칭으로 알려진 기술을 사용하여 농사를 짓기 시작했습니다. 이는 también comenzó a cultivar utilizando una técnica conocida como acolchado de roca. Esto involucraba a commencé à cultiver en utilisant une technique connue sous le nom de paillage de pierres. Cela impliquait

laying rock beds around the island which prevented the soil from washing or 놓는|돌|침대|주위에|그|섬|그것이|방지했다|그|토양|부터|씻겨지는|또는 de poser|roches|lits|autour de|l'|île|ce qui|empêchait|la|sol|de|s'éroder|ou colocar|roca|camas|alrededor|la|isla|que|previno|el|suelo|de|lavarse|o 섬 주위에 암석 침대를 놓아 토양이 씻겨 내려가거나 colocar lechos de roca alrededor de la isla que prevenían que el suelo se lavara o de poser des lits de pierres autour de l'île, ce qui empêchait le sol de s'éroder ou

blowing away. It also reduced the amount of water evaporated by the Sun and 불어오는|멀리|그것|또한|줄였다|그|양|의|물|증발한|의해|그|태양| s'envoler|loin|Cela|aussi|réduisait|la|quantité|de|eau|évaporée|par|le|soleil|et ||eso|también|redujo|la|cantidad|de|agua|evaporada|por|el|sol|y 날아가는 것을 방지하는 것이었습니다. 또한 태양에 의해 증발되는 물의 양을 줄이고 volara. También reducía la cantidad de agua evaporada por el sol y d'être emporté par le vent. Cela réduisait également la quantité d'eau évaporée par le soleil et

increased the amount of nutrients available to growing plants as the 증가시켰다|그|양|의|영양소|이용 가능한|에|자라는|식물들|~처럼|그 augmentait|la|quantité|de|nutriments|disponibles|pour|en croissance|plantes|alors que| aumentó|la|cantidad|de|nutrientes|disponibles|a|plantas||como|el 성장하는 식물에게 제공되는 영양소의 양을 증가시켰습니다. aumentaba la cantidad de nutrientes disponibles para las plantas en crecimiento ya que el augmentait la quantité de nutriments disponibles pour les plantes en croissance, car le

rainwater flowed over the rocks and carried minerals to their roots. Rock 빗물|흘렀다|위로|그|바위들|그리고|운반했다|미네랄들|에|그들의|뿌리들|바위 l'eau de pluie|a coulé|sur|les|rochers|et|a transporté|minéraux|vers|leurs|racines| agua de lluvia|fluyó|sobre|las|rocas|y|llevó|minerales|a|sus|raíces|roca 비가 내린 물이 바위를 따라 흐르며 그들의 뿌리에 미네랄을 실어 나갔습니다. 바위 el agua de lluvia fluyó sobre las rocas y llevó minerales a sus raíces. Roca l'eau de pluie s'est écoulée sur les rochers et a transporté des minéraux vers leurs racines. Roche

mulching has been used by cultures around the world who live in harsh, 멀칭|해왔다|되어왔다|사용되어왔다|에 의해|문화들|전 세계의|그|세계|그들|사는|에|혹독한 le paillage|a|été|utilisé|par|cultures|autour|du|monde|qui|vivent|dans|rudes acolchado|ha|sido|usado|por|culturas|alrededor|el|mundo|que|viven|en|duras 멀칭은 혹독하고 물이 부족한 환경에 사는 전 세계 문화에서 사용되어 왔습니다. el acolchado de rocas ha sido utilizado por culturas de todo el mundo que viven en entornos duros, le paillage de pierres a été utilisé par des cultures du monde entier vivant dans des environnements difficiles,

water-poor environments. It's been observed in the Negev Desert in Israel, ||환경|그것은|되어왔다|관찰되었다|에|그|네게브|사막|에|이스라엘 |||cela a|été|observé|dans|le|Néguev|désert|en|Israël |||ha|sido|observado|en|el|Negev|desierto|en|Israel 이스라엘의 네게브 사막, 중국의 란저우의 자갈밭, 카나리 제도의 재밭, 그리고 pobres en agua. Se ha observado en el desierto de Negev en Israel, pauvres en eau. On l'a observé dans le désert du Néguev en Israël,

the pebbled fields of Lanzhou in China, the ash fields of the Canary Islands and 그|자갈이 있는|들판|의|란저우|에|중국|그|재|들판|의|그|카나리|제도|그리고 les|caillouteux|champs|de|Lanzhou|en|Chine|les|cendres|champs|des|les|Canaries|îles| los|gravillosos|campos|de|Lanzhou|en|China|los|ceniza|campos|de|las|Canarias|Islas|y 뉴멕시코의 아나사지 문화의 밭에서 관찰되었습니다. 라파 누이는 다음과 같이 시작했습니다. los campos de guijarros de Lanzhou en China, los campos de ceniza de las Islas Canarias y les champs de galets de Lanzhou en Chine, les champs de cendres des îles Canaries et

the fields of the Anasazi culture in New Mexico. The Rapa Nui set about the 그|들판|의|그|아나사지|문화|에|뉴|멕시코|그|라파|누이|설정했다|에 대해|그 les|champs|de|la|Anasazi|culture|en|Nouveau|Mexique|||||| los|campos|de|la|Anasazi|cultura|en|Nuevo|México|los|Rapa|Nui|pusieron|a|la los campos de la cultura Anasazi en Nuevo México. Los Rapa Nui se pusieron a les champs de la culture Anasazi au Nouveau-Mexique. Les Rapa Nui se sont attelés à la

task of rock mulching with the same great energy that they used to carve and 작업|의|돌|멀칭|~로|그|같은|큰|에너지|~한|그들|사용했다|~하기 위해|조각하다|그리고 tâche|de|roche|paillage|avec|la|même|grande|énergie|que|ils|utilisèrent|à|sculpter|et tarea|||||||||que||||| 그들은 조각하고 운반하는 데 사용했던 것과 같은 큰 에너지를 가지고 암석 멀칭 작업을 수행했다. la tarea de acolchar con rocas con la misma gran energía que usaron para tallar y tâche de paillage de roche avec la même grande énergie qu'ils utilisaient pour sculpter et

transport the Moai. They would ultimately cover half the landmass of their island |de||||||||masse terrestre|de|leur|île 결국 그들은 섬의 육지 면적의 절반을 이러한 종류의 암석 정원으로 덮게 될 것이다. transportar los Moai. Finalmente cubrirían la mitad de la masa terrestre de su isla transporter les Moai. Ils finiraient par couvrir la moitié de la masse terrestre de leur île

in rock gardens of this kind. It was an enormous task. It's been calculated that ||||||Cela|était|une|énorme|tâche|Cela a été|été|calculé|que 그것은 엄청난 작업이었다. 이 관행이 시행된 400년 동안 con jardines de rocas de este tipo. Fue una tarea enorme. Se ha calculado que de jardins de rocaille de ce type. C'était une tâche énorme. On a calculé que

over the 400 years that the practice was engaged in, it would have taken over 150 400년 동안|그||||관행|과거형 동사|참여된|에|그것|~할 것이다|가지다|걸린|150 plus de|les|années|que|la|pratique|était|engagée|dans|cela|verbe auxiliaire conditionnel|avoir|pris|plus de durante|los|años|que|la|práctica|fue|involucrada|en|eso|habría|haber|tomado|más de 이 방대한 집합체를 구성하기 위해 매일 150명 이상의 인력이 필요했을 것이라고 계산되었다. durante los 400 años que se practicó, habría tomado más de 150 au cours des 400 ans pendant lesquels la pratique a été engagée, il aurait fallu plus de 150

men working daily to construct these vast assemblages made up of billions of 남자들|일하는|매일|~하기 위해|건설하다|이러한|방대한|집합체|만들어진|이루어진|~의|수십억의|~의 ||||||||||de||de hombres|trabajando|diariamente|para|construir|estas|vastas|ensamblajes|hechos|de|de|miles de millones|de 이 집합체는 수십억 개의 hombres trabajando diariamente para construir estos vastos ensamblajes compuestos por miles de millones de hommes travaillant quotidiennement pour construire ces vastes assemblages composés de milliards de

stones. There's strong evidence that the Rapa Nui people also took advantage 돌|있다|강한|증거|~라는|그|라파|누이|사람들|또한|가져갔다|이점 pierres||||||||||| |hay|fuerte|evidencia|que|la|Rapa|Nui|gente|también|tomaron|ventaja 돌. 라파 누이 사람들이 섬의 깊은 지하 동굴을 이용했다는 강력한 증거가 있다. piedras. Hay fuertes evidencias de que el pueblo Rapa Nui también aprovechó pierres. Il existe de fortes preuves que le peuple Rapa Nui a également profité

The caves of Easter Island were formed by lava tubes which developed during the volcanic eruptions that 그|동굴|의|이스터|섬|~였다|형성되었다|의해|용암|관|~하는|발전했다|동안|그|화산의|분출|~하는 les|grottes|de|Pâques|île|ont été|formées|par|lave|tubes|qui|se sont développés|pendant|les|volcaniques|éruptions|qui Las|cuevas|de|Pascua|Isla|fueron|formadas|por|lava|tubos|que|se desarrollaron|durante|las|volcánicas|erupciones|que 이스터 섬의 동굴은 화산 폭발 동안 형성된 용암 관에 의해 만들어졌다. Las cuevas de la Isla de Pascua se formaron por tubos de lava que se desarrollaron durante las erupciones volcánicas que Les grottes de l'île de Pâques ont été formées par des tubes de lave qui se sont développés lors des éruptions volcaniques qui

raised the islands out of the sea. When lava flows out of the mouth of a volcano, 들어올린|그|섬들|밖으로|의|그|바다|언제|용암|흐를|밖으로|의|그|입|의|하나의|화산 ont fait émerger|les|îles|hors|de|la|mer|Quand|lave|s'écoule|hors|de|la|bouche|d'un|volcan| elevaron|las|islas|fuera|del|el|mar|Cuando|lava|fluye|fuera|de|la|boca|de|un|volcán 이 화산 폭발로 섬이 바다 위로 솟아올랐다. 화산의 입에서 용암이 흘러나올 때, elevaron las islas del mar. Cuando la lava sale de la boca de un volcán, ont fait émerger les îles de la mer. Lorsque la lave s'écoule de la bouche d'un volcan,

it forms vast underground rivers as the lava on the surface cools and hardens 그것이|형성한다|거대한|지하의|강들|~로서|그|용암|위의|그|표면|식고|그리고|굳어진다 elle|forme|vastes|souterrains|rivières|alors que|la|lave|à la|la|surface|refroidit|et|durcit esta|forma|vastos|subterráneos|ríos|a medida que|la|lava|en|la|superficie|se enfría|y|se endurece 표면의 용암이 식고 굳어지면서 광대한 지하 강을 형성한다. forma vastos ríos subterráneos a medida que la lava en la superficie se enfría y se endurece elle forme d'immenses rivières souterraines alors que la lave à la surface refroidit et durcit

into rock. When the eruption ends and the lava stops flowing, the tubes drain their 로|암석|언제|그|분출|끝나고|그리고|그|용암|멈추고|흐르는|그|관|배수하다|그들의 ||Quand|l'|éruption|se termine|et|la|lave|cesse|de s'écouler|les|tubes|drainent|leur en|roca|Cuando|la|erupción|termina|y|la|lava|deja|fluir|los|tubos|drenan|sus 암석으로. 분화가 끝나고 용암의 흐름이 멈추면, 이 관들은 그들의 en roca. Cuando la erupción termina y la lava deja de fluir, los tubos drenan su en roche. Lorsque l'éruption se termine et que la lave cesse de s'écouler, les tubes se vident.

lava, leaving enormous caverns that look as though a monstrous worm has eaten its 용암|남기며|거대한|동굴|그것들이|보인다|마치|비록|하나의|괴물 같은|벌레|||그것의 la lave|laissant|énormes|cavernes|qui|semblent|comme|si|un|monstrueux|ver|a|mangé|son lava|dejando|enormes|cavernas|que|parecen|como|si|un|monstruoso|gusano|ha|comido|su 용암을 배수하여, 마치 거대한 벌레가 암석을 파먹은 것처럼 보이는 거대한 동굴을 남깁니다. lava, dejando enormes cavernas que parecen como si un monstruoso gusano hubiera comido su la lave, laissant d'énormes cavernes qui ressemblent à si un ver monstrueux a mangé son

way through the rock. These tubes are as wide as a subway tunnel and Easter Island 길|통과하는|그|바위|이|튜브들|이다|만큼|넓은|만큼|하나의|지하철|터널|그리고|이스터|섬 chemin|à travers|la|roche|Ces|tubes|sont|aussi|larges|que|un|métro|tunnel|et|Pâques|Île camino|a través de|la|roca|estos|tubos|son|tan|anchos|como|un|metro|túnel|y|Pascua|Isla 이 관들은 지하철 터널만큼 넓고, 이스터 섬은 세계에서 가장 큰 화산 동굴 시스템 중 하나를 가지고 있습니다. camino a través de la roca. Estos tubos son tan anchos como un túnel de metro y la Isla de Pascua chemin à travers la roche. Ces tubes sont aussi larges qu'un tunnel de métro et l'île de Pâques

has one of the largest systems of volcanic caves in the world. The 가지고 있다|하나|의|그|가장 큰|시스템들|의|화산|동굴|에|그|세계| ||de|||||||||| tiene|uno|de|los|más grandes|sistemas|de|volcánicos|cuevas|en|el|| 섬 주민들과 이 동굴들 간의 관계는 알려진 첫 순간으로 거슬러 올라갑니다. tiene uno de los sistemas de cuevas volcánicas más grandes del mundo. La possède l'un des plus grands systèmes de grottes volcaniques au monde. La

islanders' relationship with these caves goes back to the first known moment of relación de los isleños con estas cuevas se remonta al primer momento conocido de relation des insulaires avec ces grottes remonte au premier moment connu de

their history, as this piece of Rapa Nui folklore about King Hotu Matua shows. 그들의|역사|~처럼|이|조각|~의|라파|누이|민속|~에 대한|왕|호투|마투아|보여준다 leur|histoire|comme|ce|morceau|de|Rapa|Nui|folklore|sur|roi|Hotu|Matua|montre su|historia|como|esta|pieza|de|Rapa|Nui|folklore|sobre|Rey|Hotu|Matua|muestra 그들의 역사, 이 라파 누이 전설인 호투 마투아 왕에 대한 이야기가 보여줍니다. su historia, como muestra esta pieza de folclore de Rapa Nui sobre el Rey Hotu Matua. leur histoire, comme le montre ce morceau de folklore Rapa Nui sur le roi Hotu Matua.

The explorers went to the west side of the island and discovered a surfing spot. 탐험가들|탐험가들|갔다|에|그|서쪽|쪽|의|그|섬|그리고|발견했다|하나의|서핑|장소 les|explorateurs|allèrent|à|le|ouest|côté|de|l'|île|et|découvrirent|un|surf|spot los|exploradores|fueron|al|lado|oeste|lado|de|la|isla|y|descubrieron|un|surf|lugar 탐험가들은 섬의 서쪽으로 가서 서핑 장소를 발견했습니다. Los exploradores fueron al lado oeste de la isla y descubrieron un lugar para surfear. Les explorateurs se sont rendus du côté ouest de l'île et ont découvert un spot de surf.

They rode a wave to the right and called the place where they landed Hanga Roa. 그들|탔다|하나의|파도|오른쪽으로|그|오른쪽|그리고|불렀다|그|장소|어디에|그들|착륙했다|한가|로아 ils|surfèrent|une|vague|vers|la|droite|et|appelèrent|l'|endroit|où|ils|atterrirent|Hanga|Roa ellos|montaron|una|ola|a|la|derecha|y|llamaron|el|lugar|donde|ellos|aterrizaron|Hanga|Roa 그들은 오른쪽으로 파도를 타고 착륙한 곳을 항가 로아라고 불렀습니다. Montaron una ola hacia la derecha y llamaron al lugar donde aterrizaron Hanga Roa. Ils ont pris une vague à droite et ont appelé l'endroit où ils ont atterri Hanga Roa.

They rode a wave to the left and landed at Apina Iti. They caught more waves, then 그들은|탔고|하나의|파도|에|그|왼쪽|그리고|내렸고|에|아피나|이티|그들은|잡았고|더 많은|파도|그때 ils|surfèrent|une|vague|vers|la|gauche|et|atterrirent|à|Apina|Iti|ils|attrapèrent|plus|vagues|puis ellos|montaron|una|ola|a|la|izquierda|y|aterrizaron|en|Apina|Iti|ellos|atraparon|más|olas|entonces 그들은 왼쪽으로 파도를 타고 아피나 이티에 착륙했습니다. 그들은 더 많은 파도를 잡고, Montaron una ola hacia la izquierda y aterrizaron en Apina Iti. Capturaron más olas, luego Ils ont pris une vague à gauche et ont atterri à Apina Iti. Ils ont attrapé plus de vagues, puis

went ashore and rested in a cave at Pupaka Kina. Some of these caves can 갔다|육지에|그리고|쉬었다|안에|하나의|동굴|에|Pupaka|Kina|몇몇|의|이|동굴들|할 수 있다 allé|à terre|et|reposé|dans|une|grotte|à|Pupaka|Kina||||| fue|a tierra|y|descansó|en|una|cueva|en|Pupaka|Kina||||| 해안으로 나와 푸파카 키나의 동굴에서 쉬었습니다. 이 동굴 중 일부는 fue a tierra y descansó en una cueva en Pupaka Kina. Algunas de estas cuevas pueden est allé à terre et s'est reposé dans une grotte à Pupaka Kina. Certaines de ces grottes peuvent

stretch for three or four kilometers into the island's rock. As the forests 뻗어있다|동안|3|또는|4|킬로미터|안으로|그|섬의|바위|~할 때|그|숲 s'étendre|sur|trois|ou|quatre|kilomètres|dans|la|île|roche||| 섬의 바위 속으로 3~4킬로미터 뻗어 있습니다. 숲이 extenderse por tres o cuatro kilómetros dentro de la roca de la isla. A medida que los bosques s'étendre sur trois ou quatre kilomètres dans le rocher de l'île. Alors que les forêts

of Rapa Nui retreated, its people increasingly turned to these caves to |라파|누이|후퇴했다|그것의|사람들|점점 더|돌아섰다|에|이러한|동굴|에 de|Rapa|Nui|reculaient|son|peuple|de plus en plus|se tourna|vers|ces|grottes|pour 라파 누이에서 후퇴함에 따라, 그 사람들은 점점 더 이러한 동굴을 이용하여 de Rapa Nui retrocedían, su gente recurría cada vez más a estas cuevas para de Rapa Nui reculaient, son peuple se tournait de plus en plus vers ces grottes pour

provide cover for their crops. They cultivated vast underground gardens 제공하다|보호|위한|그들의|농작물|그들은|재배했다|광대한|지하의|정원 |||||Ils|cultivaient|vastes|souterrains|jardins proporcionar|refugio|para|sus|cultivos|ellos|cultivaron|vastos|subterráneos|jardines 작물에 대한 보호를 제공했습니다. 그들은 넓은 지하 정원을 경작하여 proteger sus cultivos. Cultivaron vastos jardines subterráneos. protéger leurs cultures. Ils cultivaient d'immenses jardins souterrains.

where they could grow sweet potatoes and yams to supplement their diet. They also 어디서|그들|할 수 있었다|기를|고구마|감자|그리고|얌|을|보충하다|그들의|식단|그들|또한 où|ils|pouvaient|cultiver|doux|patates|et|ignames|pour|compléter|leur|régime|| donde|ellos|podían|cultivar|dulces|papas|y|ñames|para|complementar|su|dieta|ellos|también 고구마와 얌을 재배하여 식단을 보충할 수 있었습니다. 그들은 또한 donde podían cultivar batatas y ñames para complementar su dieta. También où ils pouvaient cultiver des patates douces et des ignames pour compléter leur alimentation. Ils ont également

feet tall and where they could grow a variety of crops. These kept plants safe 피트|자란다|그리고|어디서|그들|할 수 있었다|기를|하나의|다양한|의|작물|이것들은|유지했다|식물|안전하게 |||||||||de||||| |||||||||de||||| 발 높이와 다양한 작물을 재배할 수 있는 곳. 이들은 식물을 안전하게 지켰습니다. pies de altura y donde podían cultivar una variedad de cultivos. Estos mantenían las plantas a salvo pieds de haut et où ils pouvaient cultiver une variété de cultures. Ceux-ci protégeaient les plantes des

from the destructive elements of the weather, reduced the amount of water |la|||de|||||||d'eau 파괴적인 기후 요소로부터, 물의 유출량을 줄이고 de los elementos destructivos del clima, reduciendo la cantidad de agua éléments destructeurs de la météo, réduisant la quantité d'eau

runoff and concentrated nutrients. Archaeologists have identified over 2,500 유출수|그리고|농축된|영양소|고고학자들|가|확인한|2500 ruissellement|et|concentrés|nutriments|Les archéologues|ont|identifié|plus de escorrentía|y|concentrados|nutrientes|arqueólogos|han|identificado|más de 영양분을 집중시켰습니다. 고고학자들은 이 섬 주위에 2,500개 이상의 escorrentía y nutrientes concentrados. Los arqueólogos han identificado más de 2,500 les eaux de ruissellement et les nutriments concentrés. Les archéologues ont identifié plus de 2 500

of these rock gardens around the island, but this is likely only a fraction of 의|이|바위|정원들|주위에|그|섬|그러나|이것|이다|아마도|단지|하나의|일부|의 de||rochers|||||||||||| de|estos|roca|jardines|alrededor|la|isla|pero|esto|es|probablemente|solo|una|fracción|de 이런 암석 정원을 확인했지만, 이는 원래 수의 일부에 불과할 가능성이 높습니다. de estos jardines de roca alrededor de la isla, pero esto es probablemente solo una fracción de de ces jardins de pierres autour de l'île, mais cela n'est probablement qu'une fraction de

the original number. Studies have shown that even today, with no active 연구에 따르면 오늘날에도, 활성화된 것이 없더라도 el número original. Los estudios han demostrado que incluso hoy, sin ningún tipo de le nombre original. Des études ont montré que même aujourd'hui, sans entretien actif

maintenance being done on them, these rings of rock are still operating as 유지보수가 이루어지고 있는 이 암석의 고리들은 여전히 mantenimiento activo, estos anillos de roca todavía están funcionando como effectué sur eux, ces cercles de pierres fonctionnent toujours comme

designed by the ancient gardeners. Levels of phosphorus and potassium, crucial 고대 정원사들이 설계한 대로 작동하고 있습니다. 식물에 필수적인 diseñado por los antiguos jardineros. Los niveles de fósforo y potasio, cruciales conçu par les anciens jardiniers. Les niveaux de phosphore et de potassium, cruciaux

minerals for plants, are much higher inside the manavai than outside, with the 인과 칼륨의 수준은 외부보다 manavai 내부에서 훨씬 더 높으며, minerales para las plantas, son mucho más altos dentro del manavai que fuera, con los minéraux pour les plantes, sont beaucoup plus élevés à l'intérieur du manavai qu'à l'extérieur, avec les

concentrations being sometimes two or three times as high. Simply put, with 농도가 때때로 두세 배 높습니다. 간단히 말해, concentraciones siendo a veces dos o tres veces más altas. En pocas palabras, con concentrations étant parfois deux ou trois fois plus élevées. En d'autres termes, grâce à

their rock gardening techniques, the Rapa Nui were able to make the land much 그들의 암석 정원 기술을 통해 라파 누이는 땅을 훨씬 더 sus técnicas de jardinería en roca, los Rapa Nui pudieron hacer que la tierra fuera mucho leurs techniques de jardinage en roche, les Rapa Nui ont pu rendre la terre beaucoup

more productive after the forest was cleared than it was before. Some of this 더|생산적|후에|그|숲|이었다|제거된|보다|그것|이었다|이전에|일부|의|이것 plus|productif|après|la|forêt|était|défrichée|que|elle|était|avant|une partie|de|cela más|productivo|después de que|el|bosque|fue|despejado|que|eso|fue|antes||| 숲이 제거된 후 더 생산적이었다. 이 중 일부는 más productivo después de que se despejó el bosque de lo que era antes. Parte de esto plus productif après que la forêt a été défrichée qu'il ne l'était auparavant. Une partie de cela

great agricultural potential is hinted at in the accounts of the first Dutch 큰|농업의|잠재력|이다|암시되었다|에|에|그|기록|의|그|최초의|네덜란드인들 grand|agricole|potentiel|est|suggéré|à|dans|les|récits|de|les|premiers|néerlandais gran|agrícola|potencial|es|insinuado|en|los|los|relatos|||| 첫 번째 네덜란드 선원들의 기록에서 큰 농업 잠재력이 암시된다. el gran potencial agrícola se insinúa en los relatos de los primeros holandeses le grand potentiel agricole est suggéré dans les récits des premiers

sailors to land on the island, although I will once again caution about trusting 선원들|에|착륙하다|에|그|섬|비록 ~일지라도|나는|~할 것이다|한 번|다시|경고하다|~에 대해|신뢰하는 것 |à|||||||||||| |que|||||||||||| 하지만 나는 다시 한번 이러한 기록을 믿는 것에 대해 조심할 것을 경고한다. marineros que desembarcaron en la isla, aunque una vez más advertiré sobre confiar marins néerlandais à avoir débarqué sur l'île, bien que je doive encore une fois mettre en garde contre le fait de faire trop confiance

too much in these accounts. Although Roggeveen believed Rapa Nui to be a 로게벤은 라파 누이를 멀리서 보았을 때 나무가 없는 모래 황무지라고 믿었지만, demasiado en estos relatos. Aunque Roggeveen creía que Rapa Nui era un à ces récits. Bien que Roggeveen croyait que Rapa Nui était un

treeless, sandy wasteland from a distance, when he actually landed on the island, he 나무가 없는|모래로 된|황무지|~에서|하나의|거리|~할 때|그는|실제로|착륙했다|~에|그|섬|그는 sans arbres|sablonneux|désert|de|une|distance|quand|il|en réalité|atterrit|sur|l'|île|il sin árboles|arenoso|desierto|de|una|distancia|cuando|él|en realidad|aterrizó|en|la|isla|él 실제로 섬에 상륙했을 때 그는 un desierto arenoso y sin árboles desde la distancia, cuando realmente aterrizó en la isla, él un désert sablonneux et sans arbres de loin, quand il atterrit réellement sur l'île, il

was surprised to find it a productive landscape. We found it not only not sandy, ~였다|놀랐다|~에|발견하다|그것|하나의|생산적인|경관|우리는|발견했다|그것|~이 아닌|만|~이 아닌|모래로 된 était|surpris|de|trouver|cela|un|productif|paysage|nous|trouvâmes|cela|pas|seulement|pas|sablonneux estaba|sorprendido|a|encontrar|eso|un|productivo|paisaje|nosotros|encontramos|eso|no|solo|no|arenoso 생산적인 풍경이라는 것을 발견하고 놀랐다. 우리는 그것이 모래가 아니라는 것을 발견했다. se sorprendió al encontrarlo un paisaje productivo. Descubrimos que no solo no era arenoso, fut surpris de la trouver un paysage productif. Nous avons découvert qu'il n'était pas seulement sablonneux,

remarkable thickness, many other kinds of the fruits of the earth. This place, as 놀라운|두께|많은|다른|종류|의|그|열매|의|그|지구|이|장소|처럼 |||||||||||cet|endroit|comme |||||||||||este|lugar|como 지구의 다른 많은 종류의 과일도 마찬가지였다. 이곳은 풍부한 토양과 좋은 기후를 고려할 때, un grosor notable, y muchos otros tipos de los frutos de la tierra. Este lugar, como épaisseur remarquable, ainsi que de nombreux autres types de fruits de la terre. Cet endroit, comme

far as its rich soil and good climate are concerned, is such that it might be made 멀리|~로서|그것의|비옥한|토양|그리고|좋은|기후|~에 관한|관련된|~이다|그러한|~할 정도로|그것|~할지도 모른다|되다|만들어질 loin|autant que|son|riche|sol|et|bon|climat|sont|concernés|est|tel|que|cela|pourrait|être|fait tan|como|su|rica|tierra|y|buen|clima|están|concernidos|es|tal|que|esto|podría|ser|hecho 지상 낙원으로 만들어질 수 있는 곳이다. 로게빈의 또 다른 장교인 칼이라는 남자도 있었다. en lo que respecta a su rico suelo y buen clima, es tal que podría convertirse en ce qui concerne son sol riche et son bon climat, est tel qu'il pourrait être transformé

into an earthly paradise. Another of Roggeveen's officers, a man named Carl 지상에서의|하나의|지상의|낙원|또 다른|의|로게벤의|장교들|한|남자|이름이|칼 en|un|terrestre|paradis|||||||| en|un|terrenal|paraíso|otro|de|Roggeveen|oficiales|un|hombre|llamado|Carl en un paraíso terrenal. Otro de los oficiales de Roggeveen, un hombre llamado Carl en un paradis terrestre. Un autre des officiers de Roggeveen, un homme nommé Carl

Friedrich Behrens, seems also to contradict this account of a treeless 프리드리히|베렌스|보이는|또한|이|반박하다|이|설명|의|하나의|나무가 없는 ||||||||de|un| Friedrich|Behrens|parece|también|a|contradecir|este|relato|de|una|sin árboles 프리드리히 베렌스는 나무가 없는 섬에 대한 이 설명과 모순되는 것처럼 보인다. Friedrich Behrens, también parece contradecir este relato de una isla sin árboles, Friedrich Behrens, semble également contredire ce récit d'une île sans arbres,

wooden stakes, daubed over with luting and covered with palm leaves. In fact, 나무 기둥 위에 세워져 있었고, 점토로 덮여 있으며 야자수 잎으로 덮여 있었다. 사실, estacas de madera, enlucidas y cubiertas con hojas de palma. De hecho, des pieux en bois, enduits de mortier et recouverts de feuilles de palmier. En fait,

Behrens paints a remarkably positive impression of the island overall. This 베렌스는 전반적으로 섬에 대해 놀라울 정도로 긍정적인 인상을 남긴다. 이 Behrens pinta una impresión notablemente positiva de la isla en general. Esta Behrens donne une impression remarquablement positive de l'île dans son ensemble. Cette

island is a suitable and convenient place at which to obtain refreshment, as 섬은 휴식을 취하기에 적합하고 편리한 장소입니다. isla es un lugar adecuado y conveniente para obtener refrescos, ya que île est un endroit approprié et pratique pour se rafraîchir, car

all the country is under cultivation and we saw in the distance whole tracts of 모든|그|나라|이다|아래|경작|그리고|우리는|보았다|안|그|거리|전체|구역|의 tout|le|pays|est|sous|culture|et|nous|avons vu|dans|la|distance|entiers|étendues|de todo|el|país|está|bajo|cultivo|y|nosotros|vimos|en|la|distancia|enteros|tramos|de 모든 지역이 경작되고 있으며, 우리는 멀리서 광활한 숲을 보았습니다. todo el país está bajo cultivo y vimos a lo lejos extensas áreas de tout le pays est sous culture et nous avons vu au loin de vastes étendues de

woodland. And Roggeveen himself also witnessed cultivated groves of fruit 숲|그리고|로게벤|자신|또한|목격했다|경작된|과수원|의|과일 |et|Roggeveen|lui-même|aussi|a été témoin de|cultivés|bosquets|de|fruitiers |y|Roggeveen|él mismo|también|presenció|cultivados|arboledas|de|fruta 그리고 로게벤 자신도 섬에서 경작된 과일 나무의 숲을 목격했습니다. bosques. Y el propio Roggeveen también fue testigo de huertos cultivados de árboles bois. Et Roggeveen lui-même a également été témoin de vergers cultivés d'arbres

trees on the island. It was now deemed advisable to go to the other side of the 나무들|에|그|섬|그것|이었다|이제|간주되었다|바람직한|에|가다|에|그|다른|쪽|의|그 arbres|||||||||||||||| árboles|||||||||||||||| 이제 그들의 농장과 과일 나무의 주요 장소인 섬의 반대편으로 가는 것이 바람직하다고 여겨졌습니다. frutales en la isla. Ahora se consideraba aconsejable ir al otro lado de la fruitiers sur l'île. Il a maintenant été jugé conseillé d'aller de l'autre côté de l'

island, the principal place of their plantations and fruit trees, for all the 섬|그|주요한|장소|의|그들의|농장|그리고|과일|나무|위한|모든|그 |les|||||plantations|et|fruits|arbres||| |el||||||||||| 모든 것에 대해 isla, el lugar principal de sus plantaciones y árboles frutales, porque todo el île, le principal endroit de leurs plantations et arbres fruitiers, car tout le

things they brought to us of that kind were fetched from that quarter. 것들|그들|가져온|우리에게|우리|의|그런|종류|~였다|가져왔다|~에서|그|지역 choses|ils|ont apporté|à|nous|de|ce|genre|étaient|récupérées|de|ce|quartier cosas|ellos|trajeron|a|nosotros|de|ese|tipo|fueron|traídas|de|ese|lugar 그들이 우리에게 가져온 그런 것들은 그 지역에서 가져온 것이다. las cosas que nos trajeron de ese tipo fueron traídas de ese barrio. les choses qu'ils nous ont apportées de ce genre ont été récupérées de ce quartier.

that the arrival of humans on Rapa Nui resulted in the disappearance of most of 그|그|도착|의|인간들|에|라파|누이|초래했다|에|그|사라짐|의|대부분|의 que|l'|arrivée|de|humains|sur|Rapa|Nui|a résulté|en|la|disparition|de|la plupart|de que|la|llegada|de|humanos|en|Rapa|Nui|resultó|en|la|desaparición|de|la mayoría|de 인간의 라파 누이 도착은 대부분의 que la llegada de humanos a Rapa Nui resultó en la desaparición de la mayor parte de que l'arrivée des humains sur Rapa Nui a entraîné la disparition de la plupart de

its forest. But this is true of virtually every forested island on earth after the 그것의|숲|그러나|이것|이다|사실이다|의|거의|모든|숲이 있는|섬|위에|지구|이후| de sa|forêt|mais|cela|est|vrai|de|pratiquement|chaque|boisée|île|sur|terre|après|la ||pero|esto|es|cierto|de|prácticamente|cada|forestada|isla|en|la tierra|después de|la 숲의 사라짐을 초래했다. 하지만 이것은 사실상 지구상의 모든 숲이 있는 섬에서 사람들의 도착 이후에 일어난 일이다. su bosque. Pero esto es cierto para prácticamente todas las islas boscosas de la tierra después de la sa forêt. Mais cela est vrai pour pratiquement toutes les îles boisées de la terre après le

arrival of people, and no one has yet been able to draw a clear causative link 도착|의|사람들|그리고|아무도|한 사람|해왔다|아직|되어|할 수 있는|~에|그리다|하나의|명확한|인과 관계의|연결 arrivée|de|personnes|et|aucun|personne|a|encore|été|capable|de|tirer|un|clair|causatif|lien llegada|de|personas|y|nadie|uno|ha|aún|sido|capaz|de|trazar|un|claro|causativo|vínculo 그리고 아직까지 누구도 명확한 인과 관계를 도출할 수 없었다. llegada de personas, y nadie ha podido establecer aún un vínculo causal claro arrivée des gens, et personne n'a encore pu établir un lien de causalité clair

between the loss of the forest on Rapa Nui and the collapse of so-called 사이에|그|상실|의|그|숲|에|라파|누이|과|그|붕괴|의|| entre|la|perte|de|la|forêt|sur|Rapa|Nui|et|l'|effondrement|de|| entre|la|pérdida|de|el|bosque|en|Rapa|Nui|y|el|colapso|de|| 라파 누이의 숲 손실과 이른바 복합 사회의 붕괴 사이에 entre la pérdida del bosque en Rapa Nui y el colapso de la llamada entre la perte de la forêt sur Rapa Nui et l'effondrement de ce qu'on appelle

complex society. In fact, studies done on the skeletons of islanders from around 복잡한|사회|사실|사실|연구|수행된|대한|그|해골|의|섬 주민들|부터|주위에 complexe|société||||||||||| complejo|sociedad|en|hecho|estudios|realizados|en|los|esqueletos|de|isleños|de|alrededor 사실, 이 시기의 섬 주민들의 해골에 대한 연구는 그들이 평균적인 sociedad compleja. De hecho, los estudios realizados sobre los esqueletos de los isleños de alrededor la société complexe. En fait, des études réalisées sur les squelettes des insulaires de cette époque ont montré qu'ils souffraient de moins de malnutrition que la moyenne.

this time showed that they suffered from less malnutrition than the average cette|époque|ont montré|que|ils|souffraient|de|moins|malnutrition|que|la|moyenne 유럽인보다 영양실조에 덜 시달렸다는 것을 보여주었다. de esta época mostraron que sufrían de menos desnutrición que el promedio

European. This all seems to be backed up by Roggeveen's account of his first européen||||||||||||| 이 모든 것은 로게벤이 섬을 처음 방문했을 때의 기록에 의해 뒷받침되는 것 같다. Europeo. Todo esto parece estar respaldado por el relato de Roggeveen sobre su primera Européen. Tout cela semble être confirmé par le récit de Roggeveen de sa première

visit to the island. It's clear from his account that when he arrived, the Rapa |de||||||son||||||| 그의 기록에서 분명한 것은 그가 도착했을 때, 라파 visita a la isla. Es claro por su relato que cuando llegó, los isleños de Rapa visite sur l'île. Il est clair d'après son récit que lorsqu'il est arrivé, les Rapa

hats, and one brave islander even climbed through a porthole on Roggeveen's ship to 모자|그리고|한 명의|용감한|섬 주민|심지어|기어올랐다|통해|하나의|포트홀|위에|로게빈의|배|~하기 위해 chapeaux|et|un|brave|insulaire|même|a grimpé|à travers|un|hublot|sur|de Roggeveen|navire|pour sombreros|y|un|valiente|isleño|incluso|trepó|a través de|un|portillo|en|de Roggeveen|barco|para 그리고 한 용감한 섬 주민은 로게빈의 배의 포트홀을 통해 올라가서 sombreros, y un valiente isleño incluso trepó por un ojo de buey en el barco de Roggeveen para des chapeaux, et un courageux insulaire a même grimpé à travers un hublot du navire de Roggeveen pour

steal a tablecloth. But there's no account of them stealing the Europeans' 훔치다|하나의|식탁보|그러나|~가 있다|없는|기록|~에 대한|그들|훔치는 것|그|유럽인들의 voler|une|nappe|mais|il n'y a|pas de|récit|de|eux|volant|la|des Européens robar|una|mantel|pero|no hay||relato|de|ellos|robando|los|europeos 식탁보를 훔치기까지 했다. 그러나 그들이 유럽인들의 음식을 훔쳤다는 기록은 없다. robar un mantel. Pero no hay ningún relato de que robaran la comida de los europeos. voler une nappe. Mais il n'y a aucun récit d'eux volant la nourriture des Européens.

food. In fact, it was the Dutch, malnutritioned on a diet of salt meat 음식|사실|사실|그것|이었다|그|네덜란드인들|영양실조에 걸린|에|하나의|식단|의|소금에 절인|고기 nourriture|En|fait|cela|c'était|les|Néerlandais|malnutris|sur|un|régime|de|salé|viande comida||||||||||||| 사실, 그것은 네덜란드 사람들이 염장 고기만 먹고 영양실조에 걸린 것이었다. De hecho, fueron los holandeses, desnutridos por una dieta de carne salada En fait, ce sont les Néerlandais, malnutris avec un régime à base de viande salée

and hard tack after weeks at sea, who begged the islanders for food, giving 그리고 바다에서 몇 주 후에 하드택을 먹으며, 섬 주민들에게 음식을 요청하며 y galletas duras después de semanas en el mar, quienes suplicaron a los isleños por comida, dando et de biscuits durs après des semaines en mer, qui ont supplié les insulaires de leur donner de la nourriture, donnant

them cloth and linen in exchange for 60 chickens and 30 bunches of bananas. None 그들에게|천|그리고|리넨|에|교환|대한|닭|그리고|다발|의|바나나|없음 leur|tissu|et|lin|en|échange|contre|poules|et|régimes|de|bananes|Aucun ellos|tela|y|lino|en|cambio|por|pollos|y|racimos|de|bananas| 60마리의 닭과 30송이의 바나나와 교환하기 위해 천과 리넨을 주었다. 아무도 telas y lino a cambio de 60 pollos y 30 racimos de plátanos. Ninguno des tissus et du lin en échange de 60 poules et de 30 régimes de bananes. Aucun

of this sounds like the behavior of a people living on the edge of starvation. 의|이것|들린다|처럼|그|행동|의|한|사람들|사는|에|그|가장자리|의|기아 de|cela|semble|comme|le|comportement|de|un|peuple|vivant|sur|le|bord|de|famine de|esto|suena|como|el|comportamiento|de|un|pueblo|viviendo|en|el|borde|de|inanición 이것이 기아의 가장자리에 살고 있는 사람들의 행동처럼 들리지 않는다. de esto suena como el comportamiento de un pueblo que vive al borde de la inanición. de cela ne ressemble au comportement d'un peuple vivant au bord de la famine.

With multiple abundant sources of food, alongside the efficient use of the land 여러|다수의|풍부한|공급원|의|음식|옆에|그|효율적인|사용|의|그|토지 Avec|multiples|abondantes|sources|de|nourriture|aux côtés de|l'|efficace|utilisation|de|la|terre con|múltiples|abundantes|fuentes|de|comida|junto a|el|eficiente|uso|de|la|tierra 주변의 효율적인 토지 사용과 함께 여러 풍부한 식량 공급원이 있는 상황에서, Con múltiples fuentes abundantes de alimento, junto con el uso eficiente de la tierra Avec de multiples sources de nourriture abondantes, ainsi qu'une utilisation efficace des terres

around them, archaeological and written evidence begins to make that popular 주위에|그들|고고학적|그리고|문서화된|증거|시작하다|~하는|만들다|그것을|대중적 ||archéologique|et|écrit|preuves|commence|à|rendre|cela|populaire ||arqueológica|y|escrita|evidencia|comienza|a|hacer|eso|popular 고고학적 및 문서적 증거는 그 대중적인 a su alrededor, la evidencia arqueológica y escrita comienza a hacer que eso sea popular. qui les entourent, les preuves archéologiques et écrites commencent à rendre cela populaire.

scenario of starvation and even cannibalism look patently absurd. 시나리오|의|기아|그리고|심지어|식인|보이다|명백히|불합리한 scénario|de|famine|et|même|cannibalisme|semble|manifestement|absurde escenario|de|hambre|y|incluso|canibalismo|parece|patentemente|absurdo 기아와 심지어 식인 풍습의 시나리오는 명백히 터무니없어 보인다. el escenario de la inanición e incluso el canibalismo parece patentemente absurdo. le scénario de la famine et même du cannibalisme semble manifestement absurde.

Part and parcel of the starvation narrative is the assumption that the 일부|그리고|필수 요소|의|그|기아|서사|이다|그|가정|~라는|그 partie|et|parcelle|de|la|famine|narration|est|l'|hypothèse|que| parte|y|parcel|de|la|hambre|narrativa|es|la|suposición|que|la 기아 이야기의 일환으로 자원 부족이 발생했을 때 섬 사회가 잔인한 갈등의 시기로 접어들었다는 가정이 있다. Parte integral de la narrativa de la inanición es la suposición de que la Une partie intégrante du récit de la famine est l'hypothèse selon laquelle la

society of the island descended into a period of brutal conflict once resources 사회|의|그|섬|하락했다|으로|하나의|기간|의|잔인한|갈등|일단|자원 société|de|l'|île|est descendue|dans|une|période|de|brutale|conflit|une fois que|ressources sociedad|de|la|isla|descendió|en|un|período|de|brutal|conflicto|una vez|recursos 하지만 자원이 풍부했다면, 이 가정을 의문시할 수 있을까? sociedad de la isla descendió a un período de conflicto brutal una vez que los recursos société de l'île est tombée dans une période de conflit brutal une fois que les ressources

assumption? The folklore of the islanders does record a period of warfare, after 가정|그|민속|의|그|섬 주민들|(조동사)|기록하다|하나의|기간|의|전쟁|이후 hypothèse|le|folklore|des|les|insulaires|verbe auxiliaire|enregistre|une|période|de|guerre|après suposición|el|folclore|de|los|isleños|verbo auxiliar|registra|un|período|de|guerra|después 그 후 ¿suposición? El folclore de los isleños registra un período de guerra, después hypothèse ? Le folklore des insulaires évoque une période de guerre, après

which the Moai building culture faded into obscurity. But as we've seen, this 어떤|그|모아이|건축|문화|사라졌다|속으로|잊혀짐|그러나|처럼|우리는|보았다|이것 |le||||||||||| el cual|la|Moai|construcción|cultura|se desvaneció|en|obscuridad|pero|como|hemos|visto|este 모아이 건축 문화가 잊혀져 간 시기입니다. 하지만 우리가 보았듯이, 이 del cual la cultura de construcción de Moai se desvaneció en la oscuridad. Pero como hemos visto, este laquelle la culture de construction des Moai a sombré dans l'obscurité. Mais comme nous l'avons vu, ce

folklore can be unreliable at the best of times. Much more reliable is the 민속 이야기|~할 수 있다|이다|신뢰할 수 없는|~에|그|가장 좋은|의|때|훨씬|더|신뢰할 수 있는|이다|그 |||||||de|||||| folclore|puede|ser|poco confiable|en|los|mejores|de|||más|confiable|es|el 민속 이야기는 최선의 경우에도 신뢰할 수 없습니다. 훨씬 더 신뢰할 수 있는 것은 folclore puede ser poco confiable en el mejor de los casos. Mucho más confiable es el folklore peut être peu fiable dans le meilleur des cas. Bien plus fiable est le

archaeological record. When a period of conflict occurs in such an environment, 고고학적 기록입니다. 그러한 환경에서 갈등의 시기가 발생하면, registro arqueológico. Cuando ocurre un período de conflicto en un entorno así, registre archéologique. Lorsqu'une période de conflit se produit dans un tel environnement,

the evidence is usually hard to miss. 그|증거|이다|보통|어렵게|~에|놓치다 la|preuve|est|généralement|difficile|à|manquer la|evidencia|es|usualmente|difícil|de|perder 증거는 보통 놓치기 어렵습니다. la evidencia suele ser difícil de pasar por alto. les preuves sont généralement difficiles à manquer.

One great example of this is the island of Fiji, another Pacific island 7,000 하나|훌륭한|예시|의|이것|이다|그|섬|의|피지|또 다른|태평양의|섬 un|grand|exemple|de|cela|est|l'|île|de|Fidji|une autre|pacifique|île un|gran|ejemplo|de|esto|es|la|isla|de|Fiji|otro|Pacífico|isla 이의 훌륭한 예는 피지 섬으로, 또 다른 태평양 섬으로 7,000 Un gran ejemplo de esto es la isla de Fiji, otra isla del Pacífico a 7,000 Un excellent exemple de cela est l'île de Fidji, une autre île du Pacifique à 7 000

kilometers away. In Fiji, archaeologists have found the remains of strong hilltop 킬로미터|떨어져|~에서|피지|고고학자들|~이 있다|발견했다|그|유적|의|강한|언덕 정상 ||à|Fidji|archéologues|ont|trouvé|les|restes|de|forts|en hauteur kilómetros|lejos|en|Fiji|arqueólogos|han|encontrado|los|restos|de|fuertes|en la cima de la colina 킬로미터 떨어진 곳. 피지에서 고고학자들은 강한 언덕 꼭대기의 유적을 발견했습니다. kilómetros de distancia. En Fiji, los arqueólogos han encontrado los restos de fuertes en la cima de colinas kilomètres de distance. À Fidji, les archéologues ont trouvé les restes de forts

forts and fortified towns, all pointing to a period of warfare. In Hawaii, it's 요새|그리고|강화된|마을|모두|가리키는|에|하나의|시기|의|전쟁|에|하와이|그것은 |||||||||||à|Hawaï|c'est |||||||||||en|Hawái|es 요새와 요새화된 마을, 모두 전쟁의 시기를 가리킵니다. 하와이에서는 y ciudades fortificadas, todo apuntando a un período de guerra. En Hawái, es de colline solides et de villes fortifiées, tous indiquant une période de guerre. À Hawaï, c'est

hundreds of warriors armed with clubs. The signs of war in the archaeological 수백의|의|전사들|무장한|가진|곤봉들|그|징후들|의|전쟁|에|그|고고학적 centaines|de|guerriers|armés|de|massues||||||| cientos|de|guerreros|armados|con|garrotes|los|signos|de|guerra|en|el|arqueológico 고고학적 기록에서 전쟁의 흔적은 찾기 어렵지 않습니다. 무기의 수가 증가하고, cientos de guerreros armados con garrotes. Las señales de guerra en el registro arqueológico des centaines de guerriers armés de massues. Les signes de guerre dans le registre archéologique

record aren't difficult to spot. Increased number of weapons, increased 기록|아니다|어렵다|~하는|발견하다|증가된|수|의|무기|증가된 registre|ne sont pas|difficiles|à|repérer||||| |||||aumento|número|de|armas|aumento 증가했습니다. no son difíciles de detectar. Aumento en el número de armas, aumento ne sont pas difficiles à repérer. Nombre accru d'armes, augmentation

violence. First, let's look at the evidence of weapons on Rapa Nui. The 폭력|먼저|우리가|살펴보자|에|그|증거|의|무기|에|라파|누이| violence|d'abord|nous allons|regarder|à|les|preuves|de|armes|sur|Rapa|Nui| violencia|primero|vamos a|mirar|a|las|evidencias|de|armas|en|Rapa|Nui| 먼저, 라파 누이에서 무기의 증거를 살펴보자. 그 violencia. Primero, veamos la evidencia de armas en Rapa Nui. El violence. Tout d'abord, examinons les preuves d'armes sur Rapa Nui. Le

islanders did make blades from the black volcanic glass obsidian. Obsidian forms 섬 주민들|(과거형 동사 보조어)|만들었다|칼날|~로부터|그|검은|화산의|유리|흑요석|흑요석|형성된다 insulaires|ont|fabriqué|lames|à partir de|le|noir|volcanique|verre|obsidienne|| isleños|verbo auxiliar pasado|hacer|cuchillas|de|el|negro|volcánico|vidrio|obsidiana|| 섬 주민들은 검은 화산 유리인 옵시디안으로 칼날을 만들었다. 옵시디안은 pueblo isleño fabricó cuchillas de vidrio volcánico negro obsidiana. La obsidiana se forma les insulaires fabriquaient des lames à partir du verre volcanique noir obsidienne. L'obsidienne se forme

in the vents of volcanic eruptions when lava reaches the surface and cools 화산 폭발의|그|통풍구|의|화산|분출|언제|용암|도달할|그|표면|그리고|식는다 dans|les|évents|des|volcaniques|éruptions|quand|la lave|atteint|la|surface|et|refroidit en|los|respiraderos|de|volcánicos|erupciones|cuando|lava|alcanza|la|superficie|y|se enfría 화산 폭발의 통풍구에서 용암이 표면에 도달하고 빠르게 식을 때 형성된다. en las chimeneas de las erupciones volcánicas cuando la lava alcanza la superficie y se enfría dans les évents des éruptions volcaniques lorsque la lave atteint la surface et se refroidit

edges. In fact, obsidian blades have been measured to be up to a thousand times 날카로운 가장자리|사실|사실|흑요석|칼날|가지고 있다|되어|측정된|에|이다|최대|에|하나|천|배 bords|en|fait|obsidienne|lames|ont|été|mesurées|à|être|jusqu'à|à|un|mille|fois bordes|en|hecho|obsidiana|cuchillas|han|sido|medido|a|ser|hasta|a|un|mil|veces 모서리. 사실, 흑요석 칼날은 최대 천 배 더 날카롭다는 측정 결과가 있다. bordes. De hecho, se ha medido que las cuchillas de obsidiana son hasta mil veces bords. En fait, les lames en obsidienne ont été mesurées pour être jusqu'à mille fois

sharper than a steel scalpel. The Rapa Nui gave their blades names depending on 더 날카로운|~보다|하나의|강철|수술용 칼|그|라파|누이|주었다|그들의|칼날|이름|의존하는|~에 plus tranchantes|que|un|acier|scalpel||||||||| más afiladas|que|un|acero|escalpelo|los|Rapa|Nui|dieron|sus|cuchillas|nombres|dependiendo|en 라파 누이는 칼날의 모양에 따라 이름을 붙였다. más afiladas que un escalpelo de acero. Los Rapa Nui daban nombres a sus cuchillas dependiendo de plus tranchantes qu'un scalpel en acier. Les Rapa Nui donnaient des noms à leurs lames en fonction de

their shape. Fishtail, rat spine, banana leaf are some examples. Some writers have 그들의|형태|피쉬테일|쥐|척추|바나나|잎|이다|몇몇|예시들|몇몇|작가들|가지고 있다 leurs|forme||||||||||| ||cola de pez|rata|espina|plátano|hoja|son|algunos|ejemplos|algunos|escritores|han 물고기 꼬리, 쥐 척추, 바나나 잎 등이 그 예시이다. 일부 작가들은 su forma. Cola de pez, espina de rata, hoja de plátano son algunos ejemplos. Algunos escritores han leur forme. Queue de poisson, colonne vertébrale de rat, feuille de bananier sont quelques exemples. Certains écrivains ont

argued that the large amount of these blades found points to a mass production soutenu|que|la|grande|quantité|de|ces|lames|trouvées|pointe|à|une|production|production 이 칼날의 대량 발견이 무기 대량 생산과 갈등의 시기를 나타낸다고 주장했다. argumentado que la gran cantidad de estas cuchillas encontradas apunta a una producción en masa. soutenu que la grande quantité de ces lames trouvées indique une production de masse.

of weaponry and a period of conflict. But studies of these blades have found that 의|무기|그리고|하나의|기간|의|갈등|그러나|연구|의|이|칼날|해왔다|발견했다|~라는 것을 de|l'armement|et|une|période|de|conflit|Mais|études|de|ces|lames|ont|trouvé|que de|armamento|y|un|período|de|conflicto|pero|estudios|de|estas|cuchillas|han|encontrado|que 하지만 이 칼날에 대한 연구는 다음과 같은 사실을 발견했다. de armamento y un período de conflicto. Pero los estudios de estas cuchillas han encontrado que d'armement et une période de conflit. Mais des études sur ces lames ont révélé que

taro, and they were found in the highest concentrations in the area of the 타로였으며, 그들은 섬 주민의 바위 정원 지역에서 가장 높은 농도로 발견되었고, taro, y se encontraron en las concentraciones más altas en el área de los de taro, et ils ont été trouvés en plus fortes concentrations dans la zone des

islanders' rock gardens, where they were most likely used for everyday tasks like 그곳에서 그들은 음식 준비와 같은 일상적인 작업에 가장 많이 사용되었을 가능성이 높습니다. jardines de roca de los isleños, donde probablemente se usaron para tareas cotidianas como jardins de roc des insulaires, où ils étaient très probablement utilisés pour des tâches quotidiennes comme

the preparation of food. Studies of skeletons have also seemed to undermine 그|준비|의|음식|연구|의|해골|해왔다|또한|보였다|~할|약화시키다 la|préparation|de|nourriture|études|de|squelettes|ont|aussi|semblé|à|saper la|preparación|de|comida|estudios|de|esqueletos|han|también|parecido|a|socavar 해골에 대한 연구는 또한 이 갈등의 그림을 약화시키는 것으로 보였습니다. la preparación de alimentos. Los estudios de esqueletos también parecen socavar la préparation de la nourriture. Des études de squelettes semblent également contredire

this picture of conflict. In a historical zone of conflict, we would expect to see 이|사진|의|갈등|에|하나의|역사적|지역|의|갈등|우리는|~할 것이다|기대하다|~을|보다 cette|image|de|conflit|Dans|une|historique|zone|de|conflit|nous|conditionnel|attendrions|à|voir esta|imagen|de|conflicto|en|una|histórica|zona|de|conflicto|nosotros|verbo auxiliar condicional|esperar|a|ver 갈등의 역사적 지역에서는 우리가 갈등을 볼 것으로 예상할 것입니다. esta imagen de conflicto. En una zona histórica de conflicto, esperaríamos ver cette image de conflit. Dans une zone historique de conflit, nous nous attendrions à voir

inside, broken bones and bones bearing scratches from blades glancing off them. 내부에|부러진|뼈들|그리고|뼈들|지닌|긁힌 자국들|~로부터|칼날들|스치는|~에서|그들 à l'intérieur|cassés|os|et|os|portant|éraflures|de|lames|glissant|sur|eux adentro|rotas|huesos|y|huesos|que presentan|rasguños|de|cuchillas|rebotando|de|ellos 안에는 부러진 뼈와 칼날에 긁힌 자국이 있는 뼈들이 있다. dentro, huesos rotos y huesos con rasguños de cuchillas que se deslizan sobre ellos. à l'intérieur, des os cassés et des os portant des éraflures de lames les frôlant.

But studies of skeletal remains on Easter Island have shown that the 그러나|연구|의|골격|유해|에|이스터|섬|가졌다|보여주었다|~라는 것을|그 mais|des études|sur|squelettiques|restes|sur|Pâques|Île|ont|montré|que|les pero|estudios|de|esqueléticos|restos|en|Pascua|Isla|han|mostrado|que|los 하지만 이스터 섬의 해골 유적에 대한 연구는 그곳 주민들이 사실상 대부분 평화롭게 살았음을 보여주었다. Pero los estudios de restos esqueléticos en la Isla de Pascua han demostrado que los Mais des études sur les restes squelettiques de l'île de Pâques ont montré que les

islanders were in fact remarkable for their mostly peaceful existence. Only 섬 주민들|~였다|~에|사실|놀라운|~에 대해|그들의|대부분|평화로운|존재|오직 insulaires|étaient|dans|fait|remarquables|pour|leur|principalement|paisible|existence|seulement ||||||||||solo 연구된 해골 중 약 2%만이 외상을 입은 것으로 나타났다. isleños eran de hecho notables por su existencia mayormente pacífica. Solo insulaires étaient en fait remarquables pour leur existence principalement pacifique. Seulement

blunt and cutting weapons, and this isn't a large proportion of the population. I 둔기|그리고|날카로운|무기|그리고|이것|아니다|하나의|큰|비율|의|그|인구|나 contondants|et|tranchants|armes|et|cela|n'est pas|une|grande|proportion|de|la|population|je |y||||esto|no es|una|gran|proporción|de|la|población|yo 무딘 무기와 날카로운 무기, 그리고 이것은 인구의 큰 비율이 아닙니다. 나는 armas contundentes y cortantes, y esta no es una gran proporción de la población. Yo des armes contondantes et tranchantes, et cela ne représente pas une grande proportion de la population. Je

themselves frustrated. The small Pacific island of Rapaiti, for instance, is five 그들 자신을|좌절한|그|작은|태평양의|섬|의|라파이티|예를 들어|사례|이|다섯 ||la|petite|pacifique|île|de|Rapaiti|par|exemple|est|cinq a sí mismos|frustrados|la|pequeña|Pacífico|isla|de|Rapaiti|por|ejemplo|es|cinco 좌절감을 느끼고 있습니다. 예를 들어, 작은 태평양 섬인 라파이티는 다섯 frustrados. La pequeña isla del Pacífico de Rapaiti, por ejemplo, tiene cinco La petite île du Pacifique de Rapaiti, par exemple, fait cinq

times smaller than Easter Island and yet it has no fewer than 14 hilltop 배수|더 작다|보다|이스터|섬|그리고|그러나|그것|가지고 있다|없는|더 적은|보다|언덕 꼭대기 fois|plus petit|que|Pâques|Île|et|pourtant|cela|a|pas de|moins|que|sommet veces|más pequeño|que|Pascua|Isla|y|sin embargo|eso|tiene|no|menos|que|en la cima de la colina 이스터 섬보다 14배나 작은 섬이지만, 언덕 꼭대기에 요새가 14개나 있다. veces más pequeño que la Isla de Pascua y, sin embargo, no tiene menos de 14 fois plus petit que l'île de Pâques et pourtant il n'a pas moins de 14 forteresses

fortresses. On Rapaiti, life on the island actually did descend into a 라파이티에서는 섬의 삶이 실제로 폭력과 내전의 악몽으로 전락했으며, 그 징후는 쉽게 발견할 수 있다. fortalezas en la cima de colinas. En Rapaiti, la vida en la isla realmente sur les collines. À Rapaiti, la vie sur l'île a en fait sombré dans un

nightmare of violence and civil war and the signs of this are hard to miss. 라파이티의 요새는 감시탑과 벽, 도랑 및 나무로 된 방어 울타리를 포함한다. descendió a una pesadilla de violencia y guerra civil, y las señales de esto son difíciles de pasar por alto. cauchemar de violence et de guerre civile et les signes de cela sont difficiles à manquer.

Fortifications on Rapaiti involve watchtowers and walls, ditches and wooden 여기서 우리는 무기와 인간의 유해를 발견하며, 그 유해는 Las fortificaciones en Rapaiti incluyen torres de vigilancia y muros, zanjas y madera. Les fortifications sur Rapaiti comprennent des tours de guet et des murs, des fossés et du bois.

palisade fences. We find weapons here and human remains bearing the marks of 방어용 울타리|울타리|우리는|찾는다|무기|여기|그리고|인간|유해|지닌|그|흔적|의 palissade|clôtures|nous|trouvons|armes|ici|et|humain|restes|portant|les|marques|de palisade|cercas|nosotros|encontramos|armas|aquí|y|humano|restos|que llevan|las|marcas|de vallas de palisade. Encontramos armas aquí y restos humanos que llevan las marcas de clôtures en palissade. Nous trouvons des armes ici et des restes humains portant les marques de

violence, but on Easter Island no such fortifications exist. One feature known 폭력|그러나|에|이스터|섬|없다|그런|요새|존재한다|하나|특징|알려진 violence|mais|sur|Pâques|Île|aucune|telle|fortifications|existent||| |pero|en|Pascua|Isla|no|tales|fortificaciones|existen|una|característica|conocida 폭력, 그러나 이스터 섬에는 그러한 요새가 존재하지 않는다. 알려진 한 특징 violencia, pero en la Isla de Pascua no existen tales fortificaciones. Una característica conocida violence, mais sur l'île de Pâques, aucune de ces fortifications n'existe. Une caractéristique connue

as the Poika ditch was long assumed to be a defensive structure, but recent ~로서|그|포이카|도랑|~였다|오랫동안|가정되었다|~로|존재하다|하나의|방어용의|구조물|그러나|최근의 sous|le|Poika|fossé|était|longtemps|supposée|à|être|une|défensive|structure|mais|récentes |la|||||||||||| 인 포이카 도랑은 오랫동안 방어 구조물로 여겨졌지만, 최근의 como la zanja Poika se asumió durante mucho tiempo como una estructura defensiva, pero investigaciones recientes sous le nom de fossé Poika a longtemps été considérée comme une structure défensive, mais des

investigations have shown that it's actually a natural feature caused by the |||||||||||le 조사에 따르면 실제로는 두 개의 용암 흐름이 충돌하여 생긴 자연적인 특징이다. 동굴 입구에 세운 일부 벽은 han demostrado que en realidad es una característica natural causada por el enquêtes récentes ont montré qu'il s'agit en réalité d'une caractéristique naturelle causée par le

collision of two lava flows. Some walls built at the entrances to caves have 충돌|의|두|용암|흐름|일부|벽|지어진|에|그|입구|에|동굴|가지고 있다 collision|de|deux|lave|coulées|Certains|murs|construits|à|les|entrées|de|grottes|ont colisión|de|dos|lava|flujos|algunas|paredes|construidas|en|las|entradas|a|cuevas|han 섬 주민들이 스스로를 방어하고 있다는 증거로 사용되기도 했지만, colisión de dos flujos de lava. Algunas paredes construidas en las entradas de las cuevas han collision de deux coulées de lave. Certains murs construits à l'entrée des grottes ont

also been used as evidence of the islanders fortifying themselves, but 또한|되어|사용된|~로|증거|~의|그|섬 주민들|강화하는|그들 스스로|그러나 ||utilisées|comme||||||| también|sido|usadas|como|evidencia|de|los|isleños|fortificándose|ellos mismos|pero sido utilizadas también como evidencia de que los isleños se fortificaban, pero également été utilisés comme preuve que les insulaires se fortifiaient, mais

there's little other evidence of the caves being used as military strongholds 있다|거의 없는|다른|증거|~의|그|동굴|사용되는|사용된|~로서|군사|요새 ||||||||utilisées|comme|| hay|poca|otra|evidencia|de|las|cuevas|siendo|usadas|como|militares|fortalezas 동굴이 군사 요새로 사용되었다는 다른 증거는 거의 없다. hay pocas otras evidencias de que las cuevas se usaran como bastiones militares il y a peu d'autres preuves que les grottes aient été utilisées comme bastions militaires

and in fact they seem to be more commonly used as hiding places. So 사실, 그들은 더 일반적으로 은신처로 사용된 것 같다. 그래서 y de hecho parecen ser más comúnmente utilizadas como lugares de escondite. Así que et en fait, elles semblent être plus couramment utilisées comme cachettes. Donc

another one of our assumptions about Easter Island has been taken away. Now 또 다른|하나|의|우리의|가정들|에 대한|이스터|섬|가|되어|취해|사라졌다|이제 un autre|un|de|nos|hypothèses|sur|Pâques|Île|a|été|pris|emporté|maintenant otro|uno|de|nuestras|suposiciones|sobre|Pascua|Isla|ha|sido|quitada|lejos|ahora 이스터 섬에 대한 우리의 또 다른 가정이 사라졌다. 이제 otra de nuestras suposiciones sobre la Isla de Pascua ha sido eliminada. Ahora une autre de nos hypothèses sur l'île de Pâques a été remise en question. Maintenant

than any city of Europe at the time. We may never know what decides whether a 보다|어떤|도시|의|유럽|에|그|시간|우리는|~할지도 모른다|결코|알다|무엇|결정하는지|~인지|하나 ||||||||nous|pouvons|jamais|savoir|ce que|décide|si|une ||||||||nosotros|podemos|nunca|saber|qué|decide|si|una 당시 유럽의 어떤 도시보다도. que cualquier ciudad de Europa en ese momento. Puede que nunca sepamos qué decide si un que n'importe quelle ville d'Europe à l'époque. Nous ne saurons peut-être jamais ce qui détermine si un

they will work together to maintain the peace like on Rapa Nui. Some have 그들|~할 것이다|일하다|함께|~하기 위해|유지하다|그|평화|처럼|에|라파|누이|일부|가지고 있다 ils|verbe auxiliaire futur|travailleront|ensemble|pour|maintenir|la|paix|comme|sur|Rapa|Nui|certains|ont ellos|verbo auxiliar futuro|trabajarán|juntos|para|mantener|la|paz|como|en|Rapa|Nui|| 라파 누이처럼 평화를 유지하기 위해 함께 일할지를 결정하는 것이 무엇인지 우리는 결코 알지 못할지도 모른다. trabajarán juntos para mantener la paz como en Rapa Nui. Algunos han elle travaillera ensemble pour maintenir la paix comme sur Rapa Nui. Certains ont

suggested that the Rapa Nui islanders, all descended from that first 제안했다|~을|그|라파|누이|섬 주민들|모두|유래했다|~로부터|그|최초의 suggéré|que|les|Rapa|Nui|insulaires|tous|descendants|de|cette|première sugerido|que|los|Rapa|Nui|isleños|todos|descendieron|de|ese|primer 일부는 라파 누이 섬 주민들이, 그 첫 번째 식민지 시도에서 유래된 모두가, sugerido que los isleños de Rapa Nui, todos descendientes de ese primer suggéré que les insulaires de Rapa Nui, tous descendants de cette première

colonization attempt, would have had many family relations between tribes and so 식민지화|시도|~할 것이다|가질|가졌을|많은|가족|관계|사이에|부족들|그리고|그래서 ||verbe auxiliaire conditionnel|auraient|eu|nombreuses|familiales|relations|entre|tribus|et|donc ||verbo auxiliar condicional|haber|tenido|muchas|familiares|relaciones|entre|tribus|y|así 부족 간에 많은 가족 관계를 가졌을 것이라고 제안했다. intento de colonización, habrían tenido muchas relaciones familiares entre tribus y así tentative de colonisation, auraient eu de nombreuses relations familiales entre les tribus et donc

feud or skirmish. When a rival chief is also the husband of your wife's sister's 불화|또는|소규모 전투|언제|하나의|경쟁하는|추장|이다|또한|그|남편|의|당신의|아내의|자매의 |||Quand|un|rival|chef|est|aussi|le|mari|de|votre|femme|sœur rencilla|o|escaramuza|cuando|un|rival|jefe|es|también|el|esposo|de|tu|esposa|hermana 예를 들어, 경쟁하는 추장이 당신 아내의 자매의 이모의 남편이라면, rencilla o escaramuza. Cuando un jefe rival es también el esposo de la hermana de tu esposa duel ou escarmouche. Quand un chef rival est aussi le mari de la sœur de votre femme

aunt, for instance, you might try to avoid excessive conflict and reach for 이모|예를 들어|경우|당신|~할지도 모른다|시도하다|~에|피하다|과도한|갈등|그리고|다가가다|~을 위해 |par|exemple|vous|pourriez|essayer|de|éviter|excessive|conflit|et|parvenir|à |por|ejemplo|tú|podrías|intentar|a|evitar|excesivo|conflicto|y|alcanzar|por 과도한 갈등을 피하고 평화로운 타협을 시도할 수 있다. tía, por ejemplo, podrías intentar evitar un conflicto excesivo y buscar tante, par exemple, vous pourriez essayer d'éviter un conflit excessif et opter pour

peaceful compromises, that is, if you want to avoid a frosty atmosphere at your 평화로운|타협|그것은|이다|만약|당신|원한다|~할|피하다|하나의|차가운|분위기|~에서|당신의 ||c'est-à-dire||si|vous|voulez|de|éviter|une|froide|atmosphère|à|votre pacíficos|compromisos|eso|es|si|tú|quieres|a|evitar|un|helado|atmósfera|en|tu 즉, 저녁 식탁에서 차가운 분위기를 피하고 싶다면 말이다. compromisos pacíficos, es decir, si quieres evitar una atmósfera fría en tu des compromis pacifiques, c'est-à-dire, si vous voulez éviter une atmosphère glaciale à votre

dinner table. On a small island, word travels fast and it doesn't pay to be 저녁|식탁|~에|하나의|작은|섬|소문|퍼진다|빠르게|그리고|그것|~하지 않는다|이익이 되다|~에|존재하다 dîner|table|sur|une|petite|île|mot|voyage|vite|et|cela|nepas|paie|de|être cena|mesa|en|una|pequeña|isla|la palabra|viaja|rápido|y|eso|no|paga|para|ser 작은 섬에서는 소문이 빠르게 퍼지고, 갈등을 피하는 것이 이득이다. mesa de cena. En una pequeña isla, la información viaja rápido y no conviene ser table de dîner. Sur une petite île, les nouvelles circulent vite et il n'est pas avantageux d'être

viewed as overly aggressive. Some historians have even argued that the 여겨지다|~로|지나치게|공격적이다|일부|역사학자들|~하고 있다|심지어|주장했다|~라는|그 vu|comme|trop|agressif||||||| visto|como|excesivamente|agresivo|algunos|historiadores|han|incluso|argumentado|que|la 과도하게 공격적으로 여겨졌다. 일부 역사학자들은 심지어 Moai의 건설이 visto como demasiado agresivo. Algunos historiadores incluso han argumentado que la perçu comme trop agressif. Certains historiens ont même soutenu que la

the island's different communities to compete for dominance in a non-violent 그|섬의|다양한|공동체들|위해|경쟁하다|을 위한|지배|에서|하나의|| les|de l'île|différentes|communautés|de|rivaliser|pour|domination|dans|une|| las|isla|diferentes|comunidades|a|competir|por|dominio|en|un|| 갈등을 예방하는 데 도움이 되었을 것이라고 주장했다. que las diferentes comunidades de la isla compitieran por el dominio de manera no violenta. aux différentes communautés de l'île de rivaliser pour la domination de manière non violente.

way. Another way this may have occurred is through an incredible ritual known 방법|또 다른|방법|이것|~일 수 있다|가질|발생했|이다|통해|하나의|놀라운|의식|알려진 façon|une autre|façon|cela|pourrait|avoir|eu lieu|est|à travers|un|incroyable|rituel|connu manera|otra||esto|puede|haber|ocurrido|es|a través de|un|increíble|ritual|conocido 이것이 발생할 수 있는 또 다른 방법은 Birdman Competition으로 알려진 놀라운 의식을 통해서였다. manera. Otra forma en que esto pudo haber ocurrido es a través de un increíble ritual conocido manière. Une autre façon dont cela a pu se produire est à travers un incroyable rituel connu

The later history of the island is dominated by the cult of a mysterious 그|후|역사|의|그|섬|은|지배받는다|에 의해|그|숭배|의|하나의|신비로운 L'|plus tard|histoire|de|l'|île|est|dominée|par|le|culte|de|une|mystérieuse la|posterior|historia|de|la|isla|está|dominada|por|el|culto|de|un|misterioso 섬의 후속 역사는 신비로운 존재인 탕가타 마누 또는 버드맨의 숭배에 의해 지배된다. La historia posterior de la isla está dominada por el culto a una figura misteriosa L'histoire ultérieure de l'île est dominée par le culte d'une figure mystérieuse

figure known as the Tangata Manu or the Birdman. Cave paintings on Easter Island 인물|알려진|로|그|탄가타|마누|또는|그|새 남자|동굴|그림|에|이스터|섬 ||sous le nom de|le|Manu|Homme-Oiseau||||grotte|peintures|sur|Pâques|Île |||||||||pinturas|rupestres|en|Pascua|Isla 이스터 섬의 동굴 벽화는 이 의식적인 인물을 남자의 몸에 새의 머리와 날개를 가진 모습으로 보여준다. conocida como el Tangata Manu o el Hombre Pájaro. Las pinturas rupestres en la Isla de Pascua connue sous le nom de Tangata Manu ou le Birdman. Des peintures rupestres sur l'île de Pâques

show this ceremonial figure with the body of a man but the head and wings of 보여주다|이|의식의|형상|가진|그|몸|의|한|남자|그러나|그|머리|그리고|날개|의 montrer|cette|cérémoniale|figure|avec|le|corps|d'un|un|homme|mais||tête|et|ailes|d'un mostrar|esta|ceremonial|figura|con|el|cuerpo|de|un|hombre|sino|la|cabeza|y|alas|de 매년 라파 누이의 남자들은 다음 해 동안 이 인물의 인간적 구현이 될 수 있는 의식에 참여했다. muestra esta figura ceremonial con el cuerpo de un hombre pero la cabeza y las alas de montre cette figure cérémonielle avec le corps d'un homme mais la tête et les ailes d'un

a bird. Each year the men of Rapa Nui took part in a ceremony that allowed 한|새|매년|년|그|남자들|의|라파|누이|가졌다|참여|에|한|의식|그|허용했다 une|||année|||||||||||| un|pájaro|cada|año|los|hombres|de|Rapa|Nui|tomaron|parte|en|una|ceremonia|que|permitió 그것은 하나의 un pájaro. Cada año, los hombres de Rapa Nui participaban en una ceremonia que les permitía oiseau. Chaque année, les hommes de Rapa Nui participaient à une cérémonie qui leur permettait

them to become the human embodiment of this figure for the next year. It was a 그들|~로|되다|그|인간의|구현|의|이|인물|~을 위해|그|다음|해|그것|이었다|하나의 |de|||||||||||||| a ellos|a|convertirse|el|humano|encarnación|de|esta|figura|por|el|siguiente|año|eso|fue|una convertirse en la encarnación humana de esta figura durante el próximo año. Era una de devenir l'incarnation humaine de cette figure pour l'année suivante. C'était un

test of strength and daring that is astonishing to even contemplate today. test|de|force|et|audace|qui|est|étonnant|de|même|contempler|aujourd'hui 오늘날에도 상상하기조차 놀라운 힘과 용기의 시험. prueba de fuerza y valentía que asombra incluso contemplar hoy en día. test de force et d'audace qui est étonnant à contempler même aujourd'hui.

Off the southwest coast of Rapa Nui, there is a small cluster of islands and 남서쪽에서|그|남서쪽|해안|의|라파|누이|그곳에|있다|하나의|작은|군집|의|섬들|그리고 au large de|la|sud-ouest|côte|de|Rapa|Nui|il y a|a|un|petit|groupe|d'|îles|et al|la|suroeste|costa|de|Rapa|Nui|hay|una|un|pequeña|agrupación|de|islas|y 라파 누이의 남서쪽 해안에는 작은 섬들이 모여 있는 군도가 있다. En la costa suroeste de Rapa Nui, hay un pequeño grupo de islas y Au large de la côte sud-ouest de Rapa Nui, il y a un petit groupe d'îles et

one of these is a rocky outcrop known as Motonui, which is home to several 하나|의|이들|이다|하나의|바위가 많은|돌출부|알려진|로|모토누이|그것은|이다|집|에|여러 l'un|de|ces|est|un|rocheux|affleurement|connu|sous le nom de|Motonui|qui|est|habitat|à|plusieurs uno|de|estos|es|un|rocoso|afloramiento|conocido|como|Motonui|que|es|hogar|a|varias 이 중 하나는 모토누이로 알려진 바위가 많은 돌출부로, 여러 종의 una de estas es un afloramiento rocoso conocido como Motonui, que alberga varias l'une d'elles est un rocher connu sous le nom de Motonui, qui abrite plusieurs

species of nesting birds. Among these is the black tern, which we've already seen 종|의|둥지를 틀고|새들|그 중에|이들|이다|그|검은|재갈매기|그것은|우리는|이미|보았다 espèces|d'|nidifiant|oiseaux|Parmi|ceux-ci|est|le|noir|sterne|que|nous avons|déjà|vu especies|de|anidación|aves|entre|estos|está|el|negro|charrán|que|hemos|ya|visto 둥지를 틀고 있는 새들의 서식지이다. 그 중에는 우리가 이미 본 검은 재갈매기가 있다. especies de aves que anidan. Entre ellas se encuentra la gaviota negra, que ya hemos visto. espèces d'oiseaux nicheurs. Parmi eux se trouve le guillemot noir, que nous avons déjà vu.

held a mystical significance for Polynesian sailors. These birds seem to 가졌다|하나의|신비로운|의미|에게|폴리네시아의|항해자들|이|새들|보이는|에게 tenait|une|mystique|signification|pour|polynésiens|marins|||| sostuvo|un|místico|significado|para|polinesios|marineros|||| 폴리네시아 선원들에게 신비로운 의미를 지니고 있었다. 이 새들은 tenía un significado místico para los marineros polinesios. Estas aves parecen avait une signification mystique pour les marins polynésiens. Ces oiseaux semblent

be gifted with a magical ability to lead sailors home and it's not hard to see 주어지다|주어진|~와 함께|하나의|마법의|능력|~하는|인도하다|선원들|집으로|그리고|그것은|~하지|어렵다|~하는|보이다 être|doués|d'une||magique|capacité|à|mener|marins|chez eux|et|il n'est|pas|difficile|à|voir ser|dotadas|con|una|mágica|habilidad|para|guiar|marineros|a casa|y|no es|difícil|difícil|a|ver 선원들을 집으로 인도하는 마법 같은 능력을 가진 것처럼 보이며, 그들이 estar dotadas de una habilidad mágica para guiar a los marineros a casa y no es difícil ver être dotés d'une capacité magique à ramener les marins chez eux et il n'est pas difficile de voir

how they would have assumed a powerful religious significance. The Birdman 어떻게|그들|~할 것이다|가졌다|가정했을|하나의|강력한|종교적인|의미|그|새인간 comment|ils|auraient|eu|supposé|une|puissante|religieuse|signification|| cómo|ellos|verbo auxiliar condicional|habrían|asumido|un|poderoso|religioso|significado|| 강력한 종교적 의미를 가졌다고 가정했을 이유를 이해하는 것은 어렵지 않다. 새사람 cómo habrían asumido un poderoso significado religioso. El concurso del Hombre Pájaro comment ils auraient pu assumer une puissante signification religieuse. Le concours de l'Homme-Oiseau

contest took place in the spring during the laying season of the black terns. 대회|열렸|장소|에|그|봄|동안|그|알을 낳는|시즌|의|그|검은|재갈매기 concours|a eu|lieu|au|printemps||pendant|la|période de ponte|saison|des|les|noirs|sternes concurso|tuvo|lugar|en|la|primavera|durante|la|puesta|temporada|de|los|negros|charranes 대회는 검은 제비의 알을 낳는 시즌인 봄에 열렸다. se llevó a cabo en la primavera durante la temporada de anidación de las gaviotas negras. avait lieu au printemps pendant la saison de ponte des sternes noires.

Young men who wanted to become that year's Birdman would have to swim out to 젊은|남자들|그들|원했던|~이 되다|되다|그|해의|버드맨|~할 것이다|가져야|~에|수영하다|밖으로|~에 jeunes|hommes|qui|voulaient|à|devenir|ce|de l'année|homme-oiseau|auxiliaire de conditionnel|devoir|à|nager|dehors|vers jóvenes|hombres|que|querían|a|convertirse|ese|del año|Hombre Pájaro|verbo auxiliar condicional|tendrían|que|nadar|afuera|a 그 해의 새사람이 되고 싶었던 젊은 남자들은 수영을 해서 나가야 했다. Los jóvenes que querían convertirse en el Hombre Pájaro de ese año tendrían que nadar hasta Les jeunes hommes qui voulaient devenir le Birdman de cette année devaient nager jusqu'à

the rocky island of Motonui, a distance of about a kilometer through choppy seas 그|바위가 많은|섬|의|모토누이|약|거리|의|약|1|킬로미터|을 지나|거친|바다 l'|rocheux|île|de|Motonui|une|distance|d'|environ|un|kilomètre|à travers|agité|mers la|rocosa|isla|de|Motonui|una|distancia|de|aproximadamente|un|kilómetro|a través de|agitados|mares 거친 바다를 가로질러 약 1킬로미터 떨어진 모토누이의 바위 섬 la isla rocosa de Motonui, a una distancia de aproximadamente un kilómetro a través de mares agitados l'île rocheuse de Motonui, à une distance d'environ un kilomètre à travers des mers agitées

and powerful currents. Once they reached the island, they had to climb up through 그리고|강력한|조류|일단|그들|도착했을 때|그|섬|그들|해야 했다|~로|오르다|위로|통과하여 et|puissants|courants||||||||||| y|poderosas|corrientes|una vez que|ellos|llegaron|la|isla|ellos|tenían|que|escalar|arriba|a través de 과 강한 조류에 도착했다. 섬에 도착하자 그들은 올라가야 했다. y corrientes poderosas. Una vez que llegaran a la isla, tendrían que escalar entre et des courants puissants. Une fois arrivés sur l'île, ils devaient grimper à travers

the first egg of the season. Sometimes they would have to wait there for days. 그|첫|알|의|그|계절|가끔|그들|~할 것이다|가지다|~해야|기다리다|거기|동안|날들 le|premier|œuf|de|la|saison|Parfois|ils|verbe auxiliaire modal|devoir|à|attendre|là|pendant|jours el|primer|huevo|de|la|temporada|a veces|ellos|verbo auxiliar condicional|tendrían|que|esperar|allí|por|días 시즌의 첫 번째 알을 찾았다. 때때로 그들은 며칠 동안 그곳에서 기다려야 했다. el primer huevo de la temporada. A veces tenían que esperar allí durante días. le premier œuf de la saison. Parfois, ils devaient attendre là pendant des jours.

to Rapa Nui. Then, dripping with cold salt water, they had to climb the sheer a||||goteando|con|frío|sal|agua|ellos|tuvieron|que|escalar|la|empinada à|Rapa|Nui|Ensuite|dégoulinant|de|froid|salé|eau|ils|eurent|à|grimper|la|verticale a|Rapa|Nui|entonces|goteando|con|frío|sal|agua|ellos|tuvieron|que|escalar|el|empinado 라파 누이로. 그런 다음, 차가운 바닷물에 젖은 그들은 가파른 a Rapa Nui. Luego, empapados de agua salada fría, tenían que escalar el empinado vers Rapa Nui. Ensuite, dégoulinant d'eau salée froide, ils devaient grimper la falaise abrupte

300-meter cliff. The first man to complete this incredible triathlon event 300미터|절벽|그|첫 번째|남자|이|완주하다|이|믿을 수 없는|철인3종경기|이벤트 300 mètres|falaise|le|premier|homme|à|terminer|cet|incroyable|triathlon|événement ||el|primer|hombre|a|completar|este|increíble|triatlón|evento 300미터 절벽을 올라야 했다. 이 놀라운 트라이애슬론 이벤트를 완수한 첫 번째 남자는 acantilado de 300 metros. El primer hombre en completar este increíble evento de triatlón de 300 mètres. Le premier homme à terminer cet incroyable événement de triathlon

would be crowned the Birdman. It's unclear how much power this figure actually had, ~할 것이다|~이|왕관을 쓸|그|새 남자|그것은|불분명하다|얼마나|많은|권력|이|인물|실제로|가졌다 serait|être|couronné|le|Birdman|il est|peu clair|combien|de|pouvoir|cette|figure|réellement|avait verbo auxiliar condicional|verbo ser/estar|coronado|el|Hombre Pájaro||||||||| 버드맨으로 즉위할 것이다. 이 인물이 실제로 얼마나 많은 권력을 가졌는지는 불확실하지만, sería coronado el Hombre Pájaro. No está claro cuánta poder tenía esta figura realmente, serait couronné l'Homme-Oiseau. On ne sait pas combien de pouvoir cette figure avait réellement,

but in terms of status, there was no higher honor. And allowing men to battle 하지만|~에|측면에서|의|지위|거기|있었다|없는|더 높은|영예|그리고|허용하는|남자들|~에게|싸우다 mais|en|termes|de|statut|il y avait|était|aucun|plus élevé|honneur|et|permettant|hommes|de|combattre 지위 측면에서 더 높은 영예는 없었다. 매년 이 힘의 시험에서 남자들이 싸우도록 허용하는 것은 pero en términos de estatus, no había mayor honor. Y permitir que los hombres lucharan mais en termes de statut, il n'y avait pas d'honneur plus élevé. Et permettre aux hommes de s'affronter

it out in this test of strength every year may have played a role in reducing 그것|드러내다|이|이|시험|의|힘|매|해|아마도|가질|작용했|하나의|역할|에|줄이는 |||||de|||||||||| ||en|||de|||||||||| 감소하는 데 역할을 했을지도 모른다. en esta prueba de fuerza cada año puede haber jugado un papel en la reducción dans ce test de force chaque année a peut-être joué un rôle dans la réduction

the violence of the island. So on Easter Island, the evidence seems to suggest 섬의 폭력성. 그래서 이스터 섬에서 증거는 다음을 제시하는 것 같습니다. de la violencia en la isla. Así que en la Isla de Pascua, la evidencia parece sugerir de la violence sur l'île. Donc, sur l'île de Pâques, les preuves semblent suggérer

that there was no starvation. There was no widespread warfare. And so you might 그|거기|있었다|없는|기아|거기|있었다|없는|광범위한|전쟁|그리고|그래서|당신|~할지도 모른다 que|il y avait|était|pas de|famine|il|y avait|pas de|généralisé|guerre|et|donc|tu|pourrais eso|allí|estaba|no|hambre|allí|estaba|no|generalizada|guerra|y|así|tú|podrías 기아가 없었다는 것입니다. 광범위한 전쟁도 없었습니다. 그래서 당신은 아마도 que no hubo hambruna. No hubo guerra generalizada. Y así podrías qu'il n'y avait pas de famine. Il n'y avait pas de guerre généralisée. Et donc vous pourriez

be left asking, did their society even collapse at all? And the answer to that 그들의 사회가 정말로 붕괴했는지 궁금해할 수 있습니다. 그 질문에 대한 답은 quedarte preguntando, ¿acaso su sociedad colapsó en absoluto? Y la respuesta a eso vous demander, la société a-t-elle même vraiment sombré ? Et la réponse à cela

is yes, but not when you think it did. 예, 하지만 당신이 생각하는 때는 아닙니다. es sí, pero no cuando piensas que lo hizo. est oui, mais pas au moment où vous pensez.

For early European explorers, there was no greater mystery than what they called 초기 유럽 탐험가들에게 그들이 부르는 것보다 더 큰 신비는 없었습니다. Para los primeros exploradores europeos, no había mayor misterio que lo que ellos llamaban Pour les premiers explorateurs européens, il n'y avait pas de plus grand mystère que ce qu'ils appelaient

the riddle of Easter Island. The French seafarer and artist Pierre Lotti wrote 그|수수께끼|의|이스터|섬|그|프랑스의|항해자|그리고|예술가|피에르|로티|썼다 le|mystère|de|Pâques|Île|Le|français|marin|et|artiste|Pierre|Lotti|a écrit el|enigma|de|Pascua|Isla|el|francés|navegante|y|artista|Pierre|Lotti|escribió 이스터 섬의 수수께끼. 프랑스의 항해자이자 예술가인 피에르 로티는 el enigma de la Isla de Pascua. El marino y artista francés Pierre Lotti escribió l'énigme de l'île de Pâques. Le marin et artiste français Pierre Lotti a écrit

about it in the 19th century. There exists in the midst of the great ocean 그것에 대한|그것|~에서|그|19세기|세기|거기|존재한다|~에|그|한가운데|~의|그|넓은|바다 à propos de|cela|dans|le|19e|siècle||||||||| sobre|eso|en|el|siglo 19|siglo||||||||| 19세기에 이에 대해 썼다. 아무도 가지 않는 대양 한가운데에 sobre ello en el siglo XIX. Existe en medio del gran océano à ce sujet au 19ème siècle. Il existe au milieu du grand océan

in a region where nobody goes, a mysterious and isolated island. The 에|하나의|지역|어디에|아무도|간다|하나의|신비로운|그리고|고립된|섬| dans|une|région|où|personne|ne va|une|mystérieuse|et|isolée|île| en|||||||||||el 신비롭고 고립된 섬이 존재한다. 그 섬에는 내가 알지 못하는 en una región a la que nadie va, una isla misteriosa y aislada. La dans une région où personne ne va, une île mystérieuse et isolée. L

island is planted with monstrous great statues, the work of I don't know what 섬|있다|심어진|~와 함께|거대한|위대한|동상들|그|작품|~의|나|~하지 않다|알다|무엇 île|est|plantée|avec|monstrueuses|grandes|statues|le|œuvre|de|je|ne|sais|quoi isla|está|plantada|con|monstruosas|grandes|estatuas|el|obra|de|yo|no|sé|qué 종족의 작품인 거대한 괴물 동상들이 심어져 있다. 그들의 위대한 잔재는 여전히 수수께끼다. 우리는 실제로 isla está sembrada de monstruosas grandes estatuas, obra de no sé qué. île est plantée de statues monstrueuses, l'œuvre de je ne sais quoi.

encountered this kind of thinking a number of times over the course of this 만난|이런|종류|의|사고|한|여러|의|번|동안|이|과정|의|이 rencontré|ce|genre|de|pensée|un|nombre|de|fois|au cours|||de|cette encontrado|este|tipo|de|pensamiento|un|número|de|veces|a través|de|curso|de|esta 이러한 사고방식을 여러 번 접한 적이 있다. hemos encontrado este tipo de pensamiento varias veces a lo largo de esta rencontré ce type de pensée plusieurs fois au cours de cette

civilizations, they often found it hard to believe that so-called primitive 문명|그들|자주|발견했다|그것|어렵게|~하는|믿다|~라는|||원시적인 |ils|souvent|trouvèrent|cela|difficile|à|croire|que|||primitives civilizaciones|ellos|a menudo|encontraron|eso|difícil|a|creer|que|||primitivos 그들은 종종 이른바 원시적인 사람들이 그 건축에 관여했다는 것을 믿기 어려워했다. a menudo les resultaba difícil creer que los llamados primitivos civilisations, ils ont souvent eu du mal à croire que les soi-disant primitifs

people had a hand in their construction. Whether it's assuming that the ruins of 사람들|가졌다|하나|손|에|그들의|건설|여부|그것이|가정하는|그|그|유적|의 les gens|avaient|une|main|dans|leur|construction|que|c'est|en supposant|que|les|ruines|de la gente|tuvo|una|mano|en|su|construcción||||||| 앙코르의 유적이 로마인들에 의해 건설되었다고 가정하거나, las personas tuvieron un papel en su construcción. Ya sea asumiendo que las ruinas de les gens ont contribué à leur construction. Que ce soit en supposant que les ruines de

Angkor were built by the Romans, or that the Mayan ruins of Tikal were built by 티칼의 마야 유적이 누군가에 의해 건설되었다고 생각하는 것과 같다. Angkor fueron construidas por los romanos, o que las ruinas mayas de Tikal fueron construidas por Angkor ont été construites par les Romains, ou que les ruines mayas de Tikal ont été construites par

the citizens of Atlantis, European writers have often struggled to believe 아틀란티스의 시민들, 유럽 작가들은 종종 믿기 어려워했다. los ciudadanos de Atlántida, los escritores europeos a menudo han luchado por creer les citoyens d'Atlantis, les écrivains européens ont souvent eu du mal à croire

that the indigenous people of other lands were capable of great 다른 땅의 원주율들이 위대한 건축물을 세울 수 있다는 것을. que los pueblos indígenas de otras tierras eran capaces de grandes que les peuples autochtones d'autres terres étaient capables de grandes

constructions. This kind of thinking follows a circular logic. Only a so-called 구조물|이|종류|의|사고|따릅니다|하나의|순환|논리|오직|하나의|| constructions|ce|genre|de|pensée|suit|une|circulaire|logique|seulement|une|| construcciones|este|tipo|de|pensamiento|sigue|una|circular|lógica|solo|una|| 이런 종류의 사고는 순환 논리를 따른다. 이른바 construcciones. Este tipo de pensamiento sigue una lógica circular. Solo una llamada constructions. Ce type de pensée suit une logique circulaire. Seule une soi-disant

advanced civilization could have built these things, but the people I see living 고급의|문명|~할 수 있었던|이|지었을|이러한|것들|그러나|그|사람들|내가|보는|사는 avancée|civilisation||||ces||||gens||| avanzada|civilización|podría|haber|construido|estas|cosas|pero|las|personas|yo|veo|viviendo 고급 문명만이 이러한 것들을 건설할 수 있었지만, 내가 여기서 보는 사람들은 civilización avanzada podría haber construido estas cosas, pero las personas que veo viviendo civilisation avancée aurait pu construire ces choses, mais les gens que je vois vivre

here don't look like an advanced civilization, therefore these people 여기|~하지|보인다|처럼|하나의|고급|문명|그러므로|이|사람들 ||||||||ces| aquí|no|lucen|como|una|avanzada|civilización|por lo tanto|estas|personas 고급 문명처럼 보이지 않으므로, 이 사람들은 aquí no parecen una civilización avanzada, por lo tanto, estas personas ici ne ressemblent pas à une civilisation avancée, donc ces gens

can't have built these monuments. The problems with this kind of thinking are 할 수 없다|가질|세운|이|기념물들|그|문제들|에 대한|이런|종류|의|사고|있다 |||||les|problèmes|avec|ce|genre|de|pensée|sont no pueden|haber|construido|estos|monumentos|los|problemas|con|este|tipo|de|pensamiento|son 이 기념물들을 지을 수 없었다. 이러한 사고 방식의 문제는 no pueden haber construido estos monumentos. Los problemas con este tipo de pensamiento son ne peuvent pas avoir construit ces monuments. Les problèmes avec ce type de pensée sont

obvious. It deceives us into thinking that an advanced civilization can only 분명한|그것|속인다|우리|~하도록|생각하게|~라는|하나의|고급|문명|할 수|오직 évident|cela|trompe|nous|à|penser|que|une|avancée|civilisation|peut|seulement obvio|eso|engaña|a nosotros|en|pensar|que|una|avanzada|civilización|puede|solo 명백하다. 그것은 우리가 고도로 중앙집중화되고 조직화된 유럽 문명만이 obvio. Nos engaña haciéndonos pensar que una civilización avanzada solo puede évident. Cela nous trompe en nous faisant penser qu'une civilisation avancée ne peut être que

look like a European civilization, highly centralized and organized, and the very 보이다|같은|하나의|유럽의|문명|매우|중앙집권적인|그리고|조직적인||그|매우 ressembler|à|une|européenne|civilisation|hautement|centralisée|et|organisée|et|la|même lucir|como|una|europea|civilización|altamente|centralizada|y|organizada|y|la|misma 고급 문명일 수 있다고 생각하게 속인다. 그리고 사회가 고급이라는 개념은 parecerse a una civilización europea, altamente centralizada y organizada, y la misma semblable à une civilisation européenne, hautement centralisée et organisée, et le fait même

notion of a society being advanced suggests that human progress follows a 개념|의|하나의|사회|존재하는|발전된|시사한다|~라는|인간|발전|따른다|하나의 |d'|||||||||| |de|||||||||| 인간의 발전이 고정되고 불가피한 경로를 따른다는 것을 암시하며, 우리가 사회를 조직하는 방식과 noción de que una sociedad sea avanzada sugiere que el progreso humano sigue un qu'une société soit avancée suggère que le progrès humain suit un

fixed and inevitable path, and that our way of organizing our societies and camino fijo e inevitable, y que nuestra forma de organizar nuestras sociedades y chemin fixe et inévitable, et que notre façon d'organiser nos sociétés et

economies is the only one. It's this kind of thinking that made early explorers of 경제|이다|그|유일한|하나|그것은|이런|종류|의|사고|그|만들었던|초기의|탐험가들|의 économies|est|le|seul|unique|c'est|ce|genre|de|pensée|que|a fait|premiers|explorateurs|de economías|es|la|única|una|es|este|tipo|de|pensamiento|que|hizo|primeros|exploradores|de 경제는 유일한 것이다. 이러한 사고방식이 초기 탐험가들이 las economías es la única. Es este tipo de pensamiento el que hizo que los primeros exploradores de les économies est la seule. C'est ce genre de pensée qui a amené les premiers explorateurs de

Easter Island look at the advanced rock mulching techniques of the Rapa Nui 이스터|아일랜드|보세요|에|그|고급|바위|멀칭|기술|의|그|라파|누이 Pâques|Île|regardent|à|les|avancées|roche|paillage|techniques|des|les|Rapa|Nui Pascua|Isla|miraron|a|las|avanzadas|roca|acolchado|técnicas|de|los|Rapa|Nui 이스터 섬의 라파 누이 사람들의 고급 암석 멀칭 기술을 보고 오직 la Isla de Pascua miraran las avanzadas técnicas de acolchado de roca de los Rapa Nui l'île de Pâques à regarder les techniques avancées de paillage en roche des Rapa Nui

people and see only a wasteland scattered with rocks. This belief system 사람들|그리고|본다|오직|하나의|황무지|흩어진|로|돌들|이|믿음|체계 |et|||||||||| |y|||||||||| 돌이 흩어져 있는 황무지로만 보게 만들었다. 이러한 신념 체계는 y solo vieran un desierto esparcido de rocas. Este sistema de creencias et à ne voir qu'un désert parsemé de rochers. Ce système de croyance

found its logical conclusion in the Norwegian adventurer and archaeologist 노르웨이의 모험가이자 고고학자인 encontró su conclusión lógica en el aventurero y arqueólogo noruego a trouvé sa conclusion logique dans l'aventurier norvégien et archéologue

Thor Heyerdahl. Heyerdahl believed that the Polynesian islands had been populated 토르|헤이예르달||믿었다|~라는 것을|그|폴리네시아의|섬들|~했었다|~되어진|인구가 밀집된 Thor|Heyerdahl|Heyerdahl|croyait|que|les|polynésiennes|îles|avaient|été|peuplées Thor|Heyerdahl||creyó|que|las|polinesias|islas|habían|sido|pobladas 토르 헤예르달에서 논리적 결론을 찾았다. 헤예르달은 폴리네시아 섬들이 인구가 밀집해 있었다고 믿었다. Thor Heyerdahl. Heyerdahl creía que las islas polinesias habían sido pobladas Thor Heyerdahl. Heyerdahl croyait que les îles polynésiennes avaient été peuplées

not by Polynesians hopping the islands from the West, but from people from South 아니다|~에 의해|폴리네시아인들|뛰어다니는|그|섬들|~에서|그|서쪽|그러나|~에서|사람들|~에서|남쪽 pas|par|polynésiens|sautant|les|îles|de|l'|Ouest|mais|par|des gens|d'|Sud no|por|polinesios|saltando|las|islas|de|el|Oeste|sino|de|personas|de|Sur 서쪽에서 섬을 뛰어넘는 폴리네시아인들에 의해가 아니라, 동쪽에서 뗏목으로 여행하는 남미의 사람들에 의해. no por polinesios saltando de isla en isla desde el Oeste, sino por personas de Sudamérica non par des Polynésiens sautant d'île en île depuis l'Ouest, mais par des gens d'Amérique du Sud

America traveling by raft from the East. He also believed, curiously, that these 아메리카|여행하는|로|뗏목|부터|그|동쪽|그는|또한|믿었다|호기심 있게|~라는|이들 |||||||Il|aussi|croyait|curieusement|que|ces |||||||él|también|creyó|curiosamente|que|estas 그는 또한 호기심 가득하게 이러한 사람들은 백인 피부를 가진 유럽 출신이어야 한다고 믿었다. viajando en balsa desde el Este. También creía, curiosamente, que estas voyageant en radeau depuis l'Est. Il croyait aussi, curieusement, que ces

people must have been white-skinned and European in origin. He simply couldn't 사람들|~해야 했다|~했을|~였던|||그리고|유럽계|~에|기원|그는|단순히|~할 수 없었다 ||||||||||Il|simplement|ne pouvait pas ||||||||||él|simplemente|no pudo 그는 단순히 전 세계의 다른 민족들이 그러한 예술적이고 건축적인 기술을 발전시킬 수 있다는 생각을 이해할 수 없었다. personas debían haber sido de piel blanca y de origen europeo. Simplemente no podía gens devaient être à la peau blanche et d'origine européenne. Il ne pouvait tout simplement pas

comprehend the idea that other peoples around the world could have developed 이해하다|그|아이디어|~라는|다른|민족|주위에|그|세계|~할 수 있다|가질|발전시켰다 comprendre|l'|idée|que|d'autres|peuples|autour|du|monde|pouvaient|avoir|développé comprender|la|idea|que|otros|pueblos|alrededor|el|mundo|podrían|haber|desarrollado 그래서 초기에게 수수께끼처럼 보였던 것. comprender la idea de que otros pueblos alrededor del mundo podrían haber desarrollado comprendre l'idée que d'autres peuples à travers le monde auraient pu développer

such artistic and architectural skills. So what appeared to be a puzzle to early 그런|예술적인|그리고|건축적인|기술|그래서|무엇|보였던|에|이다|하나의|퍼즐|에|초기 de telles|artistiques|et|architecturales|compétences|donc|ce que|semblait|à|être|un|mystère|à|premiers tales|artísticos|y|arquitectónicos|habilidades|así|lo que|apareció|a|ser|un|rompecabezas|a|primeros tales habilidades artísticas y arquitectónicas. Así que lo que parecía ser un rompecabezas para los primeros de telles compétences artistiques et architecturales. Ainsi, ce qui semblait être une énigme pour les premiers

European visitors wasn't actually a puzzle at all. The stone statues of Easter 유럽의|방문객들|아니었다|실제로|하나의|수수께끼|에|전혀|그|돌|동상들|의|부활절 ||||||||Les|en pierre|statues|de|Pâques ||||||||las|de piedra|estatuas|de|Pascua 유럽 방문객들이 사실 전혀 퍼즐이 아니었다. 이스터 섬의 석상들 visitantes europeos no era en realidad un rompecabezas en absoluto. Las estatuas de piedra de la Isla de Pascua visiteurs européens n'était en réalité pas une énigme du tout. Les statues en pierre de l'île de Pâques

Island hadn't been built by some vanished ancient culture, but by the 은 사라진 고대 문화에 의해 만들어진 것이 아니라, 그곳에 이미 살고 있던 사람들에 의해 만들어졌으며, 그 유럽인들에게는 너무나도 no habían sido construidas por alguna cultura antigua desaparecida, sino por los n'avaient pas été construites par une ancienne culture disparue, mais par les

people who lived there already and seemed to those Europeans to be so 사람들|관계대명사|살았던|그곳에|이미|그리고|보였다|~에게|그|유럽인들|||그렇게 gens|qui|vivaient|là|déjà|et|semblaient|à|ces|Européens|à|être|si personas|que|vivían|allí|ya|y|parecían|a|esos|europeos|a|ser|tan 단순해 보였다. 이스터 섬에서 유럽인들과의 접촉 이전에 사회적 붕괴가 일어났다는 이 생각은 las personas que vivían allí ya y que parecían a esos europeos ser tan les gens qui y vivaient déjà et semblaient à ces Européens si

simple. This idea of a societal collapse happening on Easter Island before 간단한|이|아이디어|의|하나의|사회적|붕괴|발생하는|에|이스터|섬|이전에 simple||||||||||| simple|esta|idea|de|un|social|colapso|ocurriendo|en|Pascua|Isla|antes 오늘날까지도 이어져 오고 있으며, 비록 그것이 매우 sencillas. Esta idea de un colapso social que ocurrió en la Isla de Pascua antes simples. Cette idée d'un effondrement sociétal sur l'île de Pâques avant

contact with the Europeans has survived into our day, even though it has very 접촉|과|그|유럽인들|해왔다|살아남았다|우리||날|심지어|비록|그것|해왔다|매우 contact|avec|les|Européens|a|survécu|jusqu'à|notre|jour|même|bien que|cela|a|très del contacto con los europeos ha sobrevivido hasta nuestros días, aunque tiene muy le contact avec les Européens a survécu jusqu'à nos jours, même si elle a très

little basis in fact. But this doesn't mean that a collapse didn't occur on ||||mais|cela|ne|signifie pas|que|un|effondrement|ne|s'est produit|sur 사실에 대한 근거가 거의 없다. 하지만 이것이 붕괴가 발생하지 않았다는 의미는 아니다. poca base en los hechos. Pero esto no significa que no ocurriera un colapso en peu de fondement dans les faits. Mais cela ne signifie pas qu'un effondrement ne s'est pas produit sur

Rapa Nui. In fact, the island would soon undergo one of the most dramatic Rapa|Nui|En|fait|l'|île|verrait|bientôt|subir|un|des|plus|plus|dramatiques 라파 누이에서. 사실, 이 섬은 곧 역사에서 볼 수 있는 가장 극적인 Rapa Nui. De hecho, la isla pronto sufriría una de las más dramáticas Rapa Nui. En fait, l'île allait bientôt subir l'une des destructions sociétales et culturelles les plus dramatiques

Island's history that I think encapsulates the complete destruction 섬의 역사에서 나는 완전한 파괴를 요약하는 사건이 있다고 생각한다. la Isla de Pascua que creo que encapsula la completa destrucción qui, je pense, encapsule la destruction complète.

that would soon rain down on it and its poor unsuspecting inhabitants. That's the 그것|할 것이다|곧|비가 내리다|아래로|위에|그것|그리고|그것의|불쌍한|의심하지 않는|주민들|그것은|그 cela|verbe auxiliaire conditionnel|bientôt|pleuvoir|sur|sur|elle|et|ses|pauvres|sans méfiance|habitants|c'est|le eso|verbo auxiliar condicional|pronto|llovería|abajo|sobre|eso|y|sus|pobres|desprevenidos|habitantes|| 곧 그것과 그 불쌍한 무지한 주민들에게 비처럼 쏟아질 것이다. 그것이 바로 que pronto llovería sobre él y sus pobres habitantes desprevenidos. Esa es la qui allait bientôt pleuvoir sur elle et ses pauvres habitants sans méfiance. C'est le

toppling in only a few years of every one of the island's statues. For centuries 무너뜨림|안|단지|하나의|몇|년|의|모든|하나|의|그|섬의|동상들|수|세기 renversement|en|seulement|quelques|années||de|chaque|une|des|les|de l'île|statues|pendant|des siècles derribando|en|solo|un|pocos|años|de|cada|uno|de|las|isla|estatuas|| 섬의 모든 동상이 몇 년 만에 무너진 것이다. 수세기 동안 caída en solo unos pocos años de cada una de las estatuas de la isla. Durante siglos renversement en seulement quelques années de chacune des statues de l'île. Pendant des siècles

generations carving and transporting. And in 1722 the Dutch sailor Behrens 세대들|조각|그리고|운반|그리고|에|그|네덜란드의|선원|베렌스 des générations|à sculpter|et|à transporter|et|en|le|néerlandais|marin|Behrens ||y|||en|el|holandés|marinero|Behrens 그리고 1722년 네덜란드 선원 베렌스는 generaciones tallando y transportando. Y en 1722, el marinero holandés Behrens des générations à sculpter et à transporter. Et en 1722, le marin néerlandais Behrens

recounts what he saw of the islanders devotion to these statues. They kindle 이야기하다|무엇|그|보았다|~에 대한|그|섬 주민들|헌신|~에 대한|이|동상들|그들|불을 붙이다 il raconte|ce que|il|a vu|de|la|dévotion|dévotion|à|ces|statues|ils|allument relata|lo que|él|vio|de|los|isleños|devoción|a|estas|estatuas|ellos|encienden 섬 주민들이 이 동상에 대한 헌신을 어떻게 보았는지 recounts 한다. 그들은 불을 지핀다. relata lo que vio de la devoción de los isleños hacia estas estatuas. Ellos encienden raconte ce qu'il a vu de la dévotion des insulaires envers ces statues. Ils allument

their hands together and alternately raise and lower them. But with every 그들의|손|함께|그리고|번갈아|올리고|그리고|내리고|그것들을|그러나|함께|모든 |||||||||mais|avec|chaque |||||||||pero|con|cada 交互로 올렸다 내렸다 한다. 그러나 매번 sus manos y las levantan y bajan alternativamente. Pero con cada de leurs mains et les lèvent et les abaissent alternativement. Mais à chaque

subsequent European visitor to the island, this situation seemed to change. 이후의|유럽의|방문자|~에|그|섬|이|상황|~처럼 보였다|~에|변하다 suivant|européen|visiteur|à|l'|île|cette|situation|semblait|à|changer subsiguiente|europeo|visitante|a|la|isla|esta|situación|pareció|a|cambiar 섬을 방문하는 유럽인들이 늘어날수록, 이 상황은 변하는 것 같았다. el siguiente visitante europeo a la isla, esta situación pareció cambiar. le visiteur européen suivant de l'île, cette situation semblait changer.

On the 15th of November 1770, 48 years after the first European visit, a second 11월의|15일|15일|의|11월|년|후|첫|첫|유럽의|방문|하나의|두 번째 le|la|||||||première|européenne|visite|une|deuxième en|el|15|de|noviembre|años|después|la|primera|europea|visita|a|segundo 1770년 11월 15일, 첫 번째 유럽 방문 48년 후, 두 번째 El 15 de noviembre de 1770, 48 años después de la primera visita europea, un segundo Le 15 novembre 1770, 48 ans après la première visite européenne, un second

arrived. Two Spanish ships landed there and spent five days on the island, 도착했다|두|스페인|배|상륙했다|그곳에|그리고|보냈다|다섯|일|에|그|섬 |deux|espagnols|navires|ont accosté|là|et|ont passé|cinq|jours|sur|l'|île llegó|dos|españolas|barcos|desembarcaron|allí|y|pasaron|cinco|días|en|la|isla 도착했다. 두 척의 스페인 배가 그곳에 상륙하여 섬에서 다섯 날을 보냈다, llegó. Dos barcos españoles desembarcaron allí y pasaron cinco días en la isla, est arrivé. Deux navires espagnols y ont accosté et ont passé cinq jours sur l'île,

performing a very thorough survey of its coast. They renamed the island Isla de 수행하는|하나의|매우|철저한|조사|의|그|해안|그들|이름을 바꿨다|그|섬|섬의 이름|의 effectuant|une|très|approfondie|étude|de|ses|côtes|ils|ont renommé|l'|île|Isla|de ||||||||ellos|renombraron|la|isla|Isla|de 해안에 대한 매우 철저한 조사를 수행했다. 그들은 섬의 이름을 이슬라 데 realizando un estudio muy exhaustivo de su costa. Renombraron la isla Isla de effectuant une enquête très approfondie de sa côte. Ils ont renommé l'île Isla de

San Carlos and claimed it on behalf of King Charles III of Spain. They also 산|카를로스|그리고|주장했다|그것을|~에|behalf|의|왕|찰스|3세|의|스페인|그들|또한 sur|Carlos|et|ils ont revendiqué|cela|au|nom|de|roi|Charles|III|d'|Espagne|ils|aussi San|Carlos|y|reclamó|eso|en|nombre|de|Rey|Carlos|III|de|España|ellos|también 산 카를로스라고 바꾸고 스페인의 카를로스 3세 왕을 대신하여 그것을 주장했다. 그들은 또한 San Carlos y lo reclamó en nombre del Rey Carlos III de España. También San Carlos et l'a revendiqué au nom du roi Charles III d'Espagne. Ils ont également

ceremoniously erected three wooden crosses and a Spanish flag on a hill. 의식적으로|세웠다|세|나무로 된|십자가|그리고|하나의|스페인|깃발|위에|하나의|언덕 de manière cérémonieuse|ils ont érigé|trois|en bois|croix|et|un|espagnol|drapeau|sur|une|colline ceremoniosamente|erigieron|tres|de madera|cruces|y|una|española|bandera|en|una|colina 의식적으로 세 개의 나무 십자가와 스페인 국기를 언덕에 세웠다. erigieron ceremoniosamente tres cruces de madera y una bandera española en una colina. érigé cérémoniellement trois croix en bois et un drapeau espagnol sur une colline.

When they explored the island, it seems that all of the 200 erected statues were 그들이|그들|탐험했을 때|그|섬|그것|보인다|~라는 것|모든|의|그|세워진|동상들|있었다 quand|ils|ils ont exploré|l'|île|cela|il semble|que|toutes|des|les|érigées|statues|elles étaient cuando|ellos|exploraron|la|isla|eso|parece|que|todas|de|las|erigidas|estatuas|estaban 섬을 탐험했을 때, 세운 200개의 동상이 모두 있는 것처럼 보였다. Cuando exploraron la isla, parece que todas las 200 estatuas erigidas estaban Lorsqu'ils ont exploré l'île, il semble que toutes les 200 statues érigées étaient

still standing. But four years later, the famous British explorer Captain Cook 여전히|서 있는|그러나|네|년|후|그|유명한|영국의|탐험가|캡틴|쿡 ||mais|quatre|ans|plus tard|le|célèbre|britannique|explorateur|capitaine|Cook ||pero|cuatro|años|después|el|famoso|británico|explorador|Capitán|Cook 여전히 서 있다. 그러나 4년 후, 유명한 영국 탐험가 제임스 쿡 선장이 todavía en pie. Pero cuatro años después, el famoso explorador británico Capitán Cook toujours debout. Mais quatre ans plus tard, le célèbre explorateur britannique le capitaine Cook

sailed past the island and found a much different situation. Cook's diary of 항해했다|지나서|그|섬|그리고|발견했다|하나의|훨씬|다른|상황|쿡의|일기|의 navigua|passé|l'|île|et|trouva|une|beaucoup|différente|situation|de Cook|journal|de navegó|más allá de|la|isla|y|encontró|una|mucho|diferente|situación|de Cook|diario|de 섬을 지나가면서 훨씬 다른 상황을 발견했다. 쿡의 일기에는 navegó más allá de la isla y encontró una situación muy diferente. El diario de Cook del navigua au large de l'île et a trouvé une situation bien différente. Le journal de Cook du

Thursday the 17th of March 1774 gives his account of the impoverished state of 목요일|그|17일|의|3월|주다|그의|보고서|의|그|가난한|상태|의 |l'||||||||||| jueves|el|17|de|marzo|da|su|relato|de|la|empobrecida|estado|de 1774년 3월 17일 목요일에 섬의 빈곤한 상태에 대한 그의 기록이 있다. jueves 17 de marzo de 1774 da su relato sobre el estado empobrecido de jeudi 17 mars 1774 donne son compte rendu de l'état appauvri de

the island. This is undoubtedly the same island as was seen by Roggeveen in April 그|섬|이것|이다|의심할 여지없이|그|같은|섬|처럼|이었다|보였다|에 의해|로게벤|에|4월 la|île|||||||que|fut|vue|par|Roggeveen|en|avril la|isla|esto|es|indudablemente|la|misma|isla|como|fue|vista|por|Roggeveen|en|abril 이는 분명히 1722년 4월 로게빈이 본 것과 같은 섬이다. la isla. Sin duda, esta es la misma isla que fue vista por Roggeveen en abril l'île. C'est sans aucun doute la même île que celle vue par Roggeveen en avril

1722, although the description given of it by the author of that voyage does by bien que|la|description|donnée|de|elle|par|l'|auteur|de|ce|voyage|ne|pas 비록 그 항해의 저자가 제공한 설명은 다르지만. de 1722, aunque la descripción que dio el autor de ese viaje lo hace por 1722, bien que la description donnée par l'auteur de ce voyage diffère par

of the discovery of Easter Island, as there is hardly an island in this sea 의|그|발견|의|이스터|섬|처럼|거기|있다|거의|하나의|섬|안에|이|바다 de|la|découverte|de|Pâques|Île|comme|il y a|est|à peine|une|île|dans|cette|mer de|el|descubrimiento|de|Pascua|Isla|como|allí|hay|apenas|una|isla|en|este|mar 이스터 섬의 발견에 대해, 이 바다에는 거의 이 섬보다 더 적은 보급품과 편의시설을 제공하는 섬이 없다. del descubrimiento de la Isla de Pascua, ya que apenas hay una isla en este mar de la découverte de l'île de Pâques, car il y a à peine une île dans cette mer

Nature has hardly provided it with anything fit for man to eat or drink, and 자연|가|거의|제공했다|그것|에|아무것도|적합한|을 위한|인간|에|먹다|또는|마시다|그리고 la nature|a|à peine|fourni|cela|avec|quoi que ce soit|propre|pour|homme|à|manger|ou|boire|et la naturaleza|ha|apenas|provisto|a ella|con|nada|apto|para|el hombre|a|comer|o|beber|y 원주민은 거의 없으며 자신들을 위한 것만을 심는다. 만약 La naturaleza apenas le ha proporcionado algo apto para que el hombre coma o beba, y La nature ne lui a à peine rien fourni de comestible ou de buvable pour l'homme, et

the natives are but few and plant no more than sufficient for themselves. If 그|원주민|이다|단지|적다|그리고|재배하다|더 이상|더|보다|충분한|위해|그들 자신|만약 les|natifs|sont|mais|peu|et|plantent|pas|plus|que|suffisant|pour|eux-mêmes|Si los|nativos|son|sino|pocos|y|plantan|no|más|que|suficiente|para|ellos mismos|si los nativos son pocos y plantan no más de lo suficiente para ellos mismos. Si les natifs ne sont que peu nombreux et ne plantent pas plus que ce qui est suffisant pour eux-mêmes. Si

Cook's account is to be believed, the population size of Easter Island also 쿡의|보고서|이다|~에|믿어져야|믿어져야|그|인구|규모|의|이스터|섬|또한 de Cook|récit|est|à|être|croire|la|population|taille|de|Pâques|île|aussi de Cook|relato|está|a|ser|creído|la|población|tamaño|de|Pascua|Isla|también 쿡의 설명이 사실이라면, 이스터 섬의 인구 규모도 se ha de creer el relato de Cook, el tamaño de la población de la Isla de Pascua también l'on doit croire le récit de Cook, la taille de la population de l'île de Pâques semble également

seems to have taken a serious hit. The inhabitants of this isle, from what we ~인 것 같다|~에|가지고|받았다|하나|심각한|타격|그|주민들|~의|이|섬|~로부터|무엇|우리가 semble|à|avoir|pris|un|sérieux|coup|les|habitants|de|cette|île|d'après|ce que|nous parece|a|haber|tomado|un|serio|golpe|los|habitantes|de|esta|isla|de|lo que|nosotros 심각한 타격을 입은 것으로 보입니다. 우리가 그들을 통해 볼 수 있는 바에 따르면, parece haber sufrido un golpe serio. Los habitantes de esta isla, por lo que avoir subi un coup sérieux. Les habitants de cette île, d'après ce que nous

have been able to see of them, do not exceed six or seven hundred souls. And |||||||ne|pas|dépassent|six|ou|sept|cent|âmes|et 섬의 주민 수는 여섯 또는 일곱 백 명을 넘지 않습니다. 그리고 hemos podido ver de ellos, no superan las seiscientas o setecientas almas. Y avons pu voir d'eux, ne dépassent pas six ou sept cents âmes. Et

carried weapons when approaching foreign visitors. Their arms are wooden 들고|무기|~할 때|접근하는|외국인|방문객들|그들의|팔|이다|나무로 된 portaient|des armes|quand|s'approchant de|étrangers|visiteurs|||| llevaban|armas|cuando|acercándose|extranjeros|visitantes|sus|armas|son|de madera 외국 방문객에게 접근할 때 무기를 지니고 있다고 언급했습니다. 그들의 무기는 나무로 되어 있습니다. llevaban armas al acercarse a visitantes extranjeros. Sus armas son de madera portaient des armes en s'approchant des visiteurs étrangers. Leurs armes sont en bois

patapataus and clubs, very much like those of New Zealand, and spears about 파타파타우스|그리고|클럽|매우|많이|같은|그것들|의|뉴|질랜드|그리고|창|주위에 patapataus|et|des massues|très|beaucoup|comme|celles|de|Nouvelle|Zélande||| patapataus|y|garrotes|muy|mucho|como|esos|de|Nueva|Zelanda|y|lanzas|alrededor 파타파타우스와 클럽은 뉴질랜드의 것과 매우 유사하며, 한쪽 끝이 검은 화강암 조각으로 뾰족한 길이 약 6~8피트의 창이 있다. patapataus y garrotes, muy parecidos a los de Nueva Zelanda, y lanzas de aproximadamente patapataus et des massues, très semblables à celles de la Nouvelle-Zélande, et des lances d'environ

six or eight feet long which are pointed at one end with pieces of black flint. 여섯|또는|여덟|피트|긴|그것은|이다|뾰족한|에|하나|끝|와|조각들|의|검은|부싯돌 six|ou|huit|pieds|de long|qui|sont|pointues|à|une|extrémité|avec|des morceaux|de|noir|silex seis|o|ocho|pies|largas|las cuales|están|apuntadas|en|un|extremo|con|piezas|de|negro|pedernal 그러나 최종적인 비극적인 세부 사항은 스페인 원정 이후 4년 동안 섬에 있는 모든 모아이가 넘어졌다는 것이다. seis u ocho pies de largo que están afiladas en un extremo con piezas de sílex negro. six ou huit pieds de long qui sont pointues à une extrémité avec des morceaux de silex noir.

But the final tragic detail is that in the four years since the Spanish 하지만|그|마지막|비극적인|세부사항|이다|그|안|그|네|년|이후|그|스페인어 mais|le|final|tragique|détail|est|que|dans|les|quatre|années|depuis|l'|espagnole pero|el|final|trágico|detalle|es|que|en|los|cuatro|años|desde|la|española 동쪽 해안 근처에서 그들은 석재로 된 세 개의 플랫폼을 만났다. Pero el trágico detalle final es que en los cuatro años desde la expedición española Mais le dernier détail tragique est que, dans les quatre années qui ont suivi l'expédition espagnole,

expedition, virtually all of the standing Moai on the island had been toppled over. 탐사|거의|모든|의|그|서 있는|모아이|위에|그|섬|했다|되어|넘어져|넘어져 |pratiquement|tous|des|les|debout|Moaï|sur|l'|île|avaient|été|renversés|par terre |prácticamente|todos|de|los|de pie|Moai|en|la|isla|habían|sido|derribados|sobre prácticamente todos los Moai en pie en la isla habían sido derribados. pratiquement tous les Moai debout sur l'île avaient été renversés.

On the east side, near the sea, they met with three platforms of stonework, or 동쪽에|그|동|쪽|근처에|그|바다|그들|만났다|와|세|플랫폼|의|석조물|또는 sur|le|est|côté|près de|la|mer|ils|rencontrèrent|avec|trois|plateformes|de|maçonnerie|ou en|el|este|lado|cerca|el|mar|ellos|encontraron|con|tres|plataformas|de|piedra|o En el lado este, cerca del mar, se encontraron con tres plataformas de piedra, o Du côté est, près de la mer, ils ont rencontré trois plateformes de maçonnerie, ou

rather, the ruins of them. On each had stood four of those large statues, but 오히려|그|유적|의|그들|위에|각각의|가졌다|서 있었다|네|의|저|큰|동상들|그러나 |||des||||||||ces|grandes|statues|mais más bien|las|ruinas|de|ellas|en|cada|había|estado|cuatro|de|esas|grandes|estatuas|pero 오히려 그들의 유적들이다. 각 유적 위에는 네 개의 큰 동상이 서 있었지만, más bien, las ruinas de ellas. En cada una habían estado de pie cuatro de esas grandes estatuas, pero plutôt, les ruines de celles-ci. Sur chacune se tenait quatre de ces grandes statues, mais

they were all fallen down, all except one were broken by the fall or in some 그들|~였다|모두|쓰러진|아래로||제외하고|하나|~였다|부서진|~에 의해|그|낙하|또는|~에서|일부 ils|étaient|tous|tombés|par terre|tous|sauf|un|étaient|cassés|par|la|chute|ou|dans|certaines ellos|estaban|todos|caídos|abajo||excepto|uno|fueron|rotos|por|la|caída|o|en|algún 모두 쓰러져 있었고, 하나를 제외한 모든 동상은 쓰러지거나 어떤 방식으로든 todos estaban caídos, todos excepto uno estaban rotos por la caída o en alguna ils étaient tous tombés, tous sauf un étaient brisés par la chute ou en partie

measure defaced. The practice of statue toppling is called Huri Moau in the 조치|훼손된|그|관행|의|동상|전복|이|불리는|후리|모아우|에| ||La|pratique|de|statue|renversement|est|appelée|Huri|Moau|dans|la ||la|práctica|de|estatuas|derribo|es|llamado|Huri|Moau|en|el 훼손되었다. 동상을 쓰러뜨리는 관행은 라파 누이 언어로 후리 모아우(Huri Moau)라고 불리며, medida desfigurados. La práctica de derribar estatuas se llama Huri Moau en el défigurés. La pratique de renverser des statues s'appelle Huri Moau dans le

Rapa Nui language and it continued into the 1830s. By 1838, every single coastal 라파|누이|언어|그리고|그것|계속되었다|~까지|그|1830년대|~까지|모든|단일한|해안의 |||||||||D'ici|chaque|unique|côtière |||||||||para|cada|una|costera 1830년대까지 계속되었다. 1838년까지 모든 해안 모아이(Moai)는 철거되었다. idioma Rapa Nui y continuó hasta la década de 1830. Para 1838, cada una de las estatuas langage Rapa Nui et elle a continué jusqu'aux années 1830. En 1838, chaque

Moai had been taken down. Now, the only standing statues were those abandoned on 모아이|했다|되어|제거된|내려|이제|그|유일한|서 있는|동상들|있었다|그것들|버려진|위에 |||||Maintenant|les|seules|debout|statues|étaient|celles|abandonnées|sur |||||ahora|las|únicas|de pie|estatuas|estaban|esas|abandonadas|en 현재 서 있는 동상은 버려진 것들뿐이다. Moai costeras había sido derribada. Ahora, las únicas estatuas en pie eran las abandonadas en Moai côtier avait été abattu. Maintenant, les seules statues debout étaient celles abandonnées sur

the slopes below the quarry at Ranuraku. So, what happened to make the islanders 그|경사면|아래에|그|채석장|에|라누라쿠|그래서|무엇|일어났는가|에|만들다|그|섬 주민들 les|pentes|sous|la|carrière|à|Ranuraku|Alors|que|s'est passé|pour|faire|les|insulaires las|laderas|debajo|la|cantera|en|Ranuraku||||||| 라누라쿠의 채석장 아래 경사면. 그렇다면, 섬 주민들이 왜 무기를 들기 시작했을까? las laderas debajo de la cantera en Ranuraku. Entonces, ¿qué sucedió para que los isleños les pentes en dessous de la carrière de Ranuraku. Alors, que s'est-il passé pour que les insulaires

start to carry weapons? What caused their population to reduce so heavily? 시작하다|무기를|지니다|무기|무엇|유발했는가|그들의|인구|그렇게|줄어들다|매우|심하게 commencer|à|porter|armes|Qu'est-ce qui|a causé|leur|population|à|réduire|si|fortement empezar|a|llevar|armas|qué|causó|su|población|a|reducir|tan|drásticamente 그들의 인구가 왜 그렇게 급격히 줄어들었을까? comenzaran a llevar armas? ¿Qué causó que su población se redujera tanto? commencent à porter des armes ? Qu'est-ce qui a causé une si forte réduction de leur population ?

And what made them turn so dramatically against their gods? Well, the answer to 그리고|무엇|만들었는가|그들|돌아서다|그렇게|극적으로|대항하여|그들의|신들|음|그|대답|에 Et|que|a fait|les|se tourner|si|dramatiquement|contre|leurs|dieux|Eh bien|la|réponse|à y|qué|hizo|ellos|volverse|tan|drásticamente|en contra|sus|dioses|||| 그리고 그들이 왜 그렇게 극적으로 신들에 대해 반항하게 되었을까? 그에 대한 답은 ¿Y qué los hizo volverse tan drásticamente contra sus dioses? Bueno, la respuesta a Et qu'est-ce qui les a fait se retourner si dramatiquement contre leurs dieux ? Eh bien, la réponse à

that may lie in the very event that opened this episode and which we've 이 에피소드를 여는 사건, 즉 우리가 여러 번 돌아온 사건에 있을지도 모른다. 그것은 세 대의 네덜란드 범선의 도착이다. eso puede estar en el mismo evento que abrió este episodio y que hemos cela pourrait résider dans l'événement même qui a ouvert cet épisode et que nous avons

returned to a number of times. That's the arrival of three Dutch sails on the 돌아왔다|에|한|여러|의|번|그것은|그|도착|의|세|네덜란드|범선|에|그 retourné|à|un|nombre|de|fois|c'est|l'|arrivée|de|trois|néerlandais|voiles|sur|l' regresado|a|un|número|de|veces|esa es|la|llegada|de|tres|holandeses|velas|en|el regresó un número de veces. Esa es la llegada de tres velas holandesas en el retourné à plusieurs reprises. C'est l'arrivée de trois voiles néerlandaises sur le

horizon on Easter Day 1722. 수평선|에|부활절|날 horizon|le|Pâques|jour 1722년 부활절 날의 수평선. horizonte el Día de Pascua de 1722. horizon le jour de Pâques 1722.

At the sight of the enormous ships dropping anchor some way off the coast, 에|그|광경|의|그|거대한|배들|내리는|닻|약간|거리|떨어져|그|해안 à|la|vue|de|les|énormes|navires|jetant|l'ancre|quelque|distance|au large|de la|côte |los|||la||||||||| 해안에서 멀리 떨어진 곳에 거대한 배들이 정박하는 모습을 보고, Al ver los enormes barcos anclando a cierta distancia de la costa, À la vue des énormes navires jetant l'ancre à quelque distance de la côte,

the Easter Islanders gathered on the shore in astonishment. They must have 그|이스터|섬 주민들|모였다|에|그|해변|에|놀라움|그들|~해야 한다|~했을 것이다 les|Pâques|insulaires|se sont rassemblés|sur|le|rivage|dans|l'étonnement|ils|doivent|avoir |||||||||ellos|deben|haber 부활절 섬 주민들은 놀라서 해변에 모였다. 그들은 아마도 los isleños de Pascua se reunieron en la orilla con asombro. Deben haber les habitants de Pâques se sont rassemblés sur le rivage avec étonnement. Ils devaient avoir

felt how we would feel if a vast alien spaceship were to one day materialize 느꼈다|우리가 어떻게|우리는|~할 것이다|느낄지|만약|하나의|거대한|외계인|우주선|~였다|~에|언젠가|하루|나타난다면 je ressentais|comment|nous|conditionnel|ressentirions|si|un|vaste|extraterrestre|vaisseau spatial|verbe être au conditionnel|à|un|jour|se matérialiser sintió|cómo|nosotros|verbo auxiliar condicional|sentiríamos|si|una|vasta|alienígena|nave espacial|verbo auxiliar condicional|a|un|día|materializara 어느 날 거대한 외계 우주선이 우리의 도시 중 하나 위에 나타난다면 우리가 느낄 감정을 느꼈을 것이다. sentí cómo nos sentiríamos si una vasta nave espacial alienígena se materializara un día ressenti comment nous nous sentirions si un vaste vaisseau spatial extraterrestre devait un jour se matérialiser

over one of our cities. It must have been a mix of fear and wonder, a sense 우리의|하나|의|우리의|도시들|그것|~해야만 했다|가졌던|존재했던|하나의|혼합|의|두려움|그리고|경이로움|하나의|감각 au-dessus de|une|de|nos|villes|cela|doit|avoir|été|un|mélange|de|peur|et|émerveillement|un|sentiment sobre|una|de|nuestras|ciudades|eso|debe|haber|estado|una|mezcla|de|miedo|y|asombro|un|sentido 그것은 두려움과 경이로움이 뒤섞인 감정, 즉 sobre una de nuestras ciudades. Debe haber sido una mezcla de miedo y asombro, una sensación au-dessus de l'une de nos villes. Cela devait être un mélange de peur et d'émerveillement, un sentiment

that the world would never quite be the same again. They selected one of their 그|그|세계|~할 것이다|결코|완전히|되다|그|같지|다시|그들|선택했다|하나|의|그들의 que|le|monde|conditionnel|jamais|tout à fait|être|le|même|encore||||| que|el|mundo|verbo auxiliar condicional|nunca|del todo|estaría|igual|mismo|otra vez|ellos|seleccionaron|uno|de|su 세상이 다시는 예전과 같지 않을 것이라는 것. 그들은 그들 중 가장 용감한 사람 중 한 명을 선택했다. de que el mundo nunca volvería a ser el mismo. Seleccionaron a uno de sus que le monde ne serait plus jamais tout à fait le même. Ils ont sélectionné l'un de leurs

number who must have been the bravest of them all. It's not unlikely, I think, that 숫자|누가|반드시|가졌던|있었던|가장|용감한|중에서|그들|모두|그것은|아니다|가능성이 낮은|나는|생각한다|그 nombre|qui|doit|avoir|été|le|plus courageux|de|eux|tous|ce n'est|pas|improbable|je|pense|que ||||||||||es|no|improbable|yo|pienso|que 그가 가장 최근의 버드맨 대회에서 우승했을 가능성이 높다고 생각한다. números que debe haber sido el más valiente de todos. No es improbable, creo, que nombre qui devait être le plus courageux d'entre eux tous. Je ne pense pas qu'il soit peu probable, que

he would have been the winner of the most recent Birdman competition, the 그|~했을 것이다|가졌을|되었던|그|우승자|의|가장|가장|최근의|버드맨|대회| il|conditionnel de vouloir|auxiliaire avoir|participe passé de être|le|gagnant|de|la|plus|récent|Birdman|compétition|le él|verbo auxiliar condicional|habría|sido|el|ganador|de|la|más|reciente|Birdman|competencia|el 그는 섬의 챔피언이자 수호자였다. 이 남자는 자신의 카누를 타고 나가 él habría sido el ganador de la competencia más reciente de Birdman, el il aurait été le gagnant de la plus récente compétition Birdman, le

island's champion and protector. This man got in his canoe and rode out to meet 섬의|챔피언|그리고|보호자|이|남자|탔고|안에서|그의|카누|그리고|노를 저어|밖으로|에|만나다 ||et|||||||||il a nagé|dehors|pour|rencontrer ||y||||||||y|||| 이상한 배들과 만나기 위해 나아갔다. campeón y protector de la isla. Este hombre se subió a su canoa y remó para encontrarse champion et protecteur de l'île. Cet homme est monté dans son canoë et a pagayé pour rencontrer

the strange vessels whose white sails must have looked brilliant and dazzling 그|이상한|배들|그들의|하얀|돛|반드시|가졌던|보였던|빛나는|그리고|눈부신 les|étranges|navires|dont|blanches|voiles|devoir|auxiliaire avoir|elles ont paru|brillantes|et|éblouissantes la|||||||habría|||| 그 배들의 하얀 돛은 눈부시고 찬란하게 보였을 것이다. con los extraños barcos cuyas velas blancas debieron haber lucido brillantes y deslumbrantes les étranges vaisseaux dont les voiles blanches devaient sembler brillantes et éblouissantes

until he got up close and their prows began to loom over his small canoe. When ~까지|그|갔|가까이|가까이|그리고|그들의|선두|시작했다|~에|나타나다|위에|그의|작은|카누|언제 jusqu'à ce que|il|il a obtenu|près|proche|et|leurs|proues|ils ont commencé|à|se profiler|au-dessus|de sa|petite|canoë|Quand hasta|él|se acercó|arriba|cerca|y|sus|proas|comenzaron|a|asomarse|sobre|su|pequeña|canoa|cuando 그가 가까이 다가가고 그들의 선두가 그의 작은 카누 위로 솟아오르기 시작할 때까지. 그가 hasta que se acercó y sus proas comenzaron a sobresalir sobre su pequeña canoa. Cuando jusqu'à ce qu'il s'approche et que leurs proue commencent à se profiler au-dessus de sa petite pirogue. Quand

he approached, he saw that there were men on board and he waved to them. The Dutch 그|다가갔다|그|보았다|~을|그곳에|있었다|남자들|탑승한|배|그리고|그|손을 흔들었다|에|그들|그|네덜란드인 il|il s'est approché|il|il a vu|que|il y avait|il y avait|des hommes|à bord||et|il|il a fait signe|à|eux|Le|néerlandais él|se acercó|él|vio|que|allí|había|hombres|a|bordo|y|él|saludó|a|ellos|el|holandés 접근했을 때, 그는 배 위에 남자들이 있는 것을 보았고 그들에게 손을 흔들었다. 네덜란드 se acercó, vio que había hombres a bordo y les saludó. El oficial holandés, il s'est approché, il a vu qu'il y avait des hommes à bord et il leur a fait signe. L'officier néerlandais,

officer, Carl Friedrich Behrens, wrote about this incredible encounter. 경찰관|칼|프리드리히|베렌스|썼다|에 대해|이|믿을 수 없는|만남 |||||sur||| |||||sobre||| 장교, 칼 프리드리히 베렌스는 이 놀라운 만남에 대해 썼다. Carl Friedrich Behrens, escribió sobre este increíble encuentro. Carl Friedrich Behrens, a écrit à propos de cette rencontre incroyable.

But this light-hearted encounter conceals a dark truth about 하지만 이 가벼운 만남은 어두운 진실을 숨기고 있다. Pero este encuentro alegre oculta una oscura verdad sobre Mais cette rencontre légère cache une sombre vérité sur

Roggeveen's visit. In fact, when Roggeveen and his men went ashore, their visit |방문|사실|사실|언제||그리고|그의|부하들|갔을 때|육지에|그들의|방문 la visite de Roggeveen|visite|En|fait|quand|Roggeveen|et|ses|hommes|allèrent|à terre|leur|visite |visita|en|hecho|cuando||y|sus|hombres|fueron|a tierra|su|visita 로게빈의 방문. 사실, 로게빈과 그의 남자들이 상륙했을 때, 그들의 방문은 La visita de Roggeveen. De hecho, cuando Roggeveen y sus hombres desembarcaron, su visita La visite de Roggeveen. En fait, lorsque Roggeveen et ses hommes ont mis le pied à terre, leur visite

would turn to tragedy. It's clear from both accounts that the Europeans were ~할 것이다|변할|~로|비극|그것은|분명하다|~에서|양쪽의|설명|~라는 것|그|유럽인들|~였다 verbe auxiliaire pour le conditionnel|tourner|en|tragédie||||||||| verbo auxiliar condicional|convertiría|en|tragedia|es|claro|de|ambos|relatos|que|los|europeos|estaban 비극으로 바뀔 것이다. 두 가지 설명 모두에서 유럽인들이 상륙할 때 긴장하고 있었다는 것이 분명하다. se convertiría en tragedia. Es claro por ambos relatos que los europeos estaban allait se transformer en tragédie. Il est clair d'après les deux récits que les Européens étaient

nervous when they stepped ashore. They had heard stories of violent encounters 긴장한|~할 때|그들|발을 디뎠을|육지에|그들|가졌다|들었다|이야기들|~에 대한|폭력적인|조우들 nerveux|quand|ils|mirent|à terre||||||| ||ellos||||habían|oído|historias|de|violentos|encuentros 그들은 원주민들과의 폭력적인 충돌에 대한 이야기를 들었고, 로빈슨 크루소라는 소설이 nerviosos cuando pusieron pie en tierra. Habían oído historias de encuentros violentos nerveux lorsqu'ils ont débarqué. Ils avaient entendu des histoires de rencontres violentes

had been published only three years before, full of garish stories of 했다|되어|출판된|단지|3|년|이전에|가득한|의|화려한|이야기|의 avait|été|publié|seulement|trois|ans|auparavant|plein|de|criard|histoires|de había|sido|publicado|solo|tres|años|antes|lleno|de|llamativas|historias|de había sido publicado solo tres años antes, lleno de historias llamativas de avait été publié seulement trois ans auparavant, plein d'histoires criardes de

cannibalism and murder. Despite their guns and cannons, it's clear that the 식인|그리고|살인|에도 불구하고|그들의|총|그리고|대포|그것은|분명하다|~라는 것| cannibalisme|et|meurtre||||||||| canibalismo|y|asesinato|a pesar de|sus|armas|y|cañones|es|claro|que|los 식인과 살인. 그들의 총과 대포에도 불구하고, 분명히 그들 canibalismo y asesinato. A pesar de sus armas y cañones, está claro que los cannibalisme et de meurtre. Malgré leurs fusils et canons, il est clair que les

islanders frightened them and the natural curiosity and boldness of the insulaires|effrayèrent|eux|et|la|naturelle|curiosité|et|audace|des|les 은 섬 주민들에게 겁을 먹었고, 자연스러운 호기심과 대담함이 isleños los asustaban y la curiosidad natural y la audacia del insulaires les effrayaient et la curiosité naturelle et l'audace des

Rapa Nui people seemed to make matters worse. When the Dutchmen got ashore, the 라파|누이|사람들|보였다|~에|만들다|문제들|더 나쁘게|~할 때|그|네덜란드인들|도착했다|육지에| ||||||||Quand|les|Hollandais|arrivèrent|à terre| ||||||||cuando|los|holandeses|llegaron|a tierra|los 라파 누이 사람들을 더욱 악화시킨 것 같았다. 네덜란드 사람들이 해안에 도착했을 때, pueblo Rapa Nui parecían empeorar las cosas. Cuando los holandeses llegaron a la costa, el Rapa Nui semblaient aggraver les choses. Quand les Hollandais ont mis le pied à terre, le

islanders pressed around them, grabbing at their hats and clothes and even 섬 주민들|몰려들었다|주위에|그들|잡으려고|에|그들의|모자들|그리고|옷들|그리고|심지어 les insulaires|pressaient|autour|d'eux|attrapant|à|leurs|chapeaux|et|vêtements|et|même isleños|presionaron|alrededor|ellos|agarrando|a|sus|sombreros|y|ropa|y|incluso 섬 주민들이 그들 주위로 몰려들어 모자와 옷을 잡아채고 심지어 los isleños se agolpaban a su alrededor, agarrando sus sombreros y ropa e incluso les insulaires se pressaient autour d'eux, attrapant leurs chapeaux et leurs vêtements et même

touching the guns they carried. It's not clear which Dutchman shot first, but the 만지며|그|총|그들이|들고 다녔던|그것은|아니다|분명하다|어느|네덜란드인|쏘았다|먼저|그러나|그 |la|||||||||||| tocando|las|armas|ellos|llevaban|no es|no|claro|cuál|holandés|disparó|primero|pero|la 그들이 가지고 있던 총에 손을 대기도 했다. 누가 먼저 총을 쏘았는지는 명확하지 않지만, tocando las armas que llevaban. No está claro qué holandés disparó primero, pero la touchant les fusils qu'ils portaient. On ne sait pas quel Néerlandais a tiré le premier, mais la

situation quickly spiraled out of control. The Europeans fired into the 상황|빠르게|악화되었다|밖으로|의|통제|그|유럽인들|발사했다|향해| ||||d'|||||| situación|rápidamente|se salió|fuera|de|control|los|europeos|dispararon|contra|la 상황이 빠르게 통제 불능 상태로 치달았다. 유럽인들은 situación rápidamente se salió de control. Los europeos dispararon contra la situation a rapidement échappé à tout contrôle. Les Européens ont tiré dans la

unarmed crowd of islanders. Their guns were flintlock pistols and rifles that 무장하지 않은|군중|의|섬 주민들|그들의|총|이었다|조락식|권총|그리고|소총|그것이 ||||leurs|armes|étaient|à silex|pistolets|et|fusils|que desarmada|multitud|de|isleños|sus|armas|eran|de chispa|pistolas|y|rifles|que 무장하지 않은 섬 주민들에 총을 쏘았다. 그들의 총은 불꽃총과 소총으로, multitud desarmada de isleños. Sus armas eran pistolas y rifles de chispa que foule désarmée d'insulaires. Leurs armes étaient des pistolets et des fusils à silex qui

would have sent up puffs of smoke and the cries of people shot would have rang ~했을 것이다|~했을 것이다|보냈다|위로|연기|의|연기|그리고|그|외침|의|사람들|총에 맞은|~했을 것이다|~했을 것이다|울렸을 것이다 aurait|eu|envoyé|vers le haut|bouffées|de|fumée|et|les|cris|de|personnes|abattues|auraient|eu|résonné habría|verbo auxiliar|enviado|arriba|bocanadas|de|humo|y|los|gritos|de|personas|disparadas|habría|verbo auxiliar|resonado 연기가 피어오르고 총에 맞은 사람들의 비명이 울려 퍼졌을 것이다. habría enviado nubes de humo y los gritos de las personas disparadas habrían resonado aurait envoyé des bouffées de fumée et les cris des personnes abattues auraient résonné

out, with the smell of gunpowder filling the air. Behrens recounts what happened 밖으로|~와 함께|그|냄새|~의|화약|가득 차는|그|공기|베렌스|회상한다|무엇|일어난 일 dehors|avec|la|odeur|de|poudre à canon|remplissant|l'|air|||| afuera|con|el|olor|de|pólvora|llenando|el|aire|Behrens|relata|lo que|sucedió 그리고 공기 중에는 화약 냄새가 가득했을 것이다. 베렌스는 다음에 일어난 일을 회상하며, en el aire, con el olor a pólvora llenando el ambiente. Behrens relata lo que sucedió dans l'air, avec l'odeur de la poudre à canon remplissant l'atmosphère. Behrens raconte ce qui s'est passé

next, as he recognized a familiar face among the murdered islanders. 다음에|~로서|그는|인식했다|하나의|친숙한|얼굴|~중에서|그|살해당한|섬 주민들 siguiente|mientras|él|reconoció|una|familiar|cara|entre|los|asesinados|isleños 살해된 섬 주민들 중에서 익숙한 얼굴을 알아보았다. a continuación, al reconocer un rostro familiar entre los isleños asesinados. ensuite, alors qu'il reconnaissait un visage familier parmi les insulaires assassinés.

Many of them were shot at this juncture and among the slain lay the man who had 많은|의|그들|~였다|총에 맞았다|에|이|시점|그리고|중에|그|죽은자들|누워 있었다|그|남자|누구|~했다 Beaucoup|de|eux|ont été|abattus|à|ce|moment|et|parmi|les|morts|gisait|l'|homme|qui|avait muchos|de|ellos|fueron|disparados|en|este|punto|y|entre|los|muertos|yacía|el|hombre|que|había 그들 중 많은 이들이 이 시점에서 총에 맞았고, 죽은 자들 사이에는 우리가 함께 했던 남자가 있었다. Muchos de ellos fueron disparados en este momento y entre los muertos yacía el hombre que había Beaucoup d'entre eux ont été abattus à ce moment-là et parmi les morts se trouvait l'homme qui avait

possession of the bodies, they congregated in great numbers, bringing 소유|의|그|몸들|그들|모였다|에|많은|수|가져오며 possession|des|les|corps|ils|se sont rassemblés|en|grand|nombre|apportant posesión|de|los|cuerpos|ellos|se congregaron|en|grandes|números|trayendo 그들은 많은 수로 모여들었고, 다양한 종류의 과일과 채소를 선물로 가져왔다. la posesión de los cuerpos, se congregaron en gran número, trayendo la possession des corps, ils se sont rassemblés en grand nombre, apportant

with them presents of various kinds of fruits and vegetables, in order that we 함께|그들|선물|의|다양한|종류|의|과일|그리고|채소|안에|순서|그|우리는 avec|eux|présents|de|divers|types|de|fruits|et|légumes|afin|ordre|que|nous con|ellos|presentes|de|varios|tipos|de|frutas|y|verduras|en|orden|que|nosotros 우리가 그들의 죽은 자를 더 쉽게 넘겨줄 수 있도록 하기 위해서였다. 이들의 혼란은 con ellos presentes de varios tipos de frutas y verduras, para que nosotros avec eux des présents de divers types de fruits et légumes, afin que nous

might the more readily surrender to them their slain. The consternation of these ~할지도모른다|그|더|쉽게|항복하다|에|그들|그들의|죽은자들|그|당황|의|이들 puissions|plus|plus|facilement|rendre|à|eux|leurs|tués|La|consternation|de|ces pudiéramos|los|más|fácilmente|entregar|a|ellos|sus|muertos|la|consternación|de|estos pudiéramos rendirles más fácilmente a sus muertos. La consternación de estos puissions plus facilement leur remettre leurs morts. La consternation de ces

will, in times to come, be able to recount the story of it. We can assume that what ~할 것이다|~에|시간|~에|올|~이|할 수 있는|~에|다시 이야기하다|그|이야기|~의|그것|우리는|~할 수 있다|가정하다|~라는 것|무엇 ils pourront|dans|des temps|à|venir|être|capables|de|raconter|l'|histoire|de|cela|nous|pouvons|supposer|que|ce que verbo auxiliar futuro|en|tiempos|a|venir|será|capaz|de|contar|la|historia|de|eso|nosotros|podemos|asumir|que|lo que 미래에는 그 이야기를 recount할 수 있을 것이다. 우리는 podrán, en tiempos venideros, contar la historia de ello. Podemos asumir que lo que pourront, dans les temps à venir, raconter l'histoire de cela. Nous pouvons supposer que ce que

Behrens said is true. The story of this violent encounter must have reverberated 베렌스|말했다|이다|사실이다|그|이야기|의|이|폭력적인|만남|반드시|했어야|울려퍼졌어 Behrens|a dit|est|vrai|l'|histoire|de|cette|violent|rencontre|doit|avoir|résonné Behrens|dijo|es|verdad|la|historia|de|este|violento|encuentro|debe|haber|reverberado 베렌스가 한 말이 사실이라고 가정할 수 있다. 이 폭력적인 만남의 이야기는 dijo Behrens es cierto. La historia de este encuentro violento debe haber reverberado Behrens a dit est vrai. L'histoire de cette rencontre violente a dû résonner

through the history of the Rapa Nui people. It would have destabilized their 통해|그|역사|의|그|라파|누이|사람들|그것|~할 것이다|가졌다|불안정하게 했다|그들의 à travers|l'|histoire|de|le|Rapa|Nui|peuple|cela|cela aurait|avoir|déstabilisé|leur a través de|la|historia|de|los|Rapa|Nui|pueblo|eso|verbo auxiliar condicional|habría|desestabilizado|su 라파 누이 사람들의 역사 속에서 울려 퍼졌을 것이다. 그것은 그들의 a través de la historia del pueblo Rapa Nui. Habría desestabilizado su à travers l'histoire du peuple Rapa Nui. Cela aurait déstabilisé leur

ancient beliefs and rocked their very sense of the world around them. Remember 고대의|믿음|그리고|뒤흔들었다|그들의|아주|감각|의|그|세계|주위|그들|기억하라 anciennes|croyances|et|ébranlèrent|leur|même|sens|de|le|monde|autour|d'eux|Souviens-toi antiguas|creencias|y|sacudieron|su|mismo|sentido|de|el|mundo|alrededor|ellos|recuerda 고대 신념을 불안정하게 만들고 그들 주변의 세계에 대한 감각을 흔들었을 것이다. 기억하라 creencias antiguas y sacudieron su propio sentido del mundo que los rodeaba. Recuerda des croyances anciennes et ébranlé leur sens même du monde qui les entoure. Souviens-toi

that Behrens mentions that the islanders didn't have any weapons at this point, 베렌스가|베렌스|언급한다|그|그|섬 주민들|하지 않았다|가지다|어떤|무기|이|이|시점 que|Behrens|mentionne|que|les|insulaires|ne|avaient|aucune|armes|à|ce|moment que|Behrens|menciona|que|los|isleños|no|tenían|ninguna|armas|en|este|punto 베렌스가 언급한 바와 같이, 이 섬 주민들은 이 시점에서 어떤 무기도 가지고 있지 않았다. que Behrens menciona que los isleños no tenían armas en este momento, que Behrens mentionne que les insulaires n'avaient pas d'armes à ce moment-là,

to this belief system when visitors arrived from the sea, killed multiple 이|이|믿음|체계|언제|방문자들|도착했을 때|부터|그|바다|죽였다|여러 à|ce|système de croyance|système|quand|visiteurs|arrivèrent|de|la|mer|tuèrent|multiples a|este|sistema|de creencias|cuando|visitantes|llegaron|del|mar|mar|mataron|múltiples 이 신념 체계에 어떤 일이 일어날지 상상해 보라. 방문객들은 마치 마법의 무기처럼 보이는 것으로 여러 명의 a este sistema de creencias cuando llegaron visitantes del mar, mataron a varios pour ce système de croyance lorsque des visiteurs arriveraient de la mer, tuant plusieurs

islanders with what must have appeared to be magic weapons, and then when these 섬 주민들|가진|무엇이|반드시|가졌던|보였던|에|있는|마법의|무기들|그리고|그때|언제|이들 les insulaires|avec|ce que|doit|avoir|apparu|à|être|magiques|armes|et|ensuite|quand|ces isleños|con|lo que|debe|haber|aparecido|a|ser|mágicas|armas|y|entonces|cuando|estos 섬 주민들을 죽였고, 그 후 이 방문객들이 섬을 돌아다니며 심지어 동상에 접근하기까지 했다. isleños con lo que debió haber parecido ser armas mágicas, y luego cuando estos les insulaires avec ce qui devait sembler être des armes magiques, et puis quand ces

visitors walked around the island, even approaching the statues, and then sailed 방문객들|걸었다|주위에|그|섬|심지어|다가가며|그|동상들|그리고|그 후|항해했다 |||les|||||||| |||los|||||||| 그리고 나서 그들은 항해를 했다. visitantes caminaron por la isla, incluso acercándose a las estatuas, y luego navegaron visiteurs se promenaient autour de l'île, s'approchant même des statues, puis s'en allaient

away unharmed. When you think about this encounter through that lens, it becomes a 멀리|다치지 않고|언제|당신|생각하다|에 대해|이|만남|을 통해|그|관점|그것|된다|하나의 무사히 멀리 떠났다. 이 만남을 그런 관점에서 생각해보면, Rapa Nui가 조상에 대한 믿음을 잃게 된 이유가 lejos ilesos. Cuando piensas en este encuentro a través de esa lente, se vuelve un sans être blessés. Quand vous pensez à cette rencontre à travers ce prisme, cela devient un

lot clearer why the Rapa Nui might have lost faith in their ancestors. But the 훨씬 더 명확해진다. 하지만 poco más claro por qué los Rapa Nui podrían haber perdido la fe en sus ancestros. Pero el beaucoup plus clair pourquoi les Rapa Nui pourraient avoir perdu foi en leurs ancêtres. Mais le

sad truth is that the European bullets were not the deadliest legacy they left 슬픈|진실|이다|~라는 것|그|유럽의|총알들|~였다|아니다|그|가장 치명적인|유산|그들|남겼다 triste|vérité|est|que|les|européennes|balles|étaient|pas|l'|plus mortelle|héritage|ils|laissèrent triste|verdad|es|que|los|europeos|balas|fueron|no|el|más letal|legado|ellos|dejaron 슬픈 진실은 유럽의 총알이 그들이 남긴 가장 치명적인 유산이 아니었다는 것이다. la triste verdad es que las balas europeas no fueron el legado más mortal que dejaron la triste vérité est que les balles européennes n'étaient pas le legs le plus mortel qu'ils ont laissé

behind. The true killer of the Rapa Nui would have been something much smaller, 뒤에|그|진짜|살인자|의|그|라파|누이|~할 것이다|가졌다|존재했었다|무언가|훨씬|더 작다 derrière|La|véritable|tueuse|de|les|Rapa|Nui|conditionnel|avoir|été|quelque chose|beaucoup|plus petit atrás|la|verdadera|asesino|de|los|Rapa|Nui|habría|tenido|sido|algo|mucho|más pequeño Rapa Nui의 진정한 살인은 훨씬 더 작고, detrás. El verdadero asesino de los Rapa Nui habría sido algo mucho más pequeño, derrière. Le véritable tueur des Rapa Nui aurait été quelque chose de beaucoup plus petit,

had never been exposed. 결코 노출된 적이 없었다. nunca se habían expuesto. n'avaient jamais été exposés.

Europe has always been a crossroads between many different peoples, sometimes 유럽|해왔다|항상|되어왔다|하나의|교차로|사이에|많은|다른|민족들|가끔 l'Europe|a|toujours|été|un|carrefour|entre|de nombreux|différents|peuples|parfois Europa|ha|siempre|sido|un|cruce|entre|muchos|diferentes|pueblos|a veces 유럽은 항상 여러 다른 민족 간의 교차로였다, 때때로 Europa siempre ha sido un cruce entre muchos pueblos diferentes, a veces L'Europe a toujours été un carrefour entre de nombreux peuples différents, parfois

separated by hundreds or even thousands of miles. Europe's constant wars and 떨어져|의해|수백|또는|심지어|수천|의|마일|유럽의|끊임없는|전쟁|그리고 séparés|par|centaines|ou|même|milliers|de|kilomètres|||| separados|por|cientos|o|incluso|miles|de|millas|de Europa|constantes|guerras|y 수백 또는 수천 마일 떨어져 있었다. 유럽의 끊임없는 전쟁과 separados por cientos o incluso miles de millas. Las constantes guerras de Europa y séparés par des centaines ou même des milliers de kilomètres. Les guerres constantes de l'Europe et

exchange of trade spread localized diseases across the continent. Each 교환|의|무역|퍼뜨림|지역화된|질병|가로질러|그|대륙|각 échange|de|commerce|ont propagé|localisées|maladies|à travers|le|continent| |de|||||||| 무역의 교류는 대륙 전역에 지역화된 질병을 퍼뜨렸다. 매년 el intercambio comercial propagaron enfermedades localizadas por todo el continente. Cada l'échange commercial ont répandu des maladies localisées à travers le continent. Chaque

India, along with silks and spices. This all resulted in Europeans becoming 인도|함께|하는|비단|그리고|향신료|이것|모두|결과를 가져왔다|에|유럽인들|되는 Inde|avec|des|soies|et|épices|Cela|tout|a résulté|en|Européens|devenant India|junto|con|sedas|y|especias|esto|todo|resultó|en|europeos|convirtiéndose 인도, 실크와 향신료와 함께. 이 모든 것은 유럽인들이 되게 했다. India, junto con sedas y especias. Todo esto resultó en que los europeos se volvieran L'Inde, avec des soies et des épices. Tout cela a conduit les Européens à devenir

immune to a large variety of diseases. But although the diseases didn't affect 면역이 있는|에|하나의|많은|종류|의|질병들|그러나|비록|그|질병들|하지|영향을 미치다 immunisés|à|une|grande|variété|de|maladies|Mais|bien que|les|maladies|ne|affectent inmunes|a|una|gran|variedad|de|enfermedades|pero|aunque|las|enfermedades|no|afectaron 다양한 질병에 면역이 되었다. 그러나 질병이 그들에게 영향을 미치지 않았지만, inmunes a una gran variedad de enfermedades. Pero aunque las enfermedades no les afectaban immunisés contre une grande variété de maladies. Mais bien que les maladies ne les affectent pas,

them, they could still carry them, and for populations that had not suffered the 그들을|그들은|할 수 있었다|여전히|나를|그들을|그리고|위해|인구|그|했다|않게|고통받았다|그 elles||pouvaient||||||||||| ellas||podrían||||||||||| 그들은 여전히 그것을 옮길 수 있었고, 같은 노출을 경험하지 않은 인구에게는, a ellos, aún podían transportarlas, y para las poblaciones que no habían sufrido la ils pouvaient toujours les transporter, et pour les populations qui n'avaient pas subi la

same exposure, these germs could be devastating. In pathology, this phenomenon 같은|노출|이|세균들|~할 수 있다|되다|파괴적이다|~에서|병리학|이|현상 |||||||En|pathologie|ce|phénomène |||||||en|patología|este|fenómeno 이 세균이 파괴적일 수 있었다. 병리학에서 이 현상은 misma exposición, estos gérmenes podían ser devastadores. En patología, este fenómeno même exposition, ces germes pouvaient être dévastateurs. En pathologie, ce phénomène

is known as the virgin soil effect. It's not recorded what diseases may have been 이|알려져 있다|~로|그|원주율의|토양|효과|그것은|아니다|기록되었다|무엇|질병들|~일지도|가질|존재했을 est|connu|comme|l'|vierge|sol|effet|il n'est|pas|enregistré|quelles|maladies|peuvent|avoir|été es|conocido|como|el|virgen|suelo|efecto|no||registrado|qué|enfermedades|pueden|haber|sido 처녀 토양 효과로 알려져 있다. 어떤 질병이 있었는지는 기록되어 있지 않다. se conoce como el efecto de suelo virgen. No se ha registrado qué enfermedades pueden haber sido est connu sous le nom d'effet de sol vierge. Il n'est pas enregistré quelles maladies ont pu être

transmitted. In other parts of the uncontacted world, cholera, measles, 전파된|다른|다른|지역|의|그|접촉되지 않은|세계|콜레라|홍역 |Dans|d'autres|parties|du|le|non contacté|monde|choléra|rougeole |en|otras|partes|de|el|no contactado|mundo|cólera|sarampión 전파되었습니다. 접촉이 없는 세계의 다른 지역에서는 콜레라, 홍역, transmitidas. En otras partes del mundo no contactado, el cólera, el sarampión, transmises. Dans d'autres parties du monde non contacté, le choléra, la rougeole,

diphtheria and even the bubonic plague swept through populations. By even the 디프테리아|그리고|심지어|그|흑사병의|전염병|휩쓸었다|을 통해|인구들||| ||même|les|||||populations|de||le difteria|y|incluso|la|bubónica|peste|arrasó|a través de|poblaciones||| 디프테리아, 심지어 흑사병이 인구를 휩쓸었습니다. 가장 낮은 la difteria e incluso la peste bubónica arrasaron poblaciones. Incluso por las la diphtérie et même la peste bubonique ont balayé les populations. Même selon les

lowest estimates, indigenous populations were reduced by 80% right across the 추정치에 따르면, 원주율 인구는 아메리카 전역에서 80% 감소했습니다. estimaciones más bajas, las poblaciones indígenas se redujeron en un 80% en todo el estimations les plus basses, les populations indigènes ont été réduites de 80 % dans tout le

Americas. Four out of every five people died and it's likely that in the even 아메리카스|네|밖으로|의|매|다섯|사람들|죽었다|그리고|그것은|가능성이 있다|~라는|안에서|그|심지어 Amériques|quatre|sur|de|chaque|cinq|personnes|sont mortes|et|il est|probable|que|dans|le|même Américas|cuatro|de|de||||||||||los|incluso 5명 중 4명이 사망했으며, 이스터 섬의 더 고립된 환경에서는 그 영향이 더 Américas. Cuatro de cada cinco personas murieron y es probable que en el entorno aún Amériques. Quatre personnes sur cinq sont mortes et il est probable que dans l'environnement encore plus isolé de l'île de Pâques, les effets auraient pu être encore

more isolated environment of Easter Island, the effects could have been even 더|고립된|환경|의|이스터|섬|그|영향|수 있었다|가|되었던|더욱 plus|isolé|environnement|de|Pâques|Île|les|effets|pourraient|avoir|été|encore más|aislado|ambiente|de|Pascua|Isla|los|efectos|podrían|haber|sido|incluso 심했을 가능성이 있습니다. más aislado de la Isla de Pascua, los efectos podrían haber sido aún plus dévastateurs. Sur d'autres îles polynésiennes mieux observées, la

more devastating. On other better observed Polynesian islands, the 더|파괴적인|(전치사)|다른|더 잘|관찰된|폴리네시아의|섬들|그 ||sur|d'autres|mieux|observées|polynésiennes|îles|la ||en|otras|mejor|observadas|polinesias|islas|la 더 파괴적이었다. 다른 잘 관찰된 폴리네시아 섬들에서는, más devastadores. En otras islas polinesias mejor observadas, la réduction de la population après le premier contact était de jusqu'à 90 %.

the helpless population of Rapa Nui. It's possible that the population of the 그|무력한|인구|의|라파|누이|그것은|가능하다|~라는|그|인구|의| la|impuissante|population|de|Rapa|Nui||||||| la|indefensa|población|de|Rapa|Nui|es|posible|que|la|población|de|la 무력한 라파 누이 인구를 휩쓸고 있는 모습을 상상할 수 있다. la población indefensa de Rapa Nui. Es posible que la población de la la population sans défense de Rapa Nui. Il est possible que la population de l'.

island may have crashed from a height of around 3,000 to only a few hundred. 섬|~일지도 모른다|가졌다|추락했다|부터|하나의|높이|의|약|까지|단지|몇|몇|백 île|peut|avoir|chuté|de|une|hauteur|d'|environ|à|seulement|quelques|centaines| |puede|haber||||||||solo||| 섬의 인구가 약 3,000에서 겨우 몇 백으로 급감했을 가능성이 있다. isla haya caído de alrededor de 3,000 a solo unos pocos cientos. île ait chuté d'environ 3 000 à seulement quelques centaines.

islanders. The Rapa Nui people wouldn't have been able to understand why this 섬 주민들|그|라파|누이|사람들|~하지 않았을 것이다|가질|있었던|할|~할|이해하다|왜|이것 insulaires|||||||||||| isleños|el|Rapa|Nui|pueblo|no|habrían|estado|capaces|a|entender|por qué|esto 라파 누이 사람들은 왜 이런 일이 자신들에게 일어나고 있는지 이해하지 못했을 것이다. isleños. El pueblo Rapa Nui no habría podido entender por qué esto insulaires. Le peuple Rapa Nui n'aurait pas pu comprendre pourquoi cela

was happening to them. In fact, if you'd asked the Europeans of the time what ~하고 있었다|일어나고 있는|그들에게|그들|사실|사실|만약|당신이|물어봤다면|그|유럽인들|의|그|시대|무엇 ||de|||||||||||| estaba|sucediendo|a|ellos|en|hecho|si||preguntado|los|europeos|de|la|época|qué 사실, 그 당시 유럽인들에게 이러한 질병의 원인이 무엇인지 물어보았다면 그들도 알지 못했을 것이다. estaba sucediendo. De hecho, si le hubieras preguntado a los europeos de la época qué leur arrivait. En fait, si vous aviez demandé aux Européens de l'époque ce qui

the time. As whole families of islanders died, the Rapa Nui must have believed 그|시간|~로서|전체의|가족들|~의|섬 주민들|죽었다|그|라파|누이|~해야 했다|~했어야|믿었다 les||||||||les||||| los|||||||||Rapa|Nui|debieron|haber|creído 온 가족의 섬 주민들이 죽어가면서, 라파 누이는 그들이 섬을 보호하기 위해 힘들게 조각한 조상들이 그들을 실패했다고 믿었을 것이다. ese momento. A medida que familias enteras de isleños morían, los Rapa Nui debieron haber creído l'époque. Alors que des familles entières d'insulaires mouraient, les Rapa Nui devaient croire

that the ancestors they had so laboriously carved to protect the island 그|그|조상들|그들|가졌다|그렇게|힘들게|조각한|을|보호하다|그|섬 ||||avaient||||||| que|los|ancestros|ellos|habían|tan|laboriosamente|tallado|para|proteger|la|isla 스페인 사람들이 두 번째 질병의 물결을 가져왔을 때, 그들은 섬 주민들 사이에서 다시 한 번 황폐화되기 시작했다. que los ancestros que habían esculpido con tanto esfuerzo para proteger la isla que les ancêtres qu'ils avaient si laborieusement sculptés pour protéger l'île

had failed them. By the time the Spanish brought the second wave of disease and 했다|실패했다|그들에게|~에|그|시간|그|스페인|가져왔다|그|두 번째|물결|의|질병|그리고 |||lorsque|les|temps|les|Espagnols|apportèrent|la|deuxième|vague|de|maladie|et habían|fallado|a ellos|por|la|tiempo|los|españoles|trajeron|la|segunda|ola|de|enfermedad|y 그때 그 우뚝 솟은 모놀리식 조각상들은 los habían fallado. Para cuando los españoles trajeron la segunda ola de enfermedades y les avaient abandonnés. Au moment où les Espagnols apportèrent la deuxième vague de maladies et

specters of death themselves. The islanders, one by one, began to bring 유령들|의|죽음|그들 스스로|그|섬 주민들|한|하나씩|한|시작했다|에|가져오다 ||||les|insulaires|un|par|un|commencèrent|à|à abattre ||||los|isleños|uno|por|uno|comenzaron|a|traer 섬 주민들은 하나씩 그들을 끌어내리기 시작했다. espectros de la muerte. Los isleños, uno por uno, comenzaron a derribarlos. spectres de la mort eux-mêmes. Les insulaires, un par un, ont commencé à les abattre.

them down. Soon, these fallen giants would litter the landscape. Now, only those 그들|아래로|곧|이|쓰러진|거인들|할 것이다|어지럽히다|그|풍경|이제|오직|그들 ||bientôt|ces|tombés|géants|seraient|joncher|le|paysage|maintenant|seulement|ceux ||pronto|estos|caídos|gigantes|verbo auxiliar condicional|esparcir|el|paisaje|ahora|solo|esos 곧, 이 쓰러진 거인들이 풍경을 어지럽힐 것이다. Pronto, estos gigantes caídos llenarían el paisaje. Ahora, solo aquellos Bientôt, ces géants tombés joncheraient le paysage. Maintenant, seuls ceux

abandoned Moai, half buried in the runoff from the quarry, would remain upright and 버려진|모아이|반|묻힌|~에|그|유출수|~로부터|그|채석장|~할 것이다|남아있다|똑바로|그리고 abandonné|Moai|à moitié|enterré|dans|le|ruissellement|de|la|carrière|verbe auxiliaire conditionnel|rester|debout|et abandonado|Moai|medio|enterrado|en|el|escurrimiento|de|la|cantera|verbo auxiliar condicional|permanecer|erguido|y 이제 채석장에서 흘러내린 물에 반쯤 묻힌 버려진 모아이만이 똑바로 서 있을 것이다. el Moai abandonado, medio enterrado en el desagüe de la cantera, permanecería erguido y Moai abandonné, à moitié enfoui dans les eaux de ruissellement de la carrière, resterait debout et

the age of Easter Island statues would come to an end. 그|시대|의|이스터|섬|동상들|~할 것이다|오다|~에|하나의|끝 l'|âge|des|de Pâques|Îles|statues|verbe auxiliaire conditionnel|venir|à|une|fin el|edad|de|Pascua|Isla|estatuas|verbo auxiliar condicional|venir|a|un|fin 그리고 이스터 섬 동상의 시대는 끝을 맞이할 것이다. la era de las estatuas de la Isla de Pascua llegaría a su fin. l'âge des statues de l'île de Pâques toucherait à sa fin.

The loss of Easter Island's culture was an incalculable tragedy for our 그|상실|의|이스터|섬의|문화|이었다|하나의|헤아릴 수 없는|비극|에게|우리의 La|perte|de|de Pâques|de l'île de Pâques|culture|était|une|incalculable|tragédie|pour|notre la|pérdida|de|Pascua|de la Isla de Pascua|cultura|fue|una|incalculable|tragedia|para|nuestra 이스터 섬 문화의 상실은 인류에 대한 우리의 이해에 있어 헤아릴 수 없는 비극이었다. La pérdida de la cultura de la Isla de Pascua fue una tragedia incalculable para nuestra La perte de la culture de l'île de Pâques était une tragédie incalculable pour notre

understanding of humanity. One of the reasons this is true is that Easter 이해|의|인류|하나|의|이|이유들|이것|이다|사실이다|이다|그|부활절 |des||||les|raisons|cela|est|vrai|est|que|de Pâques |de||||las|razones|esto|es|cierto|es|que|Pascua 이것이 사실인 이유 중 하나는 이스터 섬이 지구상에서 독립적으로 글자가 발명된 몇 안 되는 장소 중 하나일 수 있기 때문이다. comprensión de la humanidad. Una de las razones por las que esto es cierto es que la Isla de Pascua compréhension de l'humanité. Une des raisons pour lesquelles cela est vrai est que Pâques

Island may have been one of the few places on earth where writing was 섬|~일지도 모른다|가질|있었던|하나|의|그|몇 안 되는|장소들|위에|지구|~인 곳|글쓰기|있었다 l'île|pourrait|avoir|été|un|des|les|rares|endroits|sur|terre|où|l'écriture|a été isla|puede|haber|sido|uno|de|los|pocos|lugares|en|la tierra|donde|la escritura|fue 론고-론고라는 일종의 문자체가 라파에서 남아 있는 몇십 개의 나무 물체와 판에서 발견되었다. La isla puede haber sido uno de los pocos lugares en la tierra donde se inventó la escritura L'île a peut-être été l'un des rares endroits sur terre où l'écriture a été

independently invented. A kind of script called rongo-rongo has been found on 독립적으로|발명된|하나의|종류|의|문자|불리는|||가|되어|발견된|위에 indépendamment|inventée||||||||||| independientemente|inventado|un|tipo|de|escritura|llamado|||ha|sido|encontrado|en de manera independiente. Se ha encontrado un tipo de escritura llamada rongo-rongo en inventée de manière indépendante. Une sorte d'écriture appelée rongo-rongo a été trouvée sur

just a few dozen wooden objects and tablets that have survived from Rapa 단지|하나의|몇|다스|나무로 만든|물체들|그리고|판|그것들이|가지고 있는|살아남은|로부터|라파 |une||||||||||| solo|unos|pocos|docenas|de madera|objetos|y|tabletas|que|han|sobrevivido|de|Rapa solo unas pocas docenas de objetos de madera y tabletas que han sobrevivido de Rapa juste quelques dizaines d'objets en bois et de tablettes qui ont survécu de Rapa

Nui. Many of them are heavily weathered, burned or otherwise damaged and they 누이|많은|의|그들|이다|심하게|풍화된|불에 탄|또는|다른 방법으로|손상된|그리고|그들 Nui|Beaucoup|d'entre|eux|sont|fortement|altérés|brûlés|ou|autrement|endommagés|et|ils |muchos|de|ellos|están|gravemente|desgastados|quemados|o|de otra manera|dañados|y|ellos 누이. 그들 중 많은 수가 심하게 풍화되었거나, 불에 타거나, 또는 다른 방식으로 손상되었으며 그들은 Nui. Muchos de ellos están muy desgastados, quemados o de alguna otra manera dañados y ellos Nui. Beaucoup d'entre eux sont fortement érodés, brûlés ou autrement endommagés et ils

museums and private collections around the world. Every modern attempt to 박물관|그리고|개인|소장품|전 세계의|그|세계|모든|현대의|시도|~하기 위한 |et||||le||||| museos|y|privadas|colecciones|alrededor|el|mundo|cada|moderno|intento|a 박물관과 개인 소장품에 흩어져 있습니다. 현대의 모든 시도가 museos y colecciones privadas alrededor del mundo. Cada intento moderno de des musées et des collections privées à travers le monde. Chaque tentative moderne de

decipher rongo-rongo has failed and the script stands as one of the true ||||||les|script|||||| 론고론고를 해독하려 했지만 실패했으며, 이 문자는 이스터 섬의 진정한 descifrar el rongo-rongo ha fracasado y el guion se mantiene como uno de los verdaderos déchiffrer le rongo-rongo a échoué et l'écriture reste l'un des véritables

mysteries of Easter Island. Many of the glyphs that make up the script are 미스터리 중 하나로 남아 있습니다. 이 문자를 구성하는 많은 글리프가 있습니다. misterios de la Isla de Pascua. Muchos de los glifos que componen el guion son mystères de l'île de Pâques. Beaucoup des glyphes qui composent l'écriture sont

representations of things the islanders saw around them. We can see the familiar 표현들|의|것들|그|섬 주민들|보았던|주위에|그들|우리는|할 수 있다|보다|그|친숙한 représentations|de|choses|les|insulaires|ont vu|autour|d'eux|nous|pouvons|voir|les|familiers representaciones|de|cosas|los|isleños|vieron|alrededor|ellos|nosotros|podemos|ver|los|familiares 섬 주민들이 주변에서 본 것들의 표현입니다. 우리는 익숙한 representaciones de cosas que los isleños veían a su alrededor. Podemos ver las formas familiares représentations des choses que les insulaires voyaient autour d'eux. Nous pouvons voir les formes familières

shapes of sea turtles and birds, for instance. The legends of the islanders 형태|의|바다|거북이|과|새|예를 들어|예|그|전설|의|그|섬 주민들 formes|de|mer|tortues|et|oiseaux|par|exemple||||| formas|de|mar|tortugas|y|aves|por||los||||isleños 바다거북과 새의 형태를 볼 수 있습니다. 섬 주민들의 전설은 de tortugas marinas y aves, por ejemplo. Las leyendas de los isleños des tortues de mer et des oiseaux, par exemple. Les légendes des insulaires

say that the original founder, the man they called Hotumatua, had brought the 말하다|그|그|원래의|창립자|그|남자|그들|부른|호투마투아|가졌다|가져왔다|그 disent|que|le|original|fondateur|l'|homme|qu'ils|appelaient|Hotumatua|avait|apporté|les dicen|que|el|original|fundador|el|hombre|ellos|llamaron|Hotumatua|había|traído|las 그들이 호투마투아라고 부른 원래의 창립자가 이스터 섬에 도착했을 때 dicen que el fundador original, el hombre que llamaban Hotumatua, había traído las disent que le fondateur original, l'homme qu'ils appelaient Hotumatua, avait apporté les

wooden tablets with him when he landed on Easter Island. But this seems ||||||||||Mais|cela|semble 나무 판을 가지고 왔다고 말합니다. 하지만 이것은 tabletas de madera con él cuando aterrizó en la Isla de Pascua. Pero esto parece tablettes en bois avec lui lorsqu'il a atterri sur l'île de Pâques. Mais cela semble

so it's thought that rongo-rongo must have been an invention of the islanders 그래서|그것은|생각된다|~라는|||반드시|가졌던|존재했던|하나의|발명|~의|그|섬 주민들 donc|il est|pensé|que|||doit|avoir|été|une|invention|des|les|insulaires así|es|pensado|que|||debe|haber|sido|una|invención|de|los|isleños 그래서 롱고롱고는 섬 주민들이 발명한 것이라고 생각됩니다. se piensa que el rongo-rongo debe haber sido una invención de los isleños on pense donc que le rongo-rongo doit avoir été une invention des insulaires

themselves. It doesn't seem like literacy was ever widespread. In fact, early 그들 자신|그것|하지|보인다|처럼|문해력|있었다|언제나|널리 퍼져있었다|에|사실|초기 |cela|ne|semble|que|alphabétisation|était|jamais|répandue||| mismos|eso|no|parece|como|la alfabetización|fue|alguna vez|generalizada|en|hecho|primeros 그들 스스로. 문해력이 널리 퍼진 것 같지는 않습니다. 사실, 초기 mismos. No parece que la alfabetización haya sido nunca generalizada. De hecho, los primeros eux-mêmes. Il ne semble pas que l'alphabétisation ait jamais été répandue. En fait,

visitors to the island were told that reading and writing was a privilege of visiteurs|sur|l'|île|étaient|informés|que|lecture|et|écriture|était|un|privilège|de 섬 방문객들은 읽고 쓰는 것이 지배 가문과 제사장의 특권이라고 들었습니다. visitantes a la isla fueron informados de que leer y escribir era un privilegio de les premiers visiteurs de l'île ont été informés que la lecture et l'écriture étaient un privilège de

the ruling families and priests. Some have argued that rongo-rongo must be a 그|지배|가족|그리고|제사장들|일부|가지고 있다|주장했다|~라는 것을|||반드시|이다|하나의 les|dirigeantes|familles|et|prêtres|certains|ont|soutenu|que|||doit|être|une las|familias|gobernantes|y|sacerdotes|algunos|han|argumentado|que|||debe|ser|una 일부는 롱고롱고가 더 현대적인 발명일 수 있다고 주장했으며, 섬 주민들이 유럽인들이 읽는 것을 보았을 수도 있다고 합니다. las familias gobernantes y los sacerdotes. Algunos han argumentado que el rongo-rongo debe ser un les familles régnantes et les prêtres. Certains ont soutenu que le rongo-rongo doit être un

more modern invention, that the islanders may have seen Europeans reading and 더|현대의|발명|~하는|그|섬 주민들|~일지도 모른다|가질|본|유럽인들|읽는| ||||le|||avoir||||et más|moderna|invención|que|los|isleños|podrían|haber|visto|europeos|leyendo|y invento más moderno, que los isleños pueden haber visto a los europeos leer y invention plus moderne, que les insulaires ont peut-être vu des Européens lire et

writing, thus inspiring them to create their own script. If this were the case, 글쓰기를 통해 그들이 자신의 스크립트를 만들도록 영감을 주었습니다. 만약 이랬다면, escribir, inspirándolos así a crear su propio sistema de escritura. Si este fuera el caso, écrire, les inspirant ainsi à créer leur propre écriture. Si tel était le cas,

then the written language of rongo-rongo would have emerged, flourished and then 론고론고의 문자 언어는 등장하고 번창한 후 entonces el lenguaje escrito del rongo-rongo habría surgido, florecido y luego alors la langue écrite du rongo-rongo aurait émergé, prospéré puis

fallen into oblivion, all within a space of less than a hundred years. But I think 빠진|에|망각|모두|이내|하나|공간|의|덜|보다|하나|백|년|그러나|나는|생각한다 tombé|dans|l'oubli|tout|dans|un|espace|de|moins|que|une|cent|ans|mais|je|pense caído|en|olvido|todo|dentro|de|espacio|de|menos|que|un|cien|años|pero|yo|pienso 백 년도 안 되는 시간 안에 잊혀졌을 것입니다. 하지만 저는 caído en el olvido, todo en un lapso de menos de cien años. Pero creo tombé dans l'oubli, le tout en moins de cent ans. Mais je pense

one detail of the script makes me doubt this. That's the character that shows 하나|세부사항|의|그|대본|만들다|나를|의심하다|이것|그게|그|캐릭터|이|보여준다 un|détail|du|le|scénario|rend|me|douter|cela|c'est|le|personnage|qui|montre un|detalle|de|el|guion|hace|me|dudar|esto|esa es|el|personaje|que|muestra 스크립트의 한 세부 사항이 저를 의심하게 만듭니다. 그것은 명확하고 모호하지 않게 que un detalle del guion me hace dudar de esto. Ese es el personaje que muestra qu'un détail du script me fait douter de cela. C'est le personnage qui montre

clearly and unambiguously the distinctive wine bottle shape of a 분명히|그리고|모호하지 않게|그|독특한|와인|병|형태|의|하나의 clairement|et|sans ambiguïté|la|distinctive|vin|bouteille|forme|de|un claramente|y|sin ambigüedad|la|distintiva|vino|botella|forma|de|una 독특한 와인 병 모양을 보여주는 문자입니다. clara y inequívocamente la distintiva forma de botella de vino de un clairement et sans ambiguïté la forme distinctive de la bouteille de vin d'un

jubaea palm tree, a species that went extinct on the island before the year 주바에아 야자수, 그 종은 그 해 이전에 섬에서 멸종했다. palmera jubaea, una especie que se extinguió en la isla antes del año palmier jubaea, une espèce qui s'est éteinte sur l'île avant l'année

1650, more than 70 years before first European contact. To my mind, this alone 더|이상|년|이전에|첫|유럽의|접촉|내|나의|마음|이것|혼자서 plus|de|années|avant|premier|européen|contact|à|mon|esprit|cela|seul más|que|años|antes|primer|europeo|contacto|a|mi|mente|esto|solo 1650년, 첫 유럽인 접촉보다 70년 이상 이전이다. 내 생각에, 이것만으로도 1650, más de 70 años antes del primer contacto europeo. En mi opinión, esto solo 1650, plus de 70 ans avant le premier contact européen. À mon avis, cela seul

shows that rongo-rongo was developed on the island during a time when giant palms 보여준다|그|||이었다|발전했다|에|그|섬|동안|하나의|시간|언제|거대한|야자수 montre|que|||était|développé|sur|l'|île|pendant|une|période|quand|géants|palmiers muestra|que|||fue|desarrollado|en|la|isla|durante|un|tiempo|cuando|gigantes|palmas 롱고롱고가 거대한 야자수가 여전히 해안을 우뚝 솟아오를 때 섬에서 발전했음을 보여준다. muestra que el rongo-rongo se desarrolló en la isla durante un tiempo en que las palmas gigantes montre que le rongo-rongo a été développé sur l'île à une époque où de grands palmiers

still towered over its shores. In 1864, a French churchman, Eugène Ayrault, arrived on 여전히|우뚝 솟아있었다|위에|그것의|해안|1864년|한|프랑스의|성직자|외젠|아유로|도착했다|에 |||||En|un|français|ecclésiastique|Eugène|Ayrault|arriva|sur |||||en|un|francés|sacerdote|Eugène|Ayrault|llegó|a 1864년, 프랑스 성직자 유진 아이라울이 섬에 도착하여 이 많은 쓰기 판을 보았다고 묘사했다. todavía se alzaban sobre sus costas. En 1864, un clérigo francés, Eugène Ayrault, llegó a s'élevaient encore au-dessus de ses rivages. En 1864, un ecclésiastique français, Eugène Ayrault, est arrivé sur

the island and described seeing a vast number of these writing tablets, although la isla y describió haber visto una gran cantidad de estas tabletas de escritura, aunque l'île et a décrit avoir vu un grand nombre de ces tablettes d'écriture, bien que

it seemed to him that the islanders no longer valued them as repositories of 그|보였다|그에게|그|~라는 것|그|섬 주민들|더 이상|더 이상|소중히 여겼던|그들|~로서|저장소|~의 cela|semblait|à|lui|que|les|insulaires|ne|plus|valorisaient|les|comme|dépôts|de le|pareció|a|él|que|los|isleños|no|más|valoraban|ellos|como|repositorios|de 그에게 섬 주민들이 더 이상 그것들을 지식의 저장소로 여기지 않는 것 같았다. le parecía que los isleños ya no los valoraban como depósitos de il lui semblait que les insulaires ne les considéraient plus comme des dépôts de

knowledge. In every hut, one finds wooden tablets or sticks covered in several 지식|모든|각|오두막|사람|찾는다|나무로 된|판|또는|막대기|덮인|에|여러 connaissance|||||||||||| |en|||||||||||varios 모든 오두막에서 여러 종류의 상형 문자로 덮인 나무 판이나 막대기를 찾을 수 있다. conocimiento. En cada cabaña, se encuentran tabletas de madera o palos cubiertos con varios connaissances. Dans chaque hutte, on trouve des tablettes en bois ou des bâtons couverts de plusieurs

sorts of hieroglyphic characters. They are depictions of animals unknown on the 종류|의|상형 문자|문자|그것들은|이다|묘사|의|동물|알려지지 않은|에|그 tipos|de|jeroglíficos|||son|representaciones|de|animales|desconocidos|en|la 그것들은 원주율에서 알 수 없는 동물들을 묘사한 것으로, 원주율 주민들이 날카로운 돌로 그린 것이다. tipos de caracteres jeroglíficos. Son representaciones de animales desconocidos en la sortes de caractères hiéroglyphiques. Ce sont des représentations d'animaux inconnus sur l'}},{

island which the natives draw with sharp stones. Each figure has its own name, but 섬|~하는|그|원주민들|그리다|~로|날카로운|돌들|각|그림|가지고 있다|그것의|고유한|이름|그러나 île|que|les|natifs|dessinent|avec|tranchants|pierres|Chaque|figure|a|son|propre|nom|mais isla|que|los|nativos|dibujan|con|afiladas|||figura|tiene|su|propio|nombre|pero 각 그림은 고유한 이름을 가지고 있지만, isla que los nativos dibujan con piedras afiladas. Cada figura tiene su propio nombre, pero

the scant attention they pay to these tablets leads me to think that these 그|미미한|주의|그들|주는|에|이|태블릿|이끌다|나|에|생각하다|그|이 l'|peu|attention|ils|paient|à|ces|tablettes|me mène|à moi|à|penser|que|ces la|escasa|atención|ellos|prestan|a|estas|tabletas|lleva|me|a|pensar|que|estos 그들이 이 판에 주는 미미한 관심은 내가 이 판들이 la escasa atención que prestan a estas tabletas me lleva a pensar que estas l'attention limitée qu'ils portent à ces tablettes me fait penser que celles-ci

characters, remnants of some primitive writing, are now for them a habitual 문자|잔재|의|일부|원시적인|글쓰기|이다|이제|에게|그들|하나의|습관적인 caractères|vestiges|d'|une|primitive|écriture|sont|maintenant|pour|eux|une|habituelle caracteres|restos|de|alguna|primitiva|escritura|son|ahora|para|ellos|una|habitual 문자, 원시적인 글쓰기의 잔재는 이제 그들에게 습관적인 caracteres, restos de alguna escritura primitiva, son ahora para ellos una práctica sont désormais pour eux une pratique habituelle, vestiges d'une écriture primitive,

practice which they keep without seeking its meaning. European visitors in the 관습|그것을|그들|유지한다|없이|찾으려는|그것의|의미|유럽의|방문객들|안에|그 ||||||||Européens|visiteurs|dans|les ||||||||europeos|visitantes|en|las 행위가 되어 그 의미를 찾지 않고도 유지되고 있다. 유럽의 방문자들은 habitual que mantienen sin buscar su significado. Los visitantes europeos en las qu'ils conservent sans chercher à en comprendre le sens. Les visiteurs européens dans les

following decades reported seeing the islanders using these writing tablets as 다음 수십 년 동안 섬 주민들이 이 쓰기 판을 낚시줄의 릴로 사용하고 décadas siguientes informaron haber visto a los isleños utilizando estas tabletas de escritura como décennies suivantes ont rapporté avoir vu les insulaires utiliser ces tablettes d'écriture comme

reels for their fishing lines and as tools for fire-starting. By this time, 릴|위한|그들의|낚시|줄|그리고|로|도구|위한|||~에|이|시간 bobines|pour|leurs|de pêche|lignes|et|comme|outils|pour|||À|ce|moment carretes|para|sus|pescar|líneas|y|como|herramientas|para|||para|este|tiempo 불을 피우는 도구로 사용하고 있는 것을 보고했다고 보고했다. 이 시점에서, carretes para sus líneas de pesca y como herramientas para encender fuego. Para este momento, des bobines pour leurs lignes de pêche et comme outils pour allumer un feu. À ce moment-là,

none of the islanders could agree on how to read the tablets. Whatever knowledge 아무도|의|그|섬 주민들|할 수 있었다|동의하다|에 대해|어떻게|를|읽다|그|태블릿|무엇이든|지식 aucun|des|les|insulaires|pouvait|s'accorder|sur|comment|à|lire|les|tablettes|Quel que soit|savoir ninguno|de|los|isleños|podía|estar de acuerdo|en|cómo|a|leer|las|tabletas|cualquier|conocimiento 섬 주민들 중 누구도 이 판을 읽는 방법에 대해 동의할 수 없었다. 어떤 지식이든 ninguno de los isleños podía ponerse de acuerdo sobre cómo leer las tabletas. Cualquier conocimiento aucun des insulaires ne pouvait s'accorder sur la façon de lire les tablettes. Quel que soit le savoir

was held in the rongo-rongo script, the destruction of the island society had ~였다|개최되었다|~에서|그|||문자|그|파괴|~의|그|섬|사회|~했다 |||la||||la||||île|société|avait estaba|sostenido|en|el|||escritura|la|destrucción|de|la|isla|sociedad|había 론고-론고 문자로 기록되었으며, 섬 사회의 파괴로 인해 그것이 que se tuviera en el guion rongo-rongo, la destrucción de la sociedad isleña había contenu dans l'écriture rongo-rongo, la destruction de la société insulaire avait

caused it to be lost. If attempts at deciphering it continue to be 잃어버리게|그것을|~하게|되다|잃어버리다|만약|시도|~에|해독|그것|계속|~하게|되다 |cela|à|être||||||||| |eso|a|ser||||||||| 잃어버려졌습니다. 해독 시도가 계속 실패한다면, causado que se perdiera. Si los intentos de descifrarlo continúan siendo fait qu'il a été perdu. Si les tentatives de déchiffrement continuent d'être

unsuccessful, we may never know what the Rapa Nui people wrote down. This 실패한|우리는|아마도|결코|알게 될|무엇을|그|라파|누이|사람들|썼는지|적어놓은|이것 infructueux|nous|pourrions|jamais|savoir|ce que|les|Rapa|Nui|peuple|ont écrit|en bas|Cela no exitosos|nosotros|podríamos|nunca|saber|qué|los|Rapa|Nui|pueblo|escribieron|abajo|esto 우리는 라파 누이 사람들이 무엇을 기록했는지 결코 알지 못할 것입니다. 이 sin éxito, puede que nunca sepamos lo que el pueblo Rapa Nui escribió. Esto malheureux, nous ne saurons peut-être jamais ce que le peuple Rapa Nui a écrit. Cela

SENT_CWT:AFkKFwvL=11.96 PAR_TRANS:gpt-4o-mini=11.1 PAR_TRANS:gpt-4o-mini=9.78 PAR_CWT:AuedvEAa=10.86 PAR_TRANS:gpt-4o-mini=71.32 PAR_CWT:B7ebVoGS=10.86 ko:AFkKFwvL: es:AuedvEAa: fr:B7ebVoGS:250603 openai.2025-02-07 ai_request(all=468 err=0.43%) translation(all=933 err=0.64%) cwt(all=12289 err=28.72%)